CHPM2030 Deliverable D1 -...
Transcript of CHPM2030 Deliverable D1 -...
Report on data availabilityCHPM2030 Deliverable D1.2Version: December 2016
This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under grant agreement nº 654100.
Author contactGerhard SchwarzGeological Survey of SwedenBox 670 751 28 Uppsala SwedenEmail: [email protected]
Published by the CHPM2030 project, 2016University of MiskolcH-3515 Miskolc-EgyetemvárosHungaryEmail: [email protected]
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D 1.2
REPORT ON DATA AVAILABILITY
Summary:
This report aims to provide a brief overview of four major ore districts in Europe, namely in SW
England, southern Portugal, NW Romania and central and northern Sweden. It is completed with a
survey of existing boreholes in the European countries, where temperatures at depth in access of
100oC are observed. The report includes descriptions of the geological settings, and on-going efforts in
geophysics in seeing deeper and increasing resolution for detecting mineralized zones at depth, as
well as attempting to estimate their geothermal potential.
Authors:
Gerhard Schwarz, geophysicist, Magnus Ripa, geologist, Bo Thunholm, hydrogeologist (Geological
Survey of Sweden)
Richard A Shaw, economic geologist, Keith Bateman, geochemist, Eimear Deady, economic geologist,
Paul Lusty, economic geologist (British Geological Survey)
Elsa Cristina Ramalho, geological engineer, João Xavier Matos, economic geologist, João Gameira
Carvalho, geophysicist (Laboratório Nacional de Energia e Geologia)
Diana Perșa, researcher, Ștefan Marincea, senior researcher, Albert Baltreș, senior researcher,
Constantin Costea, senior researcher, Delia Dumitraș, senior researcher, Gabriel Preda, GIS editor
Vanja Bisevac, geologist, Isabel Fernandez, geologist (European Federation of Geologists, Geologist)
This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and
innovation programme under grant agreement nº 654100.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
2/18
Table of contents Extended summary ....................................................................................................................... 4
0 Preface ................................................................................................................................. 5
1 Introduction and outline of work............................................................................................. 6
1.1 Country specific issues .................................................................................................... 6
1.2 Goals ............................................................................................................................. 6
2 Previous research and available data ....................................................................................... 7
2.1 Geology and geophysics, including drilling ........................................................................ 8
2.2 Geometry and composition of ore deposits ...................................................................... 8
2.3 Structural evolution, deep-seated faults and fracture zones, their alignment ...................... 9
2.4 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow ............................................................................... 9
2.5 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters .................................................................... 12
2.6 Thermal properties and heat flow.................................................................................. 14
2.7 Current metallogenic models (2D- and 3D-) .................................................................... 15
3 Identifying target sites for future CHPM................................................................................. 16
3.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km ..................... 16
3.2 Knowledge gaps and limitations..................................................................................... 16
4 Discussion and concluding remarks ....................................................................................... 18
Acknowledgements ..................................................................................................................... 18
References ................................................................................................................................. 18
Other sources / Web links ............................................................................................................ 18
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
3/18
List of Figures
Figure 1. Major ore deposits of Europe (after Weihed 2015), with the mining areas and their available
data described in tasks 1.2.1 to 1.2.4 indicated (see appendices 1.2.1 to 1.2.4), i.e., in the Southwest of
England, Southern Portugal, Northwestern Romania and Central and Northern Sweden .................... 7
Figure 2. Main ore deposits of Europe, with their major ore content and size (class A, B, C) indicated,
according to the ProMine database (after Cassard et al. 2015). ........................................................ 9
Figure 3. Temperature distribution at 1000 m depth in Europe (Schellschmidt and Hurter 2002) ...... 13
Figure 4. Generalised heat flow density map of Europe, based on the Atlas of Geothermal Resources in
Europe (after Hurter and Haenel 2002) ......................................................................................... 14
List of Tables
Table 1. Summarizing data about some of the ore districts of Europe that are the base for the present
report......................................................................................................................................... 10
Table 2. Summary of boreholes drilled in some of the European countries where temperature is above
100oC and mineralisations were identified (see even Appendix D1.5). ............................................. 11
List of Appendices: Availability of Data
A1.2.1: Report on data availability: South West England
A1.2.2: Report on data availability: Portugal, Iberian Pyrite Belt
A1.2.3: Report on data availability: Romania
A1.2.4: Report on data availability: Sweden
A1.2.5: Report on data availability of drill holes: Europe integrated
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
4/18
Extended summary
This report is a condensed compilation and evaluation of five reports on available data for the
development of orebody enhanced geothermal systems, i.e., the CHPM technology at upper crustal
depths in suitable ore districts of Europe. It will serve as a basis for research on a new type of facility
for Combined Heat, Power and Metal extraction (CHPM). The five reports, written by individual
working groups from the United Kingdom (UK), Portugal, Romania, Sweden and the European
Federation of Geologists (EFG) are attached here in original form as appendices 1.2.1 to 1.2.5. They
mainly comprise geological, geophysical and geochemical data on and descriptions of mineralized
areas in these countries. The EFG report presents a European inventory of drill holes with
temperatures in excess of 100°C, availability of data for these holes, and any metal enrichments
having been encountered at depth.
The target areas in the specified countries belong to three large metallogenic provinces in Europe: the
Precambrian Fennoscandian Shield province, as for Sweden; the late Paleozoic Variscan province, as
for SW England and southern Portugal; and the Mesozoic-Cenozoic Alpine province, as for NW
Romania. In these provinces prospective zones suitable for the CHPM technology should be evaluated.
Much is already known about the geology, mineralisation, fluids and the geothermal potential of the
ore districts, discussed in this report. However, the knowledge often is restricted to the upper 1 000 m
of the crust or less. Locally, where deep drilling has been performed, the conditions may be evaluated
to greater depths. The availability of data has significant implications regarding the accuracy of
modelled conditions in an enhanced geothermal system (EGS) at greater depths. Therefore, the
structural information and the knowledge of the physical state of the upper crust need to be enlarged
considerably in order to meet the goals of the CHPM project.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
5/18
0 Preface
This report describes what is already known about the geology, mineralisation, fluids and the
geothermal potential of the areas of interest. It is one of the first deliverables of the CHPM2030
project - an EC-funded Horizon2020 project which aims to develop a novel and potentially disruptive
technology that can help satisfy European needs for energy and critical metals in a single interlinked
process. Working at the frontiers of geothermal resources development, minerals extraction and
electro-metallurgy, the project aims to convert ultra-deep metallic mineralisations into orebody-
enhanced geothermal systems (EGS). It will serve as a basis for the development of a new type of
facility for Combined Heat, Power and Metal extraction (CHPM).
The project will help providing new impetus to geothermal development in Europe by investigating
previously unexplored pathways at low-TRL. This will be achieved by developing a roadmap in support
of the pilot implementation of such system before 2025, and the full-scale commercial
implementation before 2030. It will include detailed specifications of this new type of future EGS
facility (CHPM).
In the technology envisioned, the metal-bearing geological formation will be manipulated in a way
that the co-production of thermal energy and metals will be possible. Four geographical areas have
been chosen for assessment based on pre-existing data and potential for CHPM development in
mineralised areas in the United Kingdom (UK), Portugal, Romania and Sweden. This report summarises
information relevant especially to these four countries, but even for other European regions.
The CHPM project aims to provide proof-of-concept for the following hypotheses:
1. The composition and structure of orebodies have certain favourable characteristics that could be
used to our advantage when developing an EGS.
2. Metals can be leached from orebodies in high concentrations over a prolonged period of time and
may substantially influence the economics of EGS.
3. The continuous leaching of metals will increase system’s performance over time in a controlled
way and without the need to use high-pressure reservoir stimulation, minimising the potential
detrimental impacts of both heat and metal extraction.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
6/18
1 Introduction and outline of work
This report is a condensed compilation and evaluation of five reports on the availability of data of
some of the European ore districts for the development of enhanced geothermal systems. These
reports were written by individual working groups from the UK, Portugal, Romania, Sweden and the
European Federation of Geologists (EFG) and are attached here as appendices 1.2.1 to 1.2.5. Their
basic structure was initially agreed upon by the different working groups. Subsequent work has shown
however that for practical reasons the original layout could not be preserved in all details and some
headings have been merged, deleted or renamed and others have been added. Still, as far as possible,
we have tried to fit the contents of the national reports into the original structure and to keep its
headings and sub-headings.
The reports from the UK, Portugal, Romania and Sweden mainly comprise geological data on and
descriptions of mineralized areas in these countries. The EFG report presents a European inventory of
drill holes with temperatures in excess of 100°C, availability of data for these holes, and whether any
metal enrichment have been encountered at depth.
In this report we summarize and focus on data availability; for actual data, descriptions and
conclusions we refer to the individual working group reports (appendices 1.2.1 to 1.2.5). We will also
attempt to draw some conclusions on how the available information may be used to predict geological
and physical conditions relevant to the present task at greater crustal depths.
1.1 Country specific issues
Specific conditions or issues for each country in question have been noted in a few cases (see
appendices). As far as we understand, nothing that may be critical to the present task has been put
forward.
1.2 Goals
Our understanding of the formation of ultra-deep metallic mineral deposits is limited. Current 3D
metallogenic models typically focus on the upper 3 km of the crust. Mineralisation below this depth
has been of limited interest due to the challenges of extracting it with conventional mining and at
reasonable costs. The objective of this task is to highlight and categorize previously reported studies of
the uppermost crust of the Earth, e.g., from prospecting, deep drilling, and geophysical surveys,
integrating the outcomes of recent predictive models. We need to investigate the possible extension
of current metallogenic models to greater depths, and to understand knowledge gaps and limitations
that have to be overcome in order to confidently identify target s ites for a future CHPM facility.
Targeting sites will be the subject of the forthcoming task 6.2. Special attention has to be paid on the
relationship between mineralisation, deep seated faults and fault-zone/fracture geometry and the
structural setting of deposits. Deep seated faults and present and past tectonic conditions have an
impact on deep fluid flow. Hence, they may affect both local heat flow and the geometry and
composition of an ore deposit. The results of previous European research (like, e.g., ProMine,
Eurogeoresource) should be assessed and updated with information covering the target depth.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
7/18
2 Previous research and available data
The particular reports of the five working groups (see appendices) present available geological,
geophysical, drilling and other data related to mineralized areas in the European countries, with
special focus on England, Portugal, Romania and Sweden (figure 1). Some of the reports also provide
accounts of geological conditions, but varying in detail and extent.
It is tried to sum up information and accessibility about data and sources even in tabular form. The
report by the British Geological Survey (BGS; Appendix 1.2.1, chapter 10) contains a summary and
table of their data holdings. British data are freely or openly available. In most cases, however, they
only reflect conditions down to 600 to 1 000 m, or less.
Figure 1. Major ore deposits of Europe (after Weihed 2015), with the mining areas and their available data described in tasks 1.2.1 to 1.2.4 indicated (see appendices 1.2.1 to 1.2.4), i.e. , in the Southwest of
England, Southern Portugal, Northwestern Romania and Central and Northern Sweden
The reports from Portugal and Sweden (Appendix 1.2.2 and 1.2.4) include tables on databases held by
their national geological surveys, i.e., LNEG, and SGU. All of these data are accessible, either directly or
on request. In Appendix 1.2.5 we provide information on existing boreholes within Europe, where
temperatures of more than 100oC were measured and mineralisations being found. It should be
noticed that all kinds of data in accordance with INSPIRE in general are free of charge.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
8/18
2.1 Geology and geophysics, including dr i l l ing
The report from the BGS (Appendix 1.2.1) focuses on conditions in south-west England, i.e., connected
to six large granitic plutons in Cornwall, and contains a description of the geology, tectonic evolution
and physical properties of this area. Data exist in form of regional geological maps (1:50 000 scale) by
the BGS. Several comprehensive reviews on the geology are available as well as reports on
geochronology, isotopes and fluid inclusions. Wells for geothermal studies within a HDR project have
been drilled in the 1980s down to c. 2 600 m, but the majority of boreholes drilled for temperature
measurements is less than 100 m deep.
The Iberian Pyrite Belt (IPB) in Portugal and Spain constitutes an intensely mineralized part of the
crust, and has consequently been the subject of several studies as noted in the report from Portugal
(Appendix 1.2.2). The studies include general geological syntheses and evaluations of stratigraphy,
volcanism, structure and regional metamorphism, ore-related alterations, and facies architecture of
the ore-bearing volcano-sedimentary complex (VSC). Exploration drillings for metal deposits down to
more than 1 500 m have been performed in the IPB.
The report from Romania (Appendix 1.2.3) contains an extensive and detailed account of the tectonic
evolution and the geology of the country, specifically of the Bihor mountains, the Beius basin and the
Banatitic Magmatic and Metallogenic Belt (BMMB). It largely summarizes the relevant geological,
geophysical and other data for this task. As in the case of England, wells for geothermal studies have
been drilled in the Beius basin down to almost 2 600 m with the hot water used locally for heating
purposes.
The report from Sweden (Appendix 1.2.4) focuses on data availability. References are given to the
most recent geological descriptions, geophysical investigations and published papers. Sweden has four
ore-bearing districts: Bergslagen, the Skellefte field, northern Norrbotten and the Caledonides , of
which the first three ones are dealt with in the report. Geological maps with descriptions by SGU at
1:50 000 and 1:250 000 scales are available for most parts of these districts. Drilling down to almost
6 800 m has been performed in central Sweden and some tens of exploration boreholes are reaching
more than 1000 m in depth.
A short summary of the present knowledge and data of the above named ore districts, i.e., in the form
of keywords only, is given in tables 1 and 2. Figure 2 provides a general overview on major ore
deposits in Europe, based on the ProMine databases (Weihed 2015, Cassard et al. 2015).
2.2 Geometry and composition of ore deposits
The style of mineralisation in the areas of investigation, i.e., south-west England, the IPB of Portugal,
the BMMB of Romania and three mining districts of Sweden are described in the individual reports in
Appendix 1.2.1 to 1.2.4.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
9/18
2.3 Structural evolution, deep-seated faults and fracture zones, their a l ignment
Structural data and the structural evolution as well as data on the present stress field (measured stress
and directions) are documented for south-west England in Appendix 1.2.1. Similar data were acquired
in the IPB (Appendix 1.2.2), where structures and structural evolution have been evaluated by means
of detailed geological mapping, drilling and geophysical soundings. This information has been utilized
in 3D-modelling, particularly in areas with known mineralisations.
An extensive account of the tectonic and structural evolution in Romania and surrounding countries is
given in Appendix 1.2.3, while the situation in Sweden is discussed in Appendix 1.2.4 and relevant
publications noted there.
Figure 2. Main ore deposits of Europe, with their major ore content and size (class A, B, C) indicated,
according to the ProMine database (after Cassard et al. 2015).
2.4 Hydraul ic properties, deep fluid flow
Most data on crustal fluids in the European countries discussed here are available from uppermost
levels, usually extending down to a few 100 m depth. Data down to several 1000 m depth are fairly
uncommon. In general, the hydraulic conductivity and the magnitude of the fluid flow are very low at
deep levels.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
10/18
Table 1. Summarizing data about some of the ore districts of Europe that are the base for the present report
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
11/18
Table 2. Summary of boreholes drilled in some of the European countries where temperature is above 100oC and mineralisations were identified (see even Appendix D1.5).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
12/18
Hydraulic properties of the upper crust in south-west England are described by using data from
structure and stress-field measurements (Appendix 1.2.1). Data from the IBP partly estimated from
pumping tests, are briefly discussed in the report from Portugal (Appendix 1.2.2).
An extensive description of the hydraulic properties in the Bihor Mountains and Beiuș basin in
Romania is given in Appendix 1.2.3. Hydraulic properties and deep fluid flow in various parts of
Sweden are discussed in Appendix 1.2.4. A large number of data were also provided from extensive
investigations done at study and research sites of the Swedish Nuclear Fuel and Waste Management
Company (SKB), though even here depth is limited.
2.5 Fluid composition, br ines, meteoric waters
Data on ancient ore-forming fluids (see Appendix 1.2.1) provide some frames on the character of
evidently metal-bearing fluids, and could be used for comparison to those on present day systems.
Fluids associated with granite-related vein-type mineralisations in south-west England were magmatic
in origin. They ranged from c. 280 to 400°C and contained between 5 and 15 wt% NaCl. Post-
magmatic vein mineralisations formed from cooler (c. 130°C) but more saline fluids with c. 26 wt%
NaCl.
The quality, e.g., of brines and waters at upper crustal levels varies considerably between countries
reported here. High values of total dissolved solids (TDS) are usually found at levels below 1000 m
depth.
Data on fluids in south-west England are extensive and well characterised in Appendix 1.2.1. The
existence of palaeobrines is well understood in the shallow sub-surface, but little is known for depths
>> 200 m. As in all cases when generalizing data, one has to be aware of bias in data owing to where
exploration or exploitation of commercially interesting minerals has occurred. There are currently no
data available on fluids in the IBP. However, these are expected to be provided in the near future
(Appendix 1.2.2). The composition of upper crustal fluids in the Bihor Mountains, Romania, is
described mostly by analyses of waters from springs (Appendix 1.2.3). Fluid characteristics from a
number of boreholes of various depths in Sweden are described in Appendix 1.2.4. The maximum
salinity in waters of 150 000 mg/l was reported from large depth of 5700 m in western central
Sweden, with their residence times estimated to hundreds of millions of years (Juhlin and Sandstedt
1989; Juhlin et al. 1998). The Cl-isotope composition of brines from 1000 m depth in coastal areas
indicates a residence time of approximately 1.5 Ma (Louvat et al. 1999).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
13/18
Figure 3. Temperature distribution at 1000 m depth in Europe (Schellschmidt and Hurter 2002)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
14/18
Figure 4. Generalised heat flow density map of Europe, based on the Atlas of Geothermal Resources in
Europe (after Hurter and Haenel 2002)
2.6 Thermal properties and heat flow
The geothermal heat flow in Europe ranges from less than 30 mW/m2 to values exceeding 150 mW/m2
(figure 4). Estimated temperature at 1000 m depth (figure 3) is partly related to the heat production
and indicates areas of interest for this project. South-west England and the western part of Romania
have relatively high temperatures at 1000 m depth and below.
Heat flow density in south-west England varies from 52 to 120 mW/m2 as given in Appendix 1.2.1. The
temperature gradient from borehole data was calculated to 26 to 35oC/km and temperature at 5000
m depth estimated to 185–220°C.
In the IBP, heat flow density was estimated to 65–85 mW/m2 and temperature extrapolated to about
130oC at 5000 m depth (Appendix 1.2.2). As for Romania, in the BMMB heat flow density reaches 105
mW/m2 and temperature at 3000 m depth is 80–90oC. These data and further ones on heat
production and thermal conductivity from different parts of Romania are described in Appendix 1.2.3.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
15/18
A description of data on thermal properties of the uppermost crust in Sweden is available in Appendix
1.2.4. Heat flow in the mining districts is varying between 50 and 60 mW/m2 and the geothermal
gradient is low, around 17oC/km.
Appendix 1.2.5 summarizes information on boreholes in more than 20 European countries, where
temperature was reported to be above 100oC and mineralization occurs. In future work these data
need to be extended.
2.7 Current metal logenic models (2D- and 3D-)
The formation of mineralisations according to their magmatic stage, with primarily tin and copper
deposits, is discussed in the report for south-west England (Appendix 1.2.1). Mineralisations of the IPB
are volcanogenic massive sulphide (VMS) deposits and described in Appendix 1.2.2.
The most important mineralisations in Romania are associated with the Banatitic Magmatic and
Metallogenic Belt (BMMB), a 900 km long and 30 – 70 km wide zone. The Bihor Mountains are a part
of this belt and of the Northern Apuseni Mountains and contain ore deposits of brucite, borate and
skarn (Appendix 1.2.3). Sweden has an abundance of mineralisations representing most styles of ore-
formation (Appendix 1.2.4).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
16/18
3 Identifying target sites for future CHPM
3.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km
Ore prospecting campaigns in the European countries, e.g., like in Portugal and Sweden, have not only
increased by number but even by their depth of investigation. Efforts are undertaken looking deeper
into the sub-surface and enhancing resolution for detecting mineralized zones, ore bodies and imaging
faults, fracture zones and lithological contrasts. This is not only based on using traditional potential
field methods, like gravity and magnetic methods, but also applying deep electromagnetic-, e.g.,
magnetotelluric (MT) and reflection seismic methods. Because of an often suitable contrast in
electrical resistivity between the host rock and the mineralized zone, MT and especially AMT
measurements, make it possible to identify such zones, though depth resolution may not be satisfying.
Reflection seismics, instead, can provide high-resolution images of the underground and sufficient
depth of investigation. For Sweden, several studies where high resolution seismics was used for
mineral exploration and site characterization were published, e.g., Juhlin and Palm (1999), Malhemir
et al. (2006, 2007, 2009a, b, 2011), Tryggvason et al. (2006), Schmelzbach et al. (2007). The limiting
factor in applying high resolution reflection seismic waves, and, in a powerful combination, also
electromagnetics (AMT) to screen the sub-surface is the economy of such investigations. Thus,
exploration depth is constrained by the accessibility of an ore deposit at depth by direct mining.
Much of the information of the upper crust in SW England relates to the upper 1000 m, except for the
Carnmellenis granite, where a HDR project provided better insight into the upper crust (see Appendix
1.2.1). The granite bodies of Cornwall are estimated to be of tabular shape, reaching down to about 3
– 4 km, or even much deeper. But, deep exploration data, in excess of 1000 m in depth are rare. In
Romania, for the BMMB not much is reported from deep geophysical studies, beside from magnetic
and gravity surveys. However, without additional data from reflection seismics these potential
methods suffer from limited resolution in structures and depth.
With the present information available on the sub-surface of the areas under consideration, i.e., from
geology, geophysics and boreholes, it is hard to properly extrapolate structures to greater depth. The
investigations reported from Sweden (cf. Appendix 1.2.4, fig. 12) show that considerable efforts need
to be undertaken in geologically complex areas to properly acquire data, i.e., preferably having 3D-
instead of 2D seismic surveys – though again economic issues will limit this precondition.
3.2 Knowledge gaps and l imitations
As reported here, geological and geophysical data are in most cases only available for the uppermost
c. 1000 m of the crust, but rare further down. Locally, boreholes to greater depths (<c. 3 000 m; in
England and Romania) have been drilled, while in Sweden a hole down to almost 6 800 m exists.
This project, CHPM2030, requires the prediction of structures and lithology in complex environments
at depth down to about 4–7 km, and estimating temperature, metal content, fluid chemistry and flow
in the bedrock. Predicting the stress field, fracture geometry and permeability at depth in the
crystalline bedrock is of crucial importance and highly challenging. With the present knowledge and
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
17/18
data available this task is not easy to fulfil. For pilot areas within CHPM2030, further intensive multi-
disciplinary studies must be considered, e.g., three-dimensional electromagnetic and seismic surveys,
as well as better predictions of temperature, heat flow and permeability at depth. The 3D integration
of geological and geophysical results will then better allow for planning and conducting of exploration
and possibly later-on production drillings.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2
18/18
4 Discussion and concluding remarks
The reports of the four nation-based working groups from the UK, Portugal, Romania and Sweden
show that the general geology of the chosen area(s) in each country is well known and documented
(appendices 1.2.1 to 1.2.4). In general, this is also the case for existing mineralisations and their styles
of formation. A significant amount of data underpins this knowledge base, the majority of which is
freely, or openly available. However, there are limitations. The knowledge is often restricted to the
upper 1 000 m (or less) of the crust. Locally, where deep drilling has been performed, the conditions
may be evaluated to greater depths. The availability of data has significant implications regarding the
accuracy of modelled conditions in an enhanced geothermal system (EGS) at greater depths.
Available data from deeper levels are fairly infrequent. Most of the available data originate from
governmental organisations which are obliged to provide data. On the other hand, data from mining
companies are in many cases considered to be privately owned and not available. Properties and
description of metadata (e.g., location, sampling methods), could be limiting factors for interpretation
of data.
Acknowledgements
The compilation of a report on existing data of several mining districts in Europe needs many helpful
hands. We acknowledge the support of our colleagues at our home institutions, national universities
and mining and exploration companies. Tobias Weisenberger is thanked for critically reading the
manuscript.
References
For practical reasons, we do not duplicate references here; instead, the reader is referred to the
references given in the appendices.
Other sources / Web links
EuroGeoSurveys (EGS), web links there, like, e.g., for Eurare, EuroGeoSource, Minerals4EU, Promine,
ThermoMap (www.eurogeosurveys.org).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
REPORT ON DATA AVAILABILITY:
SOUTH WEST ENGLAND
Summary:
This report provides an overview of geoscientific data and information relating to South West
England, with a particular focus on its geology, structure, stress-field characteristics,
mineralisation and previous geothermal research in the region.
Authors:
Richard A Shaw, economic geologist, Eimear Deady, economic geologist, Keith Bateman,
geochemist, Paul Lusty, economic geologist (British Geological Survey)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 2 / 44
Table of contents
Executive summary ............................................................................................................................................ 5
1 Preface ...................................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. 8
3 Geology ..................................................................................................................................................... 9
3.1 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 12
3.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030: ............................ 12
3.3 Limitations in our current understanding of the geology of South West England: ......................... 12
4 Fluids ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
4.1 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 16
4.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030: ............................ 16
4.3 Limitations in our current understanding of fluids in South West England: ................................... 16
5 Mineralisation ......................................................................................................................................... 17
5.1 Historical production ...................................................................................................................... 17
5.2 Mineralisation in South West England ............................................................................................ 18
5.3 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 21
5.4 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030: ............................ 21
5.5 Limitations in our current understanding of the mineralisation in South West England: ............... 21
6 Structure and stress-field measurements ............................................................................................... 22
6.1 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 24
6.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of the aims of CHPM2030: ......... 24
6.3 Limitations in our current understanding of the stress field in South West England: .................... 24
7 Deep sub-surface temperatures in South West England ........................................................................ 25
7.1 United Kingdom overview .............................................................................................................. 25
7.2 South West England overview ........................................................................................................ 26
7.3 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 27
7.4 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030: ............................ 27
7.5 Limitation in our current understanding of deep sub-surface temperatures in South West England:
27
8 Hot Dry Rock (HDR) research programme ............................................................................................... 28
8.1 Volume 3: The use of natural radioelement and radiogenic noble gas dissolution for modelling the
surface area and fracture width of a Hot Dry Rock system (Andrews et al. 1989) ...................................... 30
8.2 Volume 4: Fluid circulation in the Carnmenellis granite: hydrogeological, hydrogeochemical, and
palaeofluid evidence (Smedley et al. 1989) ................................................................................................. 30
8.3 Volume 5: Mineralogy and geochemistry of the Carnmenellis granite (Bromley et al. 1989) ........ 30
8.4 Volume 6: Experimental investigation of granite-water interaction (Savage et al. 1989) .............. 31
8.5 Volume 7: Geochemical prognosis for a Hot Dry Rock system in South West England (Richards et
al. 1989) ....................................................................................................................................................... 32
8.6 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 32
8.7 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030: ............................ 32
8.8 Limitation in our current understanding of South West England: .................................................. 32
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 3 / 44
9 Data holdings at BGS ............................................................................................................................... 33
9.1 Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 33
9.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030: ............................ 33
9.3 Limitations in our current understanding of South West England: ................................................ 33
10 Conclusion ............................................................................................................................................... 36
11 References .............................................................................................................................................. 37
List of figures
Figure 1. Simplified geological map of South West England showing the distribution of sedimentary basins
and the location of the granites (re-drawn from BGS mapping data and Shail and Leveridge, 2009) ............... 9
Figure 2. Map showing the principal mineralogical and textural variations in the Cornubian Batholith. It
combines subdivision into biotite and lithian-mica granites with a textural scheme based primarily on mean
matrix grainsize and the size and abundance of alkali feldspar megacrysts – compiled from Exley and Stone
(1964, 1982) Stone and Exley (1985), Hawkes and Dangerfield (1978), Dangerfield and Hawkes (1981), Exley
et al. (1983), Floyd et al. (1993), Manning et al. (1996), Manning (1998) and Shail et al. (2014). In-set map
shows the distribution of granite ages: Dartmoor, St Austell and Land’s End (in purple) are <286 Ma, whereas
Bodmin, Carnmenellis and Isle of Scilly (in yellow) are older (>290 Ma) ......................................................... 11
Figure 3. Schematic diagram illustrating fluid flow regimes in relation to emplacement of the Carnmenellis
granite. (a) Expulsion of magmatic fluids forming Sn-W greisens and generation of hydrothermal convection
in overlying groundwaters. (b) Leaching of metals and sulphur from the host rocks. Cooling of the system
permits meteoric waters to pass down into the granite pluton. (c) Main stage, polymetallic lodes form in the
roof zone of the granite pluton by expulsion of magmatic fluids. (d) Meteoric waters circulate through the
granite as the system cools. Cu-Zn sulphides are deposited in a series of lodes (re-drawn after Smedley et al.,
1989) ................................................................................................................................................................ 15
Figure 4. Overview of the evolution of mineralising fluids in South West England (after Leveridge et al., 1990)
......................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Figure 5. Map of the distribution of major NW-SE-trending faults and granite bodies in South West England
(drawn from BGS mapping data) ..................................................................................................................... 22
Figure 6. Principal stress orientation and magnitude in the Carnmenellis granite as determined by in-situ
hydraulic fracture tests at the Rosemanowes HDR test site (re-drawn from Pine and Batchelor, 1984) ........ 23
Figure 7. Heat flow map of the UK (after Busby, 2010) .................................................................................... 25
Figure 8. Revised estimated granite-related average temperatures (°C) at a depth of 5 km and the percentage
increases (in brackets) over previously published estimates. Locations of five towns, are shown in blue; PEN =
Penzance; StI = St Ives; CAM = Camborne; RED = Redruth and; StA = St. Austell (after Busby and Beamish,
2016) ................................................................................................................................................................ 26
Figure 9. Location of the Rosemanowes HDR test site in relation to the Carnmenellis granite outcrop (re-
drawn from Edmunds et al., 1989) .................................................................................................................. 28
Figure 10. A schematic diagram showing the configuration of the 2 and 2.5 km test wells at the
Rosemanowes HDR test site (re-drawn from Edmunds et al., 1989) ............................................................... 29
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 4 / 44
List of tables
Table 1. Summary of fluid inclusion data for mineralising fluids (Smith et al., 19961 and Gleeson et al., 20012).
......................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Table 2. Summary of mine water compositions (n.r., ‘not reported’) .............................................................. 14
Table 3. Estimated total mineral and metal production from South West England. After Dines (1956),
Alderton (1993) and South Crofty PLC (1988-1998). Adapted from LeBoutillier (2002) .................................. 17
Table 4. Summary of mineralisation styles in the South West England (Cornubian) orefield (adapted from
Andersen et al. 2016). ...................................................................................................................................... 19
Table 5. Summary of datasets pertinent to CHPM2030 held by the BGS (continued on next page) ............... 34
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 5 / 44
Executive summary
This report provides a summary of key information available for South West England, which is relevant for
development of enhanced geothermal systems in the region. South West England is a geologically complex
region with a long and significant history of metal mining, producing primarily tin (c. 2.8 million tonnes) and
copper (c. 2 million tonnes). The geology of the region is largely the result of Variscan tectonics and
associated felsic magmatism. The current surface expression of the Cornubian Batholith comprises six large
granitic plutons. From west to east these are: the offshore Isles of Scilly (120 km2), Land’s End (190 km2),
Carnmenellis (135 km2), St Austell (85 km2), Bodmin (220 km2), and Dartmoor (650 km2). These granite
bodies were intruded into a series of Devonian (410–355 Ma) green schist facies metasedimentary rocks,
locally known as ‘killas’ during the late Carboniferous and early Permian (295–270 Ma). The granites of South
West England are texturally and compositionally complex, although broadly they comprise peraluminous, S-
type granites of the two-mica variety. They are enriched in elements that include K, F, B, Li, Sn, Th, U and Rb.
However, it is their enrichment in K, Th and U that is responsible for their heat-production via radioactive
decay.
Mineralisation in South West England is wide-spread and can be broadly divided on the basis of its timing
relative to granite emplacement as: (1) pre-granite orebodies of the sedimentary-exhalative type, and shear-
zone hosted Au-Sb type; (2) granite-related mineralisation, comprising greisens and sheeted vein complexes,
and polymetallic sulphide lodes and; (3) post-granite mineralised Zn-Pb-Ag veins (so called crosscourses).
Fluids associated with granite-related mineralisation are magmatic in origin, and ranged in temperature from
about 400°C for Sn-W greisens to about 280°C for Sn-Cu polymetallic lodes, with salinities ranging between 5
and 15 wt% NaCl. Post-granite mineralisation is dominated by Pb and Zn rather than Sn and Cu, and formed
from lower temperatures fluids (c. 130°C), with higher salinities of about 26 wt% NaCl. Warm (up to 55°C),
high-salinity groundwaters have been found at depths of up to 820 metres depth, primarily issuing from
crosscourses and lodes in mines at the northern edge of the Carnmenellis granite. These flows occur in
mines in both the granite and in the killas. Some of the crosscourse flows have been discharging for more
than 30 years, suggesting that a large reservoir of saline, thermal water exists at depth.
The south-west of England is structurally complex with at least three different episodes of deformation
identified. Permeability in the south-west is fracture dominated. Therefore, it is the large NW-SE-trending
fault structures that are potentially most important for enhanced geothermal systems in terms of fluid flow.
Principal stress orientations are about 30° off parallel from that of the NNW-SSE and ENE-SWS-trending
joints sets observed in the Carnmenellis granite. The maximum in-situ stress (σH) is about 70 MPa in the
NNW-SSE direction, whilst the minimum in-situ stress (σh) is about 30 MPa in an ENE-WSW direction.
Previous geothermal research in the south-west of England peaked between the 1970s and 1990s. The
south-west region was of interest because of the high heat flows present in the Cornubian granites (c. 115–
139 mWm-2). These high heat flow values suggest high temperatures (c. 185–220°C) at depths of 5 km or
more.
In 1984 an extensive programme of work, funded by the UK Department of Energy (DEn) and the
Commission of the European Communities (CEC), was undertaken by the British Geological Survey (BGS) to
assess the UK’s geothermal potential. Over the same time period (1977–1984) the Camborne School of
Mines (CSM) was assessing the feasibility of creating HDR geothermal systems at a test site at the
Rosemanowes quarry, on the Carnmenellis granite, in Cornwall. It was assumed that the behaviour and
characteristics of a HDR system could be modelled using geochemistry, geophysics and physical properties
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 6 / 44
testing. Between 1985 and 1989 the Department of Energy and the Commission of the European
Communities funded a detailed geochemical investigation of the HDR site at Rosemanowes. These
investigations were undertaken by the BGS, the then NERC Isotope Geology Centre (NIGC), the University of
Bath (UoB) and CSM. In 1987 an informal working group (the UK Hot Dry Rock Geochemistry Group) was
established to align the geochemical programme more closely with the work being undertaken by CSM at
the Rosemanowes test site.
In summary a huge amount is already known about the geology, mineralisation fluid history and geothermal
potential of South West England. A significant body of data underpins this knowledge base, the majority of
which is freely, or openly available. However, there are limitations. For example, much of this data, with the
exception of the HDR datasets, only relates to the upper 1,000 m of the crust. This has significant
implications regarding the accuracy of modelled conditions in an enhanced geothermal system (EGS) at
greater depths. There are also ‘gaps’ in the data (e.g. very limited deep-geophysical data), and some data
sets have not been updated since their creation in the 1970s and 1980s.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 7 / 44
1 Preface
This report is a published product of the ‘CHPM2030’ project – an EC-funded, Horizon2020 project which
aims to develop a novel and potentially disruptive technology solution that can help satisfy European needs
for energy and critical metals in a single interlinked process. Working at the frontiers of geothermal
resources development, minerals extraction and electro-metallurgy, the project aims to convert ultra-deep
metallic mineralisation into ‘orebody-enhanced geothermal systems’ that will serve as a basis for the
development of a new type of facility for ‘Combined Heat, Power and Metal extraction’ (CHPM).
The project will help provide new impetus to geothermal development in Europe by investigating previously
unexplored pathways at low-TRL. This will be achieved by developing a roadmap in support of the pilot
implementation of such system before 2025, and full-scale commercial implementation before 2030. This
will include detailed specifications of a new type of future EGS facility that is designed and operated from the
outset as a combined heat, power and metal extraction system.
In the technology envisioned, the metal-bearing geological formation will be manipulated in a way that the
co-production of thermal energy and metals will be possible. As part of this, we will investigate how fluid
chemical conditions can be optimised to facilitate recovery of specific metals, anticipating variable market
demands in the future. Four geographical areas have been chosen for assessment based on pre-existing data
and potential for CHPM development in mineralised areas in the United Kingdom (UK), Portugal, Romania
and Sweden. This report summarises information relevant to the UK.
The project aims to provide proof-of-concept for the following hypotheses:
1. The composition and structure of orebodies have certain favourable characteristics that could be used to
our advantage when developing an EGS;
2. Metals can be leached from the orebodies in high concentrations over a prolonged period of time and
may substantially influence the economics of EGS;
3. The continuous leaching of metals will increase system’s performance over time in a controlled way and
without the need to use high-pressure reservoir stimulation, minimising the potential detrimental
impacts of both heat and metal extraction.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 8 / 44
2 Introduction
During the last 50 years geothermal energy research in the UK has been limited, partly due to a lack of high-
enthalpy resources, but also because of the availability of cheap fossil fuels during the 1980s and 1990s.
Research has focussed on three main aspects: (1) a nationwide appraisal of heat flow; (2) energy generation
from hot-brines in deep, hyper-saline aquifers (HSA) and; (3) energy generation from enhanced geothermal
systems (EGS) in hot dry rocks (Busby, 2010).
Heat flow measurements (Lee et al., 1987; Downing and Gray, 1986; Rollin, 1995; Rollin et al., 1995 and;
Barker et al., 2000) place UK background heat flow at about 52 mW m2, with elevated values associated with
buried granites in north-eastern England and radiogenic granites in South West England. The average UK
geothermal gradient is approximately 26°C km-1, although locally it can exceed 35°C km-1.
The radiogenic granites of South West England were assessed for their HDR geothermal energy potential as
part of the HDR project during the 1970s and 1980s. This programme of work was largely undertaken by the
Camborne School of Mines to assess the performance of an EGS in the Carnmenellis granite, in South West
England. The test site operated a set of deep (between 2–2.5 km) boreholes to assess the feasibility of
developing a full-scale commercial HDR system at about 5–6 km depth.
South West England was chosen as a potential pilot study site for the CHPM2030 project because of the
large amount of data that are available for South West England, the region’s status as a historically important
orefield, and because of the history of geothermal research in the region.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 9 / 44
3 Geology
The geology and metallogenesis of South West England is complex and has been the subject of extensive
scientific research for more than two centuries. It was during the eighteenth century (c. 1778) that William
Pryce first attempted to synthesise the geology, mining practices and metallurgy of the region. A number of
important papers followed in the early to mid-nineteenth century (Phillips, 1814; De La Beche, 1839;
Henwood, 1843) that sought to explain the role of granite and circulating fluids in the formation of South
West England’s mineral deposits. This extensive metallogenic province, covering the county of Cornwall and
part of the county of Devon from Land’s End to Dartmoor, a distance of some 150 km is termed the
‘Cornubian Orefield’. Significant advances were made during the twentieth century in understanding the
formation of the Cornubian Orefield, with the publication of numerous papers by Dines (1934 and 1956) and
Hosking (1950, 1951, 1952, 1964, and 1969). Geoscience research during the past forty years has sought to
refine many of the earlier theories and concepts by the application of geochronology (Chesley et al., 1993;
Chen et al., 1993; Clark et al., 1993; Clark et al., 1994; and Darbyshire, 1995), isotope studies (Rouse and
Colman, 1976; Darbyshire and Shepherd, 1994; and Shail et al., 2003) and fluid inclusion research
(Williamson et al., 1997; Gleeson et al., 2000; 2001; Williamson et al., 2000; and Müller and Halls, 2005).
Figure 1. Simplified geological map of South West England showing the distribution of sedimentary basins
and the location of the granites (re-drawn from BGS mapping data and Shail and Leveridge, 2009)
Regional geological mapping by the British Geological Survey at 1:50 000 scale, and airborne geophysical (i.e.
magnetic and radiometric) and remote sensing (i.e. LiDAR) surveys, flown as part of the TELLUS South West
project, have further contributed to the geological knowledge base. Comprehensive reviews of the geology
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 10 / 44
of South West England can be found in Selwood et al. (1998), LeBoutillier (2002) and Shail and Leveridge
(2009), and references therein.
A brief chronology of major geological events in South West England, from oldest to youngest, includes: (1)
The development of a series of middle Palaeozoic (410–345 Ma), east-west trending volcano-sedimentary
basins (from east–west these are the: North Devon Basin; Culm Basin; Tavy Basin; South Devon Basin; Looe
Basin and; Gramscatho Basin) (Figure 1) that have been inverted, deformed and subjected to low-grade
metamorphism (Parker, 1989; Shail, 2014); (2) Variscan continental collision, during the mid-Carboniferous
(331–329 Ma), resulted in significant crustal shortening and the development of NNW-trending thrust sheets
(Parker, 1989; Shail, 2014); (3) Crustal extension and orogenic collapse during the late Carboniferous and
lower Permian that resulted in extensive granitic magmatism (295–270 Ma) and associated hypothermal
(300–600°C) Sn-W greisens, and mesothermal (200–300°C) Sn-Cu mineralisation hosted by E-W-trending
mineral lodes. Following granite emplacement widespread Pb-Zn mineralisation developed in N-S-trending
crosscourses, many of which are re-activated NNW-trending thrust sheets (Parker, 1989; LeBoutillier, 2002;
Shail et al., 2014) and; (4) Cyclic periods of uplift, erosion and sedimentation throughout the Jurassic and
Cretaceous (Parker, 1989; Shail et al., 2014) resulting in the current landscape (e.g. exposure of granite roof
zones at the existing land surface).
Emplacement of the Cornubian batholith into largely Devonian sedimentary rocks caused large-scale heating
and thermal alteration. These metamorphic rocks in South West England are locally known as ‘killas’.
Although these rocks are not economically important in themselves, fractures within them host a significant
proportion of the region’s mineral deposits (e.g. polymetallic mineral veins, or ‘lodes’). The ‘killas’ comprises
a series of Devonian (410–355 Ma), marine deposited sandstones, siltstones, mudstones and rare
carbonates that were regionally metamorphosed to sub-green schist facies during the Variscan Orogeny. As
a result of granite emplacement, the low-grade regional metamorphism has been locally overprinted by
higher-grade contact metamorphism, to produce a series of aluminosilicate and/or cordierite-bearing slates
(Selwood et al., 1998).
The current surface expression of the Cornubian Batholith is six large granite plutons. From west to east
these are: the offshore Isles of Scilly (120 km2), Land’s End (190 km2), Carnmenellis (135 km2), St Austell (85
km2), Bodmin (220 km2), and Dartmoor (650 km2) (Figure 1). The subsurface extent of the Cornubian
Batholith is estimated to be about 250 km in length and has an approximate width of between 40 and 60 km
(Willis-Richards and Jackson, 1989; Scrivener, 2006). However, there is uncertainty about the true size of the
Cornubian Batholith because current models are based on a small amount of data (e.g. gravity
measurements and a very limited number of deep drill holes). Similarly there is some uncertainty about the
true thickness and shape of the granite plutons. 2D-gravity modelling of the Carnmenellis, St Austell and
Bodmin granites indicates they are tabular bodies with an estimated thickness of between three and four
kilometres, whilst the larger Dartmoor pluton is estimated to be about nine kilometres thick (Taylor, 2007).
However, seismic refraction data suggest that the depth of the base of the batholith (i.e. its lower contact
with the killas) is variable, ranging from about seven and eight kilometres beneath the Bodmin and
Carnmenellis granites, respectively, to about ten kilometres beneath the Dartmoor granite (Brooks, 1984;
Shail et al., 2014).
Radiometric dating (U-Pb in monazite and zircon) suggests that the extensive granitic magmatism observed
in South West England occurred over an about 20-million-year period, between about 293 Ma and 274 Ma,
although separate intrusive episodes can be identified in some of the individual plutons (Chen et al., 1993;
Chesley et al., 1993; Clark et al., 1994). In terms of age, the plutons can be broadly divided into two groups:
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 11 / 44
(1) the older (>290 Ma) Bodmin Moor, Isles of Scilly and Carnmenellis granites and; (2) the younger (<286
Ma) Land’s End, St Austell and Dartmoor granites (Figure 2).
Compositionally the granites are all peraluminous, S-type granites that are enriched in elements such as K, B,
F, Li, U, Th, Sn, Rb and Pb. An interesting feature of Cornubian granites is their high uranium content (with an
average of about 12 ppm for all plutons), which is largely controlled by the distribution of accessory minerals
such as uraninite and monazite (Chappell and Hine, 2006; Scrivener, 2006). Importantly it is the radioactive
decay of uranium, thorium and potassium in the Cornubian granites that is responsible for their high heat
production through radioactive decay (Chappell and Hine, 2006).
Figure 2. Map showing the principal mineralogical and textural variations in the Cornubian Batholith. It
combines subdivision into biotite and lithian-mica granites with a textural scheme based primarily on mean
matrix grainsize and the size and abundance of alkali feldspar megacrysts – compiled from Exley and Stone
(1964, 1982) Stone and Exley (1985), Hawkes and Dangerfield (1978), Dangerfield and Hawkes (1981), Exley
et al. (1983), Floyd et al. (1993), Manning et al. (1996), Manning (1998) and Shail et al. (2014). In-set map
shows the distribution of granite ages: Dartmoor, St Austell and Land’s End (in purple) are <286 Ma, whereas
Bodmin, Carnmenellis and Isle of Scilly (in yellow) are older (>290 Ma)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 12 / 44
The granites of South West England can be categorised mineralogically into three broad groups: (1) biotite
granite; (2) topaz granite; and (3) tourmaline granite. However, minor variants also exist, including Li-mica
granite and fluorite granite (Exley et al., 1983; Floyd et al., 1993; Manning et al., 1996). Textural variations
are also used to distinguish sub-classes of the granites e.g. fine-grained tourmaline granite (Manning et al.,
1996) (Figure 2). The older granites (Bodmin Moor, Isles of Scilly, and Carnmenellis) can be distinguished
from the younger granites (Land’s End, St Austell and Dartmoor) by their texture, composition
(peraluminosity), isotopic signature (εNd) and rare earth element (REE) patterns. These differences may
reflect increased mantle-melting and possibly increased amounts of crustal melting during formation of the
younger granites, probably in response to higher temperatures in the lower crust. However, it remains
unclear why temperatures increased, and if this change was transitional, or an abrupt change in response to
a discrete tectonic event (Stone, 1995; 1997; 2000a; 2000b; Shail et al., 2014).
3.1 Summary
The region has been studied for more than 200 years and thus a large amount of data exists that describes
the relationship between magmatism and mineralisation. Complimentary geological mapping and airborne
geophysical surveys have further refined the interpretation of the geological evolution of the region. The
abundance of magmatism and mineralisation across South West England warrants its status as a globally
significant metallogenic province.
3.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030:
Extensive body of academic literature.
Good understanding of the geological evolution of the region.
Continuous digital geological mapping at 1:50,000 scale.
Complimentary regional datasets (e.g. LiDAR, airborne geophysics, geochemistry, etc.).
3D model of the geology at 1:625,000 scale.
3.3 Limitations in our current understanding of the geology of South West England:
The majority of the primary data that exists is related to the shallow sub-surface (<1,000 m, and often <200
m). There has also been no regional deep geophysical investigation. As a consequence, this presents
uncertainty in terms of extrapolating information and data at surface to any significant depth.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 13 / 44
4 Fluids
Academic research in South West England during the past 30 years has focussed on the nature of
mineralising fluids, and their role in metal transport and ore deposit formation. Fluid inclusion (i.e. fluids
trapped during mineral growth) studies have been invaluable in revealing the composition (salinity),
temperature and in some cases the pressure of the mineralising fluids. Complimentary stable isotope studies
(e.g. O, H, He and S) have also provided useful information on the source of the mineralising fluids (e.g. He
signatures suggest a mantle-derived volatile component) (Shail et al., 2003). Studies of shallow groundwaters
(down to c. 100 m), as part of the HDR programme have provided insights into water-rock interaction over
short time intervals and at shallow depths. Similar studies of deep, thermal spring waters from disused mines
provide information on fluid circulation and mixing. When combined these data (e.g. shallow groundwater
and mine water composition, and fluid inclusion studies) have enabled important conclusions to be drawn
regarding palaeofluid circulation in both the granites and country rocks of South West England (Smedley et
al., 1989).
Broadly two dominant fluid types have been implicated in the formation of mineralisation in South West
England:
(1) Moderate to high salinity (NaCl+CO2), high temperature magmatic fluids that produced the granite-
related mineralisation (e.g. polymetallic Sn-Cu lodes); and
(2) High salinity (NaCl+CaCl2), lower temperature basinal fluids that formed the younger, post-magmatic
mineralisation (e.g. crosscourses) (Table 1).
Mineralisation style Temperature Salinity Composition
Greisen1 450–350°C 5–10 wt% NaCl±CO2
Polymetallic lode (Sn-Cu)2 280–200°C 3–15 wt% NaCl
Polymetallic lode (Pb-Zn)2 c. 220°C 0–5 wt% NaCl
Crosscourse2 c. 130°C 26 wt% NaCl±CaCl2
Table 1. Summary of fluid inclusion data for mineralising fluids (Smith et al., 19961 and Gleeson et al., 20012).
Stable isotope studies (i.e. Cl, O, H, He and S) on fluids taken from inclusions in the mineralisation have
provided useful insights in to the origin of mineralising fluids. For example, isotopic studies of main stage,
polymetallic lodes indicate that mineralising fluids were principally magmatic in origin, whilst fluids
associated with later crosscourses are distinctly non-magmatic, having a strong sediment-derived fluid
signature (Wilkinson et al., 1995; Gleeson et al., 1999; Banks et al., 2000; Shail et al., 2003).
Warm (up to 55°C), high-salinity groundwaters have been found at depths of up to 820 metres, primarily
issuing from crosscourses and lodes in mines at the northern edge of the Carnmenellis granite. These flows
occur in mines in both the granite and in the killas. Some of the crosscourse flows have been discharging for
more than 30 years, suggesting that a large reservoir of saline, thermal water exists at depth (Smedley et al.,
1989). These deep spring waters 31–55°C, mildly acidic to neutral (pH 5.4–7.7), and compositionally they are
dominated by Na, Ca and Cl (Smedley et al., 1989) (Table 2). Stable oxygen (δ18O) and hydrogen (δ2D) isotope
studies indicate that these waters are not derived from seawater, but are more likely diluted palaeobrines
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 14 / 44
which have flowed through crosscourse structures within the granite and killas. Their chemical and isotopic
signatures also indicate mixing and dilution by circulation of local meteoric water (Alderton and Sheppard,
1977; Smedley et al., 1989).
Parameter South Crofty
(420 level)
South Crofty
(420 level) Wheal Jane Clifford United
Source Smedley et al., 1989 Alderton and Sheppard, 1977
Depth (m) 690 690 198 448
pH 6.79 5.38 7.70 n.r.
Temperature (°C) 45.3 34.3 31.5 52
Total dissolved solids 14,099 10,454 9,934 9,189
Na 3,210 1,890 2,073 2,043
K 138 66.8 127 111
Mg 51.6 94.8 29.5 32
Ca 1,670 1,630 1,326 1,166
Cl 8,750 6,500 6,110 5,628
SO4 107 240 118 124
HCO3 n.r. n.r. 23.8 n.r.
Table 2. Summary of mine water compositions (n.r., ‘not reported’)
Low salinity, shallow groundwaters from within the granite and killas show considerable compositional
overlap. However, slight differences can be observed in both the major cation (i.e. Ca, Mg, Na and K) and
anion (i.e. HCO3, SO4, Cl and NO3) contents of these waters. Granite-related shallow groundwaters are more
acidic (pH 4.3–6.9) and are dominated by Na, K and Cl, whilst killas-related groundwaters are more alkaline
(pH 4.9–8.0), and have compositions dominated by Ca, Mg and HCO3. The higher overall concentration of
elements (e.g. Ca, Mg, Cl, etc.) in killas-related groundwaters suggests that that the killas is more reactive, or
possibly more soluble, than the granite. The abundance of minerals such as calcite, dolomite, chlorite and
clays in the killas may account for these higher concentrations by dissolution and precipitation, and ion
exchange reactions. Element enrichment and depletion patterns suggest that shallow groundwater
compositions are strongly controlled by lithology. For example, granite-related waters typically have higher
Ba and Rb contents, which likely reflects dissolution of alkali feldspar (Smedley et al., 1989; Smedley and
Allen, 2004).
Previous studies suggest that palaeo-fluid flow in and around the Carnmenellis granite can be divided in to
four main stages (Figure 3): (1) Expulsion of early magmatic fluids associated with the emplacement of the
granite, which led to the formation of sheeted Sn-W greisens in the granite roof zone and overlying
metasedimentary rocks. Hydrothermal convection of formation waters starts to occur in response to the
thermal anomaly created by the granite emplacement. (2) Copper, zinc and sulphur are leached from the
host rocks. Formation waters are drawn down through the granite as the system begins to cool, resulting in
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 15 / 44
the deposition of Cu-Zn-sulphides in veins. (3) Main-stage, polymetallic lodes are emplaced within the
granite roof zone by further expulsion of magmatic fluids. (4) Formation waters start to circulate through the
granite in response to cooling of the system, resulting in the deposition of Cu-Zn-sulphides in steeply dipping
fissures (Smedley et al., 1989). Post-magmatism basinal brines circulate through N-S-trending structures
within the granite and killas, mixing with meteoric waters. These fluids deposited Pb-Zn-rich mineralisation
within the so called crosscourse veins (Scrivener et al., 1994; Gleeson et al., 2000; 2001).
Figure 3. Schematic diagram illustrating fluid flow regimes in relation to emplacement of the Carnmenellis
granite. (a) Expulsion of magmatic fluids forming Sn-W greisens and generation of hydrothermal convection
in overlying groundwaters. (b) Leaching of metals and sulphur from the host rocks. Cooling of the system
permits meteoric waters to pass down into the granite pluton. (c) Main stage, polymetallic lodes form in the
roof zone of the granite pluton by expulsion of magmatic fluids. (d) Meteoric waters circulate through the
granite as the system cools. Cu-Zn sulphides are deposited in a series of lodes (re-drawn after Smedley et al.,
1989)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 16 / 44
4.1 Summary
Fluids associated with both Sn-W greisen and Sn-Cu polymetallic lode mineralisation in South West England
are primarily of magmatic origin, In contrast fluids associated with post-granite crosscourse mineralisation
are distinctly non-magmatic and derived from sedimentary basins, possibly with a local meteoric water
component. Saline mine waters (known to extend to depths of at least 820 metres) are considered to be
palaeobrines that have been diluted by local meteoric water. These mine waters exploit N-S-trending
crosscourse structures in the granite and killas. Active fluid flow and mixing has, and continues to, play an
important role in the formation of the Cornubian Orefield.
4.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030:
Mineralising fluids, saline mine waters and shallow ground waters are reasonably well characterised
(e.g. by fluid inclusion, stable isotope, geochemical studies etc).
Significant amounts of data have been generated as part of the HDR programme (e.g. water
chemistry, stable isotopes, and fluid inclusions).
Fluid circulation is reasonably well understood in the shallow subsurface.
4.3 Limitations in our current understanding of fluids in South West England:
Much of the primary data that exists is related to the shallow sub-surface (<1,000 m, and often <200
m). Hence little is known about fluids existing at depths below 1,000 m, both in terms of chemistry
and circulation.
Mine water data are largely restricted to sites concentrated around the Carnmenellis granite.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 17 / 44
5 Mineralisation
The Cornubian Orefield has a complex, protracted (c. 100 Ma), multi-stage history of polymetallic
mineralisation. Mineralisation comprises a variety of styles, ranging from Devono-Carboniferous syngenetic
mineralisation, to recent placer and kaolin deposits. Although historically the south-west region was major
metal producer, the Drakelands Sn-W deposit (operated by Wolf Minerals Ltd) is the only active metal mine
in South West England. It is hosted within and around a dyke-like body of porphyritic granite, known as the
Hemerdon Granite that forms a cupola to the south-west of the main body of the Dartmoor Granite. The
deposit is one of the world’s largest tungsten deposits containing 35.7 million tonnes at a grade of 0.18%
WO3 and 0.03% Sn (Wolf Minerals, 2015). The Drakelands operation has a production capacity of more than
3,000 tonnes of tungsten concentrate per annum (Wolf Minerals, 2015). There is a long history of
mineralisation-related research in South West England, with a particular focus on granite-related
hydrothermal tin and tungsten-bearing deposits.
5.1 Historical production
Historically, the south-west region was a major metal producer. Mineral deposits in the region were
predominantly exploited for tin, tungsten, arsenic, zinc, lead and copper (Dines, 1956; Shail et al., 2014; Burt
et al., 2015). Approximate quantities of metal production in South West England are shown in Table 3.
Mineral or metal (Tons)
Sn metal 2,770,000
Cu metal 2,000,000
Fe ore 2,000,000
Pb metal 250,000
As (as As2O3) 250,000
Pyrite 150,000
Mn ores 100,000
Zn metal 70,000
W (as WO3) 5,600
U ore 2,000
Ag ore 2,000
Ag metal (from sulphide ore) 250
Co-Ni-Bi ores 500
Sb ores 300
Mo metal Minor
Au metal Minor
Barite 500,000
Fluorite 10,000
Ochre/umber 20,000
Kaolinite (china clay) 150,000,000
Table 3. Estimated total mineral and metal production from South West England. After Dines (1956),
Alderton (1993) and South Crofty PLC (1988-1998). Adapted from LeBoutillier (2002)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 18 / 44
5.2 Mineralisation in South West England
Four main stages of mineralisation have been identified in South West England, forming over about a 100
Ma period between the early Permian and the late Triassic. The mineralisation can be broadly divided on the
basis of its timing relative to granite emplacement as:
(1) Pre-granite orebodies of the sedimentary-exhalative type and shear-zone hosted Au-Sb mineralisation;
(2) Granite-related mineralisation, comprising greisens and sheeted vein complexes and polymetallic
sulphide lodes and;
(3) Post-granite mineralised Zn-Pb-Ag crosscourses (highlighted in Table 4). Figure 4 provides an overview of
the fluid chemistry of these mineralisation syles.
Pre-granite mineralisation comprises: (1) stratiform mineralisation that contains sub-economic enrichments
in base metals (Scrivener et al., 1989; Scrivener, 2006); and (2) metamorphogenic quartz-carbonate veins
that typically contain Sb-As-(Au) (Clayton et al., 1990). The main commodities associated with the early
stratiform mineralisation are iron and base metals. Orogenic shear-hosted Au-Sb-Ag mineralisation is limited
to basinal argillaceous lithologies with significant volumes of basic volcanic rocks. It is also spatially
associated with NNW-trending shear zones (Stanley et al., 1990). Fluid chemistry and structural data
indicates that the quartz-Au-Sb veins were precipitated early from CO2-rich metamorphic fluids with fluid
inclusion homogenisation temperatures (Th) in the range 315–280°C (Clayton et al., 1990).
Granite-related mineralisation formed largely during the early to mid-Permian. These mineral deposits were
historically of the greatest economic importance and were exploited for tin, tungsten, arsenic and base
metals. Granite-related mineralisation includes skarns and pegmatites, greisens and sheeted vein deposits,
and the main-stage polymetallic deposits. Localised skarn deposits have resulted from the thermal alteration
of calc-silicate minerals that have been altered by boron-rich fluids (Scrivener 2006). Volumetrically these
skarns are insignificant, thus reflecting the lack of carbonate-rich rocks in the region.
Greisen occurrences are restricted in extent, but common immediately adjacent to all plutons, including the
Isles of Scilly Granite (Grant and Smith, 2012; Sullivan et al., 2013; Shail et al., 2014). Greisen wall rock
alteration is characterised by the development of secondary mica around sheeted veins and in stockworks. It
occurs in the granite (endogranite) and the surrounding host rocks (exogranite). Endogranitic greisens occur
at St. Michaels Mount (Floyd et al., 1993), Cligga Head (Hall 1971; Jackson and Moore 1977), and Hemerdon
(Beer and Scrivener, 1982), while exogranitic greisens occur in the Tregonning and St Austell granites
(Dominy et al., 1995). The greisens comprise closely spaced quartz-tourmaline veins up to 0.1 m wide that
host wolframite, cassiterite, stannite, arsenopyrite and other sulphides. Fluid inclusions indicate that the
greisen-bordered veins were precipitated over a wide range of temperatures (Figure 4). Greisens represent
the earliest occurrence of significant fracture controlled magmatic-hydrothermal mineralisation in South
West England (Shail et al., 2014). Greisen bordered, sheeted veins and quartz‐(feldspar)‐wolframite lodes
formed within 2–3 Ma of granite emplacement, and overlap with muscovite cooling ages for the
host/adjacent pluton (Chen et al., 1993; Chesley et al., 1993).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 19 / 44
Table 4. Summary of mineralisation styles in the South West England (Cornubian) orefield (adapted from Andersen et al. 2016).
Pre-granite mineralisation Main ore minerals
1) Rifting and passive margin development (early Devonian- Carboniferous)
sedimentary-exhalative (SedEx) mineralisation Haematite Siderite Galena Sphalerite
2) Variscan convergence and continental collision (late Devonian-
Carboniferous) shear zone hosted Au-Sb + base metal mineralisation Gold Bournonite Sphalerite Chalcopyrite Tetrahedrite
Granite-related mineralisation
3) Early post-Variscan extension and magmatism (early Permian)
a) Magnetite-silicate skarns developed in metabasaltic hosts Magnetite Cassiterite
b) Sulphide-silicate skarns developed in calc-silicate granite hosts Cassiterite Arsenopyrite Pyrite Chalcopyrite Pyrrhotite
c) Greisen-bordered sheeted vein complexes Wolframite Cassiterite Chalcopyrite Sphalerite Bismuthinite
d) Quartz-tourmaline veins and breccias Cassiterite Haematite
e) Polymetallic sulphide lodes Cassiterite Chalcopyrite Wolframite Arsenopyrite Sphalerite
Post-granite mineralisation
4) Episodic intraplate rifting and inversion (late Permian – Cenozoic)
a) Crosscourse Pb-Zn ± F, Ba mineralisation Galena Sphalerite Arsenopyrite Chalcopyrite
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 20 / 44
Polymetallic lodes containing cassiterite and chalcopyrite, and subordinate arsenopyrite, sphalerite, galena
and localised wolframite post-date the greisen bordered, sheeted veins. These lodes were historically the
main source of tin and copper in the region. The complex structure and mineralogy of these deposits, and
their strong spatial association with granite bodies, reflect the protracted magmatic-hydrothermal activity
associated with their formation (Scrivener 2006). These polymetallic lodes are generally orientated E-W and
developed between 269–259 Ma, although there is a suggestion that this reflects the dating of more than
one paragenetic episode (Chen et al., 1993; Clark et al., 1993). These lodes mark the final contribution of
magmatic-hydrothermal fluids to mineralisation in South West England (Shail et al., 2014).
Figure 4. Overview of the evolution of mineralising fluids in South West England (after Leveridge et al., 1990)
Post-granite mineralisation formed by east-west extension during regional extension-driven subsidence in
the Permian, which resulted in the formation of north-south-trending fracture systems. Subsequent
fracture‐controlled ingress of metal-complexing basinal fluids from Permo‐Triassic sedimentary successions
into the Variscan basement resulted in the stripping of metals from metalliferous source rocks, and the
formation of what is known as ‘crosscourse’ mineralisation (Scrivener et al., 1994). This comprises
polymetallic veins dominated by lead, zinc and copper, which locally host antimony-bearing minerals. The
north-south-trending crosscourse mineralisation postdates the granite related Sn-W-Cu mineralisation by
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 21 / 44
30–40 Ma (Scrivener et al., 1994). The crosscourse veins were primarily exploited for lead, zinc, silver,
fluorite and baryte, typically within Devonian and Carboniferous successions.
In addition to the styles of mineralisation described above, there are a number of less significant types of
mineralisation that are not described in this report. These include: syn-granite tourmaline-tin veins
(Scrivener 1982; Bromley 1989); tourmaline breccias (London et al., 1995; Müller and Halls 2005); post-
granite, low temperature manganese and iron replacement deposits; and gold-carbonate veins (Jackson et
al., 1989). Following granite emplacement, descending meteoric water resulted in alteration of feldspar,
leading to high levels of kaolinisation in the St Austell and Dartmoor granites. This has not been discussed in
this report as it is not metallic mineralisation. However, the following references provide a good overview of
this late-stage alteration: Sheppard (1977), Bray and Spooner (1983) and Bristow and Exley (1994).
5.3 Summary
The south-west of England is a historically important mining region and has produced a significant range and
volume of metals. However, the region is best known for its tin and copper production. Mineralisation in
South West England can be categorised into four broad styles that have been related to the timing of granite
emplacement (i.e. pre-granite, granite-related, and post-granite). The most significant mineralisation in
South West England from an economic perspective is related to magmatic-hydrothermal activity associated
with granite emplacement. Importantly a significant, and growing, body of research and data exists on
mineralisation in South West England.
5.4 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030:
A large amount of data (e.g. geochronology, fluid composition, mineralogy, geochemistry, etc.) has
been generated from ore deposit research in South West England.
A good understanding is developing of how magmatism, fluids and large-scale structures have
interacted to produce economic mineralisation. This data and knowledge has implications for
engineered geothermal systems.
5.5 Limitations in our current understanding of the mineralisation in South West England:
There is significant uncertainty about the form and scale of mineralisation below 1,000 m.
The distribution of data coverage is generally skewed towards areas where economic mineralisation
has been exploited or commercial mineral exploration has occurred.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 22 / 44
6 Structure and stress-field measurements
South West England is a structurally complex region whose geological past has been dominated by Variscan
tectonics. British Geological Survey mapping, academic research and seismic surveys have led to the
identification of three main deformational phases associated with Variscan orogenesis. Two phases are
related to crustal shortening (D1 and D2) whilst the third (D3) is associated with crustal extension during
orogenic collapse (Alexander and Shail, 1996; Leveridge et al., 2002). The D1 deformation event (c. 385 Ma) is
characterised by: (1) large-scale (10s km), NW-SE-trending strike-slip faults; (2) a NNW-trending mineral
lineation; and (3) E-W-trending folds. Structures associated with the second deformation event (D2) are
similar to those formed during D1, but D2 structures are generally more steeply dipping. The D3 event (c.
305–300 Ma) occurred in response to orogenic collapse and associated crustal extension. It resulted in the
development of steep to gently inclined WNW-ESE-trending extensional faults (Alexander and Shail, 1996;
Leveridge et al., 2002). Regionally extensive NNW-SSE-trending crosscourse structures formed during the
Permian in response to a period of crustal extension (Scrivener et al., 1994; Shail and Alexander, 1997).
Figure 5. Map of the distribution of major NW-SE-trending faults and granite bodies in South West England
(drawn from BGS mapping data)
In South West England both granite and the killas have inherently poor permeability (Heath et al., 1985).
Accordingly, fluid circulation in the region is largely controlled by regional-scale structures (e.g. NW-SE-
trending faults) (Figure 5) and fractures (Heath et al., 1985; Bromley et al., 1989; Smedley et al., 1989).
Fractures in the granite are primarily the result of magma chamber processes, for example cooling and
hydro-fracturing (caused by the movement of magmatic fluids). In contrast fractures in the killas are
principally the result of granite emplacement. Local zones of high-fracture density, in both granite and killas,
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 23 / 44
may also be associated with episodes of late faulting. However, the permeability and connectivity of these
fractures, particularly at depth, remains enigmatic (Heath et al., 1985).
Figure 6. Principal stress orientation and magnitude in the Carnmenellis granite as determined by in-situ
hydraulic fracture tests at the Rosemanowes HDR test site (re-drawn from Pine and Batchelor, 1984)
A relatively small number of stress field measurements were made on the Carnmenellis granite, during the
1980s. Both hydraulic fracture tests and overcoring tests were conducted at the Rosemanowes HDR test site
at depths of 0–2,000 m and 800 m, respectively. All of the tests were successful in achieving ‘breakdowns’
(i.e. the point at which the fluid pressure is high enough to fracture the rock), in only one of the tests was the
hydraulic fracture fully characterised using microseismic monitoring. A series of overcoring tests were also
conducted in the South Crofty mine (on the edge of the Carnmenellis granite) at a maximum depth of 790 m.
A similar, but unrelated, set of stress field tests (i.e. hydraulic fracturing and overcoring) were carried out at
Carwynnen quarry, also on the Carnmenellis granite. Although the hydraulic fracture tests and overcoring
were conducted at much shallower levels, 700 m and 34 m, respectively the two studies confirmed the
presence of two joint sets in the Carnmenellis granite: one trending NNW-SSE-trending and the other ENE-
WSW. The results from both studies show that the in-situ stress orientation is about 30° off parallel from
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 24 / 44
that of the natural joint sets observed in the granite. The studies also demonstrated that maximum in-situ
stress (σH) is approximately 70 MPa in the NNW-SSE direction, whilst the minimum in-situ stress (σh) is about
30 MPa in the ENE-WSW direction (Figure 6). It was found that stress magnitude and orientation at depth
are relatively consistent across the Carnmenellis granite, and are fairly consistent with measurements from
the rest of the United Kingdom. Importantly it was found that shearing along these natural joints was more
likely than dilation, unless very high injection pressures were used (Pine and Batchelor, 1984; Evans, 1987;
Cooling et al., 1988; Haimson et al. 1989; Turnbridge et al., 1989).
6.1 Summary
The south-west of England is a structurally complex region whose geological past has been dominated by
Variscan tectonics, which resulted in at least three episodes of deformation. The permeability of rocks (i.e.
granites and metasedimentary rocks) in South West England is inherently very low, and as such faults and
fractures are locally and regionally important in terms of fluid flow. In particular the presence of large-scale,
NNW-SSE-trending crosscourse structures are an important consideration for the design of any EGS system
in South West England. However, the permeability and connectivity of these features, particularly at depth,
remains enigmatic. Assessment of the stress field in South West England shows it is comparable to other
parts of the UK. Two joint sets occur in the Carnmenellis granite and analysis has determined the relative in-
situ stress orientation and the maximum and minimum in-situ stress values.
6.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of the aims of CHPM2030:
In-situ stress measurements have been made at depth (up to 2,000 m) in South West England.
Relative to many other onshore parts of the UK the stress field in South West England is fairly well
constrained.
Consistency in the approach used for making in-situ stress field measurements in South West
England means the results of different survey are directly comparable.
6.3 Limitations in our current understanding of the stress field in South West England:
Whilst existing data provide a good indication of the stress field in the upper 2 km of crust in South
West England, uncertainty about the type of lithologies which occur at greater depth and their
structural characteristics means the validity of extrapolating these measurements to the target
depths of an EGS system is a consideration.
Only a small number of deep (specific ~2,000m) stress measurements are available for South West
England. This is a particular issue given that significant heterogeneity in stress orientation and
magnitude may exist.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 25 / 44
7 Deep sub-surface temperatures in South West England
7.1 United Kingdom overview
Between 1977 and 1994 the UK government funded an assessment of potential geothermal energy
resources. This programme considered three main elements: (1) appraisal of heat flow; (2) potential of hot-
brines from deep hyper-saline aquifers (HAS) for direct heat production; and (3) the potential of EGS, which
included the HDR Programme. A catalogue of sub-surface temperatures, heat flow estimations, thermal
conductivity measurements and geochemical data was compiled by BGS (Burley and Edmunds, 1978). It was
subsequently updated by Burley and Gale (1982), Burley et al. (1984) and Rollin (1987). The findings of this
work were summarised by Downing and Gray (1986a, 1986b), BGS (1988), Parker (1989, 1999) and most
recently in Barker et al. (2000).
A heat flow map (Figure 7) of the UK was generated and subsequently revised (Downing and Gray, 1986a, b;
Lee et al., 1987; Rollin, 1995; Rollin et al., 1995; and Barker et al., 2000). The map shows two areas of
enhanced heat flow that are associated with the radiogenic granites of South West England (Cornwall) and
the buried granites of northern England. Temperatures at 5 km depth were estimated to be as high as 180–
190°C in Cornwall, and up to 130–170°C in northern England, but rarely exceeded 95°C elsewhere. The
average geothermal gradient is 26°C km1 but locally it can exceed ≈ 35°C Km-1 (Busby, 2010). The average UK
heat flow is approximately 55 mWm-2.
Figure 7. Heat flow map of the UK (after Busby, 2010)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 26 / 44
7.2 South West England overview
Figure 8. Revised estimated granite-related average temperatures (°C) at a depth of 5 km and the percentage
increases (in brackets) over previously published estimates. Locations of five towns, are shown in blue; PEN =
Penzance; StI = St Ives; CAM = Camborne; RED = Redruth and; StA = St. Austell (after Busby and Beamish,
2016)
Of specific interest to this project are the data for the south-west region of the UK, in particular Cornwall
where the geothermal gradient is estimated to be highest. Barker et al. (2000) noted that the average heat
flow in the Cornubian granites of South West England is ≈ 120 mWm-2. Heat production values for the
Cornubian granites can be found in Wheildon et al. (1981) and Thomas-Betts et al. (1989). Beamish and
Busby (2016) have re-assessed the quality of these original data sets, and in addition have recalculated the
heat flows in accordance with our improved understanding of paleoclimate. This has resulted in revised
values that are higher than the original estimates, with the consequence that temperatures at depth are also
greater i.e. at 5 km they range from ≈ 185°C for the Dartmoor granite to ≈ 220°C for the St Austell granite,
(Figure 8) which is an increase of between 6 and 11 per cent. The vast majority of the temperature data
comes from shallow wells (about 100 m), with additional data available from some former mines e.g. Geevor
mine at about 400 m and South Crofty at about 600 m. As such, these estimated temperatures are based on
a model that assumes constant heat production to a depth of 5 km. There are only very limited (historic)
temperature data available from depths below 600 m, largely comprising data from the former HDR Project
at Rosemanowes Quarry, near Redruth, on the Carnmenellis granite. Here three deep wells were drilled, the
deepest being a 2,600 m vertical well, plus several shallow boreholes (300 m). Barker et al. (2000) reported
that measured temperatures were ≈ 80°C at 2,100 m depth (in well RH12) and ≈ 100°C at 2,600 m (in well
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 27 / 44
RH15). The revised heat flow data from Beamish and Busby (2016) gives slightly higher, estimated,
subsurface temperatures of ≈ 84°C, and ≈ 102°C at 2,100 m and 2,600 m, respectively. Unfortunately, UK
government funding was withdrawn from the HDR project before it could investigate conditions at 5–6 km,
and it closed in 1994. Although its three deep wells are still accessible, it is unclear if any temperature
measurements have been obtained since the close of the project. To date no other deep wells have been
drilled in the region.
7.3 Summary
A significant body of data exists from a British government funded assessment of the potential geothermal
energy resources in the UK, over a period spanning three decades. South West England, specifically Cornwall,
was estimated to have the highest geothermal gradient in the UK. Temperatures at 5 km depth in the
Cornubian granites are estimated to be in the range of ≈ 185°C–220°C. However, it is important to note that
these estimates are based on modelled heat flow and heat production. Data from depths of >600 m is very
limited, but the measured temperature from one of three deep wells in the Carnmenellis granite was ≈
100°C at 2,600 m. It is notable that these three well are still accessible.
7.4 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030:
A significant dataset exists from investigation of the geothermal potential of the UK. However, some
of this data may be only available in analogue format.
Three deep boreholes are still accessible within the Carnmenellis granite, meaning there is potential
for new measurements to be taken to validate existing data and new models and estimates.
7.5 Limitation in our current understanding of deep sub-surface temperatures in South West
England:
Despite a significant body of data there is still significant uncertainty about the temperatures that
might exist at the depth of an EGS system as most estimates and models are based on extrapolation
of near surface historical data.
Selected historical data is only available in analogue format.
The HDR project ceased in 1994, with little associated work taking place during the subsequent 22
years.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 28 / 44
8 Hot Dry Rock (HDR) research programme
Figure 9. Location of the Rosemanowes HDR test site in relation to the Carnmenellis granite outcrop (re-
drawn from Edmunds et al., 1989)
In 1984, a programme of work, funded by the UK Department of Energy (DEn) and the Commission of the
European Communities (CEC), was undertaken by the British Geological Survey (BGS) to assess the UK for its
geothermal potential. Over the same time period (1977–1984) the Camborne School of Mines (CSM) was
assessing the feasibility of creating HDR geothermal systems at a test site at the Rosemanowes quarry, on
the Carnmenellis granite, in Cornwall. The assumption was made that the behaviour and characteristics of a
HDR system could be modelled using geochemistry, geophysics, and physical properties. Between 1985 and
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 29 / 44
1989 the Department of Energy and the Commission of the European Communities funded a detailed
geochemical investigation of the HDR site at Rosemanowes. These investigations were undertaken by the
BGS, the then NERC Isotope Geology Centre (NIGC), the University of Bath (UoB) and CSM. In 1987 an
informal working group (the UK Hot Dry Rock Geochemistry Group) was established to align the geochemical
programme more closely with the physical properties and geophysical work being undertaken by CSM at the
Rosemanowes test site. The BGS output from this work was series of seven volumes (Edmunds et al. 1989;
Richards et al. 1989; Andrews et al. 1989; Smedley et al. 1989; Bromley et al. 1989; Savage et al. 1989 and;
Richards et al. 1989) that outline the methods and results of geochemical HDR research at the Rosemanowes
test site (Edmunds et al., 1989) (Figure 9). Similar outputs (authored by CSM) that describe the physical
properties of the HDR system are not held by the BGS.
An overview of the aims and main conclusions of each volume is given below along with a schematic of the
HDR system at the Rosemanowes test site (Figure 10). Volumes 1 and 2 (Edmunds et al. 1989; Richards et al.
1989) are not described here as they are primarily, overview-type documents (Volume 1 provides a synopsis
of the other 6 volumes, whilst Volume 2 provides an overview of geochemical results collected as part of the
HDR programme). Full details of methods used and results obtained are given in each of the volumes.
Figure 10. A schematic diagram showing the configuration of the 2 and 2.5 km test wells at
the Rosemanowes HDR test site (re-drawn from Edmunds et al., 1989)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 30 / 44
8.1 Volume 3: The use of natural radioelement and radiogenic noble gas dissolution for modelling
the surface area and fracture width of a Hot Dry Rock system (Andrews et al. 1989)
Scope of the report
The movement of natural radioelements (e.g. 226Ra) and radiogenic noble gases (e.g. 222Rn) in the HDR
system was investigated to: (1) characterise changes in reservoir surface area; (2) develop a routine
monitoring method for determining 222Rn in the HDR return fluids; (3) determine the effect of surface
mineralisation and physical conditions on 222Rn flux, and hence upon derived reservoir parameters; (4)
estimate the effect of fracture width variation on the radon model; and (5) assess geochemical changes in
radioelement chemistry induced by HDR circulation.
Conclusions
Reservoir surface area showed a general increase as flow tests progressed.
Tracer transit times of up to 400 hours were observed within fractures.
Mineralised surfaces, particularly those hosting uranium-rich minerals, dramatically increase the 222Rn flux of the system.
Uranium mobilisation occurs in the system in response to fluid circulation.
8.2 Volume 4: Fluid circulation in the Carnmenellis granite: hydrogeological, hydrogeochemical,
and palaeofluid evidence (Smedley et al. 1989)
Scope of the report
Investigation of the hydrogeology and hydrogeochemistry of the Carnmenellis granite helped to explain
important processes, such as: (1) granite-water interaction; (2) fluid-flow in granite; and (3) solution-
precipitation reactions. Understanding natural fluid flow can be useful to HDR development as it provides an
analogue to artificial short-term circulation in the HDR reservoir.
Conclusions
Groundwater flow in both granite and killas is dominated by fracture permeability; primary
permeability in both rock types is low. In particular it is the north-south-tending crosscourse
structures that are the most important water-conducting fractures.
Shallow groundwater compositions show a strong affinity with the local geology and soils. In many
cases the element concentrations are very lithology-specific, for example Cl, HCO3, pH, Na, Ca, Mg
levels are highest over the killas, whilst Al, Ba and Rb levels are higher over the granite.
Saline thermal waters discharging in deep mines (depths down to 820 m) are effectively dilute
palaeobrines (formed by long-term water-rock interaction) that have mixed with circulating local
meteoric waters.
8.3 Volume 5: Mineralogy and geochemistry of the Carnmenellis granite (Bromley et al. 1989)
Aims of the report
In order to fully understand the geological constraints on HDR reservoir development the geology of the
region is considered in detail. In particular the following areas of enquiry are of interest: (1) the spatial
variation in the petrological and geochemical characteristics of the granites ; (2) the spatial variation in the
nature of the fracture system ,and the character of fracture mineralogy and adjacent wall-rock alteration; (3)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 31 / 44
the mechanisms and products of natural fluid-rock interaction under conditions similar to those pertaining in
an artificial reservoir, and which might provide useful analogues for reservoir behaviour; and (4) the
prediction of geological conditions at depths of 5–7 km in regions where commercial reservoirs may be
developed.
Conclusions
Rock at depth is likely to be an inhomogeneous mixture of vuggy, pegmatitic granite and magmatic
residues (i.e. restite). Thus water-rock interaction would be significantly different from that
predicted by experiments on samples of ‘average’ Cornubian granite.
The ability to drill an inhomogeneous mixture of granite and restite is likely to be very different from
that of standard granite alone.
Localised zones of argillic alteration, associated with crosscourse structures at depth, may hamper
drilling operations.
North-south-trending crosscourse structures are likely to extend to significant depths and as such
represent important zones of increased permeability. However, they may also lead to extensive fluid
loss from the HDR system.
8.4 Volume 6: Experimental investigation of granite-water interaction (Savage et al. 1989)
Scope of the report
Investigation of chemical reactions that take place between circulating fluids and reservoir rock in a HDR
system is important because: (1) it provides an indication of the evolution of the physical characteristics of a
reservoir under development (e.g. temperature), and (2) it provides information about the potential lifetime
of a reservoir undergoing commercial operation. Laboratory experiments were undertaken to evaluate the
magnitude and rate of water-rock reactions, including: (1) the surface-area dependant release rate of a
variety of chemical component from the Carnmenellis granite under likely in-situ conditions at EGS depths;
and (2) the investigation of the chemical reaction of Carnmenellis granite with possible circulation fluids.
Conclusions
The concentration (by weight) of elements in the output fluid from laboratory experiments was as
follows (from highest to lowest): SiO2 > Ca > Na > K > Fe > Mn > Rb > Li > Cs > Sr.
The relative molar release rates of the elements (from highest to lowest) was: SiO2 > Na > Ca > K > Fe
> Mn > Li > Rb > Sr > Cs.
Changes in pH were only found to affect Al (increased with increasing pH), SiO2 (increased with
increasing pH) and Fe (decreased with increasing pH).
Use of dilute surface water as an EGS ‘top-up’ fluid was superior to using seawater, the latter causing
potential problematical precipitation of hydrated magnesium sulphate phases.
Bulk granite dissolution rates vary significantly from 6 x 10-10 g m-2 s-1 (expressed as SiO2 release) at
60°C to 5 x 10-7 g m-2 s-1 (expressed as Ca release) at 100°C.
Individual mineral dissolution rates also vary significantly. Experiments at 80°C have generated the
following estimated rates of dissolution: 2 x 10-11 – 8 x 10-10 mol m-2 s-1 (biotite); 4 x 10-11 – 2 x 10-10
mol m-2 s-1 (oligoclase); 2 x 10-10 – 4 x 10-10 mol m-2 s-1 (labradorite) and; 1 x 10-15 – 2 x 10-14 mol m-2
s-1 (tourmaline).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 32 / 44
8.5 Volume 7: Geochemical prognosis for a Hot Dry Rock system in South West England (Richards
et al. 1989)
Aims of the report
The geochemical aspects of the design and operation of a commercial HDR geothermal system in granite, in
South West England are reviewed and modelled in order to predict: (1) the composition of the circulation
fluid; (2) the potential for chemical problems associated with the wells and surface plant (including
effluents); (3) the rates of water-rock reactions in the HDR reservoir, and how this might affect hydraulic
performance; and (4) the potential use of geochemistry in characterising the performance of the HDR
reservoir during and after its creation.
Conclusions
The most appropriate circulation fluid is predicted to be a mildly-saline, neutral to mildly-alkaline
local surface water, with low to moderate total sulphur (20–150 ppm SO4) and low to moderate total
sulphide (5–10 ppm H2S).
Silica and/or carbonate-based scaling are likely to the biggest issue for wells and surface plant.
Predicted arsenic (c. 1 ppm), boron (c. 1 ppm), fluoride (c. 10–20 ppm) and silica (c. 300 ppm)
concentrations in the circulation fluid mean they could not be discharged straight into the
environment without prior treatment.
Mineral dissolution is likely to result in widening of fractures (by up to 1 mm over a 25-year lifetime)
and thus will have an impact on reservoir hydraulics.
However, the precipitation of secondary minerals (e.g. zeolites, clays and calcite) as a result of
granite-water reactions would also have a potentially negative impact on porosity and reservoir
hydraulics.
8.6 Summary
The UK HDR geochemistry group was a collaboration between BGS and CSM; it sought to use geochemistry
to characterise the behaviour and performance of an engineered geothermal system (EGS). A number of
important conclusions were drawn from this work, including: fluid residence time, mineral dissolution rates,
surface area modelling, and potential problems related to chemistry (e.g. scaling of surface plant and
‘clogging’ of the reservoir by the development of secondary minerals).
8.7 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030:
Data associated with the HDR programme is specific to engineered geothermal systems.
Samples, data and observations gathered as part of the HDR project are derived from boreholes
down to about 2.6 km deep. This is currently much deeper than similar boreholes in the UK, and thus
provides a useful insight into the deep geothermal environment in South West England.
8.8 Limitation in our current understanding of South West England:
Data and interpretation are specific to the Carnmenellis granite.
Only a small amount of core material from the original HDR programme is available.
Significant uncertainty remains in terms of actual conditions that might be encountered in a deep (c.
4–6 km) commercial HDR system (i.e. many of the conclusions are based on predictive models).
Much of the data are only available in analogue format.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 33 / 44
9 Data holdings at BGS
The BGS is the world’s longest established national geological survey, and is the UK's premier provider of
objective and authoritative geoscientific data. It has been gathering geoscience data and information about
the subsurface in the UK and other countries for more than 180 years. It is a data-rich organisation with
more than 500 datasets in its care, including environmental monitoring data, digital databases, physical
collections (e.g. borehole core, rocks and minerals), records and archives. Importantly, a great many of these
datasets are openly available, many of which provide complete, seamless UK coverage at a number of scales.
Certain other datasets may be subject to confidentiality clauses and/or licencing fees. Information about
how to access these datasets can be found here: http://www.bgs.ac.uk/data/home.html?src=topNav.
These national datasets are available to the CHPM2030 project, and can provide a very useful starting point
to assess CHPM potential in South West England. Many of the datasets cover much of the UK, whereas
others are specific to South West England (e.g. geophysical data conducted as part of the TELLUS project
(http://www.tellusgb.ac.uk/). Most of the data stored relate to surface exposures or the near-surface
environment. Although, the datasets do contain much information about a large number of boreholes and
mines, most does not extend below 100 m, and there is limited data below 1,000 m. This places significant
constraints on predictions when extrapolating the data to EGS depths (i.e. 4–6 km). The datasets are also of
differing ages and levels of detail - reflecting changing national priorities over the past decades. In terms of
geothermal development, much of the data are derived from a national programme of work in the 1980s
and early 1990s. As a consequence, the data reflect monitoring technology and ideas at that time, and much
of the data are in analogue format.
9.1 Summary
The BGS maintains a large number of datasets (over 500) that include environmental monitoring data, digital
databases and physical collections (i.e. borehole core and rock samples). Many of the datasets offer
complete, seamless coverage of the UK at a variety of scales. A good number of these datasets are also freely
and openly available.
9.2 How South West England can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030:
The BGS holds a large amount of information about the geological, geophysical and geochemical
properties of the UK.
Data coverage for the south-west region is very good.
9.3 Limitations in our current understanding of South West England:
The majority of the data sets only relate to the shallow sub-surface 0–1,000 m).
Some datasets are incomplete (e.g. rock stress data are restricted in spatial coverage).
Some datasets are based on old data that have been digitised.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 34 / 44
Table 5. Summary of datasets pertinent to CHPM2030 held by the BGS (continued on next page)
Datasets Description Scale Coverage Access cost Link
Hydrogeology
Depth to
groundwater
Spatial model showing depth (m) to
the phreatic water table. 1:50,000 Great Britain 15p per km2
http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/hydroge
ology/depthToGroundwater.html
Hydrogeological
maps
Spatial model of aquifer potential
based on geological formations. 1:625,000 UK Free
http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/hydroge
ology/maps.html
Permeability
Spatial model showing flow regimes
(e.g. fracture flow) and relative flow
rates.
1:50,000 Great Britain 10p per km2 http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/hydroge
ology/permeability.html
Geophysics and remote sensing
LiDAR
High-resolution LiDAR digital terrain
model (DTM) and digital surface
model (DSM).
Resolution
information
on website
SW England Free http://www.tellusgb.ac.uk/data/home.h
tml
Airborne
magnetics
Airborne survey data showing
variation in the magnetic field.
Resolution
information
on website
SW England Free http://www.tellusgb.ac.uk/data/airborn
eGeophysicalSurvey.html
Airborne
radiometrics
Airborne survey data for the
radioactive isotopes Th, U, and K.
Resolution
information
on website
SW England Free http://www.tellusgb.ac.uk/data/airborn
eGeophysicalSurvey.html
Land gravity A database of over 165,000 gravity
observations. N.A. Great Britain Free
http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/geophys
ics/landGravity.html
Geophysical
borehole logs
An archive of geophysical downhole
log data. N.A. Various £30 per hole
http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/geophys
ics/boreholeLogs.html
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 35 / 44
Datasets Description Scale Coverage Access cost Link
Geology
UK3D A 3D bedrock model of the UK at 1:625,000 scale.
1:625,000 UK Free http://www.bgs.ac.uk/research/ukgeology/nationalGeologicalModel/gb3d.html
Geological maps 2D lithological and structural mapping (bedrock and superficial).
*1:50,000 UK **20p per km2 http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/digitalmaps/DiGMapGB_50.html
Boreholes
Borehole database
A database of over one million records of boreholes, shafts and wells.
N.A. Great Britain Free http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/onshore/SOBI.html
Borehole scans Online access to more than one million borehole logs.
N.A. Great Britain Free http://www.bgs.ac.uk/data/boreholescans/home.html
Physical properties
Rock stress Online access to almost 1,000 rock stress measurements.
N.A. Great Britain Free http://mapapps.bgs.ac.uk/rockstress/home.html
Discontinuities Spatial model of discontinuities in bedrock (e.g. fractures and faults).
1:50 000 Great Britain **30p per km2 http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/groundConditions/discontinuities.html
Geochemistry
GBASE
south-west
Geochemical baseline survey of soils and stream sediments.
N.A. SW England Free http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/geochemistry/GbaseSWproducts.html
Minerals
Britpits A database of over 180,000 records of active and inactive mine and quarry workings.
N.A. UK ***£50 per region
http://www.bgs.ac.uk/products/minerals/BRITPITS.html
Footnotes:
* Other scales available (e.g. 1:25,000; 1:10,000; 1:625,000).
** Commercial rate. Free to use via the BGS web-based viewer: http://mapapps.bgs.ac.uk/geologyofbritain/home.html
*** The full dataset comprises fifteen regions.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 36 / 44
10 Conclusion
This report describes the breadth of information available for South West England, which is relevant to the
development of enhanced geothermal systems, except data held by CSM relating to physical properties
testing and geophysics at the HDR test site. South West England is a geologically complex region with a long
and significant history of metal mining, producing primarily tin and copper. The requirement to better
understand the economic mineral potential of the region has resulted in almost 200 years’ worth of applied
and academic research. These studies have generated a huge volume of data that includes: geological
mapping, geophysical and geochemical surveys, and numerous reports and peer-reviewed publications.
Another potentially important resource in South West England is geothermal energy. Previous geothermal
research in the region peaked between the 1970s and 1990s, and focussed largely on the high heat flows
associated with the Cornubian granites. In 1984 this programme of work was undertaken by the BGS to
assess the UK’s geothermal potential. Over the same time period (1977–1984) the Camborne School of
Mines (CSM) was assessing the feasibility of creating HDR geothermal systems at a test site at the
Rosemanowes quarry, on the Carnmenellis granite, in Cornwall.
In summary a huge amount is known about the geology, mineralisation, fluid history and geothermal
potential of South West England. A significant body of data underpins this knowledge base, the majority of
which is freely, or openly available. However, there are limitations. For example, much of this data, with the
exception of the HDR datasets, only relates to the upper 1,000 m of the crust. This has significant
implications regarding the accuracy of modelled conditions in an enhanced geothermal system (EGS) at
greater depths. There are also ‘gaps’ in the data (e.g. very limited deep-geophysical data), and some datasets
have not been updated since their creation several decades ago.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 37 / 44
11 References
ALDERTON, D.H.M. and SHEPPARD, S.M.F. 1977. Chemistry and origin of thermal waters from southwest
England. Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, B191-B195.
ALDERTON, D.H.M. 1993. Mineralization associated with the Cornubian Granite Batholith. 270‐354 in
Mineralization in the British Isles. Pattrick, R.A.D. and Polya, D.A. (Eds.). (London: Chapman and Hall).
ALEXANDER, A.C. and SHAIL, R.K. 1996. Late‐ to post‐Variscan structures on the coast between Penzance and
Pentewan, south Cornwall. Proceedings of the Ussher Society, Vol. 9, 72‐78.
ANDREWS, J.N., HUSSAIN, N., FORD, D.J. and YOUNGMAN, M.J. 1989.The use of natural radioelement and
radiogenic noble gas dissolution for modelling the surface area and fracture width of a Hot Dry Rock
system. In Geochemistry in Relation to Hot Dry Rock Geothermal Development in Cornwall; British
Geological Survey Research Report SD/89/2. Vol. 3.
ANDERSEN, J.C.Ø., STICKLAND, R.J., ROLLINSON, G.K. and SHAIL, R.K. 2016. Indium mineralisation in SW
England: host paragenesis and mineralogical relations. Ore Geology Reviews, Vol. 78, 213–238.
BANKS, D.A., GLEESON, S.A. and GREEN, R. 2000. Determination of the origin of salinity in granite-related
fluids: evidence from chlorine isotopes in fluid inclusions. Journal of Geochemical Exploration, 69-70,
309-312.
BARKER, J.A., DOWNING, R.A., GRAY, D.A., FINDLAY, J., KELLAWAY, G.A., PARKER, R.H. and ROLLIN, K.E. 2000.
Hydrogeothermal studies in the United Kingdom. Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology and
Hydrogeology, 33, 41-58.
BEAMISH, D. and BUSBY, J. 2016. The Cornubian geothermal province: heat production and flow in SW Eng-
land: estimates from boreholes and airborne gamma-ray measurements. Geothermal Energy, 4, 1-25.
BEER, K.E. and SCRIVENER R.C. 1982 Metalliferous mineralization. In: Geology of Devon, Durrance, E.M. and
Manning, D.A.C. (Eds.), Univ Exeter, pp 117–147
BGS. 1988. Geothermal Energy in the United Kingdom: review of the British Geological Survey’s Program
1984-1987. British Geological Survey, Keyworth.
BRAY, C.J., & SPOONER, E.T. 1983. Sheeted vein Sn-W mineralization and greisenization associated with
economic kaolinization, Goonbarrow china clay pit, St. Austell, Cornwall, England; geologic
relationships and geochronology. Economic Geology, 78(6), 1064-1089.
BRISTOW, C.M., & EXLEY, C.S. 1994. Historical and geological aspects of the china clay industry of South West
England. Transactions of the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, 21(6), 247-314.
BROMLEY, A.V. 1989. The Cornubian Orefield. International Association of Geochemistry and
Cosmochemistry, 6th International Symposium on Water–Rock Interaction, Malvern, UK, Field-Guide,
Camborne School of Mines, Redruth.
BROMLEY, A.V., THOMAS, L.J., SHEPHERD, T.J. and DARBYSHIRE, D.P.F. 1989. Mineralogy and geochemistry
of the Carnmenellis granite. In Geochemistry in Relation to Hot Dry Rock Geothermal Development in
Cornwall; British Geological Survey Research Report SD/89/2. Vol. 5.
BROOKS, M., DOODY, J.J. & AL‐RAWI, F.R.J. 1984. Major crustal reflectors beneath SW England. Journal of the
Geological Society, London, 141, 97‐103.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 38 / 44
BURLEY, A.J. and EDMUNDS, W.M. 1978. Catalogue of geothermal data for the land area of the United
Kingdom. Investigation of the Geothermal Potential of the UK, Department of Energy, London.
BURLEY, A.J. and GALE, I.N. 1982. Catalogue of geothermal data for the land area of the United Kingdom.
First revision: August 1981. Investigation of the Geothermal Potential of the UK, Institute of Geological
Sciences, Keyworth.
BURLEY, A.J., EDMUNDS, W.M. and GALE, I.N. 1984. Catalogue of geothermal data for the land area of the
United Kingdom. Second revision: April 1984. Investigation of the Geothermal Potential of the UK,
British Geological Survey, Keyworth.
BURT, R., BURNLEY R., GILL, M. and NEILL, A. 2014. Mining in Cornwall and Devon Mines and Men. University
of Exeter Press, Exeter.
BUSBY, J. 2010 Geothermal Prospects in the United Kingdom. Proceedings World Geothermal Congress, Bali
Indonesia, 25-29 April 2010.
CHAPPELL, B.W. and HINE, R., 2006. The Cornubian Batholith: an example of magmatic fractionation on a
crustal scale. Resource Geology, 56, 203–244.
CHEN, Y., CLARK, A.H., FARRAR, E., WASTENEYS, H.A.H.P., HODGSON, M.J. and BROMLEY, A.V. 1993.
Diachronous and independent histories of plutonism and mineralization in the Cornubian batholith,
southwest England. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 150, 1183‐1191.
CHESLEY, J.T., HALLIDAY, A.N., SNEE, L.W., MEZGER, K., SHEPHERD, T.J. and SCRIVENER, R.C. 1993.
Thermochronology of the Cornubian batholith in southwest England: implication for pluton
emplacement and protracted hydrothermal mineralization. Geochimica and Cosmochimica Acta, 57,
1817‐1835.
CLARK, A.H., CHEN, Y., FARRAR, E., WASTENEYS, H.A.H.P., STIMAC, J.A., HODGSON, M.J., WILLIS‐RICHARDS, J.
and BROMLEY, A.V. 1993. The Cornubian Sn‐Cu (‐As, W) metallogenetic province: product of a 30 m.y.
history of discrete and concomitant anatectic, intrusive and hydrothermal events. Proceedings of the
Ussher Society, 8, 112‐116.
CLARK, A.H., CHEN, Y., FARRAR, E., NORTHCOTE, B., WASTENAYS, H.A.H.P, HODGSON, M.J, and BROMLEY, A.
1994. Refinement of the time/space relationships of intrusion and hydrothermal activity in the
Cornubian Batholith (abstract). Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 8, 345.
CLAYTON, R.E., SCRIVENER, R.C. and STANLEY, C.J. 1990. Mineralogical and preliminary fluid inclusion studies
of lead‐antimony mineralisation in north Cornwall. Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 7, 258‐262.
COOLING, C.M., HUDSON, J.A. and TURNBRIDGE, L.W. 1988. In situ rock stresses and their measurement in
the U.K. –part II. site experiments and stress field interpretation. International Journal of Rock
Mechanics and Mining Sciences & Geomechanics, Vol. 25(6), 371–382.
DANGERFIELD, J. and HAWKES, J.R. 1981. The Variscan granites of South West England: additional
information. Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 5, 116‐120.
DARBYSHIRE, D.P.F. and SHEPHERD, T.J. 1994. Nd and Sr isotope constraints on the origin of the Cornubian
batholith, SW England. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 151, 795‐802.
DARBYSHIRE, D.P.F 1995. Late vein mineralisation in the Plymouth District NERC Isotope Geosciences
Laboratory Report, No. 68.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 39 / 44
DE LA BECHE, H.T. 1839. Report on the geology of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset. Mem. Geol. Survey.
London, Longman, Orme, Brown, Green and Longmans, 648.
DINES, H.G. 1934. The lateral extent of ore shoots in the primary depth zones of Cornwall. Transactions of
the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, 16, 279‐296.
DINES, H.G. 1956. The metalliferous mining region of south‐west England. Economic memoir of the
Geological Survey of Great Britain.
DOMINY, S.C., CAMM, G.S., BUSSELL, M.A., SCRIVENER, R.C., and HALLS, C. 1995. A review of tin stockwork
mineralization in the south west England orefield. Proceedings-Ussher Society, 8, 368-368.
DOWNING, R. A. AND GRAY, D. A. (Eds.) 1986a. Geothermal Energy – The potential in the United Kingdom.
HMSO, London.
DOWNING, R. A. AND GRAY, D. A. 1986b. Geothermal resources of the United Kingdom. Journal of the
Geological Society, London, 143, 499-507.
EDMUNDS, W.M., ANDREWS, J.N., BROMLEY A.V., RICHARDS, H.G., SAVAGE, D. and SMEDLEY, P.L. 1989.
Application of geochemistry to Hot Dry Rock geothermal development: an overview. In Geochemistry
in Relation to Hot Dry Rock Geothermal Development in Cornwall; British Geological Survey Research
Report SD/89/2. Vol. 1.
EVANS, C.J. 1987. Crustal stress in the United Kingdom. Investigation of the Geothermal Potential of the UK,
British Geological Survey Research Report WJ/GE/87/8.
EXLEY, C.S. & STONE, M. 1964. The granitic rocks of South‐West England. In: HOSKING, K.F.G. & SHRIMPTON,
G.J. (Eds.) Present view of some aspects of the geology of Cornwall, Blackford, Truro, 131‐184.
EXLEY, C.S. and STONE, M. 1982. Hercynian intrusive rocks. In: SUTHERLAND, D.S. (Ed.) Igneous rocks of the
British Isles, Wiley, Chichester. 287‐320.
EXLEY, C.S., STONE, M. and FLOYD, P. 1983. Composition and Petrogenesis of the Cornubian Granite
Batholith and post‐orogenic volcanic rocks in Southwest England. In: HANCOCK, P.L. (Ed.) The Variscan
foldbelt in the British Isles, Adam Hilger Ltd, Bristol. 153‐177.
FLOYD, P.A., EXLEY, C.S. and STYLES, M.T. 1993. Igneous rocks of South‐West England. Chapman and Hall,
London.
GLEESON, S.A., WILKINSON, J.J., SHAW, H.F. and HERRINGTON, R.J. 2000. Post‐magmatic hydrothermal
circulation and the origin of base metal mineralization, Cornwall, UK. Journal of the Geological Society,
London, 157, 589‐600.
GLEESON, S.A., WILKINSON, J.J., STUART, F.M. and BANKS, D.A. 2001. The origin and evolution of base metal
mineralising brines and hydrothermal fluids, South Cornwall, UK. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta,
65, 2067‐2079.
GRANT, J., and SMITH, C. 2012. Evidence of tin and tungsten mineralisation in the Isles of Scilly. Geoscience in
South West England, 13, 65-70.
HALL, A., 1971. Greisenisation in the granite of Cligga Head, Cornwall. Proceedings of the Geologists'
Association, 82(2), pp.209.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 40 / 44
HAWKES, J.R. and DANGERFIELD, J. 1978. The Variscan granites of South West England: a progress report.
Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 4, 158‐171.
HAWKES, J.R., HARRIS, P.M., DANGERFIELD, J., STRONG, G.E., DAVIES, A.E., NANCARROW, P.H.A., FRANCIS,
A.D. and SMALE, C.V. 1987. The Lithium potential of the St Austell Granite. BGS Report Vol. 19, No. 4.
HAIMSON, B.C., TURNBRIDGE, L.W., LEE, M.Y. and COOLING, C.M. 1989. Measurement of rock stress using
the hydraulic fracturing method in Cornwall, UK – part II. data reduction and stress calculation.
International Journal of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences & Geomechanics, Vol. 26(5), 361–372.
HEATH, M.J. 1985. Geological control of fracture permeability in the Carnmenellis granite, Cornwall:
implications for radionuclide migration. Mineralogical Magazine, Vol. 49, 233-244.
HOSKING, K.F.G. 1950. Oxidation phenomena of the Cornish lodes. Transactions of the Royal Geological
Society of Cornwall, 18, 120‐145.
HOSKING, K.F.G. 1951. Primary ore deposition in Cornwall. Transactions of the Royal Geological Society of
Cornwall, 18, 309‐356.
HOSKING, K.F.G. 1952. Cornish pegmatites and bodies with pegmatite affinity. Transactions of the Royal
Geological Society of Cornwall, 18, 411‐455.
HOSKING, K.F.G. 1964. Permo‐Carboniferous and later primary mineralisation of Cornwall and south‐west
Devon. In: HOSKING, K.F.G. & SHRIMPTON, G.J. (Eds.) Present view of some aspects of the geology of
Cornwall, Blackford, Truro, 201‐245.
HOSKING, K.F.G. 1969. The nature of the primary tin ores of the South‐West of England. In: Second technical
conference on tin (Bangkok), London, International Tin Council, 3, 1155‐1244.
HENWOOD, W.J. 1843. On the metalliferous deposits of Cornwall and Devon. Transactions of the Royal
Geological Society of Cornwall, 5, 1‐386.
JACKSON, N.J., MOORE, J.M., and RANKIN, A.H. 1977. Fluid inclusions and mineralization at Cligga Head,
Cornwall, England. Journal of the Geological Society, 134(3), 343-349.
JACKSON, N.J., WILLIS-RICHARDS, J., MANNING, D.A.C. and SAMS, M.S. 1989. Evolution of the Cornubian ore
field, Southwest England; Part II, Mineral deposits and ore-forming processes. Economic
Geology, 84(5), 1101-1133.
LEBOUTILLIER, N.G. 2002. The tectonics of Variscan magmatism and mineralisation in South West England.
Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Exeter.
LEE, M.K., BROWN, G.C., WEBB, P.C., WHEILDON, J. and ROLLIN, K.E. 1987. Heat flow, heat production and
thermo-tectonic setting in mainland UK. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 144, 35-42
LEVERIDGE, B.E., HOLDER, M.T., GOODE, A.J.J., SCRIVENER, R.C., and MONKHOUSE, R.A. 1990. Geology of the
country around Falmouth. Memoir of the British Geological Survey, Sheet 352 (England and Wales).
LEVERIDGE, B.E., HOLDER, M.T., GOODE, A.J.J., SCRIVENER, R.C., JONES, N.S. and MERRIMAN, R.J. 2002.
Geology of the Plymouth and south‐east Cornwall area. Memoir of the British Geological Survey, Sheet
348 (England and Wales).
LONDON, D. and MANNING, D.A.C. 1995. Chemical variation and significance of tourmaline from Southwest
England. Economic geology, 90(3), 495-519.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 41 / 44
MANNING, D.A.C., HILL, P.I. and HOWE, J.H. 1996. Primary lithological variation in the kaolinised St Austell
Granite, Cornwall, England. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 153, 827‐838.
MANNING, D., 1998. Granites and associated igneous activity. In SELWOOD, E.B., DURRANCE, E.M. and
BRISTOW, C.M. (Eds.) The Geology of Cornwall and the Isles of. Scilly. Exeter (Exeter University Press),
120-135.
MÜLLER, A, and HALLS, C. 2005. Rutile – the Tin‐Tungsten Host in the Intrusive Tourmaline Breccia at Wheal
Remfry, SE England. In: Mineral Deposit Research: Meeting the Global Challenge (Eds.) J. MAO and F.P.
BIERLEIN. Proceedings of the Eighth Biennial SGA Meeting, Beijing, China, 18th‐21st August 2005,
Springer, Berlin, 441‐444.
PARKER, R.H. (Ed.). 1989. Hot Dry Rock Geothermal Energy, Phase 2B Final Report of the Camborne school of
Mines Project. Pergamon Press.
PARKER, R. H. 1999.The Rosemanowes HDR Project 1983- 1991. Geothermics, 28, 603-615.
PHILLIPS, W. 1814. On the veins of Cornwall. Transactions of the Geological Society, First Series, 2, 110‐160.
PINE, R.J. and BATCHELOR, A.S. 1984. Downward migration of shearing in jointed rocks during hydraulic
injections. International Journal of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences & Geomechanics, Vol. 21(5),
249–263.
PRYCE, W. 1778. Mineralogia Cornubiensis. James Phillips, London, 331.
ROUSE, J. C., and COLEMAN, M. L., 1976. Sulphur isotope project: Mount Wellington mine, Cornwall: Inst.
Geol. Sci. Stable Isotope Rept. 4 (unpublished).
RICHARDS, H. G., SAVAGE, D. and SHEPHERD, T. J. 1989. Geochemical prognosis for a Hot Dry Rock system in
South West England. In Geochemistry in Relation to Hot Dry Rock Geothermal Development in
Cornwall; British Geological Survey Research Report SD/89/2. Vol. 7.
RICHARDS, H. G., WILKINS, C., KAY, R. L. F. and SAVAGE, D. 1989. Geochemical results from the
Rosemanowes Hot Dry Rock system 1986–1989. In Geochemistry in Relation to Hot Dry Rock
Geothermal Development in Cornwall; British Geological Survey Research Report SD/89/2. Vol. 2.
ROLLIN, K. E. 1987. Catalogue of geothermal data for the land area of the United Kingdom. Third revision:
April 1987. Investigation of the Geothermal Potential of the UK, British Geological Survey, Keyworth
ROLLIN, K. E. 1995. A simple heat-flow quality function and appraisal of heat-flow measurements and heat-
flow estimates from the UK Geothermal Catalogue. Tectonophysics, 244, 185-196.
ROLLIN, K. E., KIRBY, G. A., ROWLEY, W. J. AND BUCKLEY, D. K. 1995. Atlas of Geothermal Resources in
Europe: UK Revision. Technical Report WK/95/07, British Geological Survey, Keyworth.
SAVAGE, D., BATEMAN, K., MILODOWSKI, A., CAVE, M. R., HUGHES, C. R., GREEN, K., REEDER, S. and PEARCE,
J. 1989. Experimental investigation of granite-water interaction. In Geochemistry in Relation to Hot
Dry Rock Geothermal Development in Cornwall; British Geological Survey Research Report SD/89/2.
Vol. 6.
SCRIVENER, R.C. 1982. Tin and related mineralization of the Dartmoor granite. Unpublished PhD thesis,
University of Exeter.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 42 / 44
SCRIVENER, R.C, LEAKE, R., LEVERIDGE, B., and SHEPERD, T. 1989. Volcanic-exhalative mineralisation in the
Variscan province of SW England. In Terra Abstracts, Vol. 1, p. 125.
SCRIVENER, R.C., DARBYSHIRE, D.P.F. and SHEPHERD, T.J. 1994. Timing and significance of crosscourse
mineralization in SW England. Journal of the Geological Society of London, 150, 587‐590.
SCRIVENER, R.C., 2006. Cornubian Granites and Mineralisation of SW England, in BRENCHLEY, P.J., and
RAWSON, P.F. (Eds.). The Geology of England and Wales, the Geological Society, 257-267.
SELWOOD, E.B., DURRANCE, E.M. and BRISTOW, C.M. (Eds.). 1998. The Geology of Cornwall and the Isles of.
Scilly. Exeter (Exeter University Press), 298.
SHAIL, R. K. and ALEXANDER, A. C. 1997. Late Carboniferous to Triassic reactivation of Variscan basement in
the western English Channel: evidence from onshore exposures in south Cornwall. Journal of the
Geological Society, London, 154, 163‐168.
SHAIL, R.K., STUART, F.M., WILKINSON, J.J. AND BOYCE, A.J. 2003. The role of post‐Variscan extensional
tectonics and mantle melting in the generation of the Lower Permian granites and the giant
W‐As‐Sn‐Cu‐Zn‐Pb orefield of SW England (extended abstract). Applied Earth Science (Transactions of
the Institutions of Mining and Metallurgy: Section B), 112, 127‐129.
SHAIL, R.K., and LEVERIDGE, B.E. 2009 The Rhenohercynian passive margin of SW England: Development,
inversion and extensional reactivation, Comptes Rendus Geoscience, Vol. 341, pages 140‐155.
SHAIL, R.K. 2014. Regional geological evolution. In: SHAIL, R.K., ANDERSEN, J.O., SIMONS, B. and
WILLIAMSON, B. (Eds.) EUROGRANITES 2014 – Granites and mineralisation of SW England.
Unpublished field excursion guidebook, University of Exeter, Penryn, 147 pp.
SHAIL, R.K., ANDERSEN, J.O, SCRIVENER, R.C., WILLIAMSON, B., HALLS, C., MÜLLER, A., SIMONS, B., and
ROLLINSON, G. 2014. Mineralisation. In: SHAIL, R.K., ANDERSEN, J.O., SIMONS, B. and WILLIAMSON, B.
(Eds.) EUROGRANITES 2014 – Granites and mineralisation of SW England. Unpublished field excursion
guidebook, University of Exeter, Penryn, 147 pp.
SHAIL, R.K., SCRIVENER, R.C., SIMONS, B., MÜLLER, A., ANDERSEN, J., WILLIAMSON, B., HALLS, C. and
HUGHES, S. 2014. Early Permian post-Variscan magmatism. In: SHAIL, R.K., ANDERSEN, J.O., SIMONS,
B. and WILLIAMSON, B. (Eds.) EUROGRANITES 2014 – Granites and mineralisation of SW England.
Unpublished field excursion guidebook, University of Exeter, Penryn, 147 pp.
SHEPPARD, S.M.F. 1977. The Cornubian batholith, SW England: D/H and 18O/16O studies of kaolinite and
other alteration minerals. Journal of the Geological Society, 133(6), 573-591.
SMEDLEY P. L., BROMLEY A. V., SHEPHERD T. J., EDMUNDS, W. M., and KAY R. L. F. 1989. Fluid circulation in
the Carnmenellis granite: Hydrogeological, hydrogeochemical, and palaeofluid evidence. In
Geochemistry in Relation to Hot Dry Rock Geothermal Development in Cornwall; British Geological
Survey Research Report SD/89/2. Vol. 4.
SMEDLEY, P.L. and ALLEN, D. 2004. Baseline report series 16: The granites of South West England. British
Geological Survey Commissioned Report CR/04/255.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 43 / 44
SMITH, M., BANKS, D.A., YARDLEY, B.W.D., and BOYCE, A. 1996. Fluid inclusion and stable isotope constraints
on the genesis of the Cligga Head Sn‐W deposit, SW England. European Journal of Mineralogy, 8,
961‐974.
STANLEY, C.J., CRIDDLE, A.J. and LLOYD, D. 1990. Precious and base metal selenide mineralization at Hope’s
Nose, Torquay, Devon. Mineralogical Magazine, 54 (376), 485-493.
STONE, M. and EXLEY, C.S. 1985. High heat production granites of South West England and their associated
mineralisation: a review. In: HALLS, C. (Ed.) High heat production (HHP) granites, hydrothermal
circulation and ore genesis. Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, London, 571‐593.
STONE, M. 1995. The main Dartmoor granites: Petrogenesis and comparisons with the Carnmenellis and Isles
of Scilly granites. Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 8, 379‐384.
STONE, M. 1997. A geochemical dichotomy in the Cornubian batholith. Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 9,
206‐210.
STONE, M. 2000a. The early Cornubian plutons: a geochemical study, comparisons and some implications.
Geoscience in south‐west England, 10, 37‐41.
STONE, M. 2000b. Petrogenetic implications from biotite compositional variations in the Cornubian granite
batholith. Mineralogical Magazine, 64, 729‐735.
SULLIVAN, R.E., SHAIL, R.K. and HUGHES, S.P. 2013. The tectonics of early stage Cornubian batholith
construction and mineralisation as viewed from the NW margin of the Isles of Scilly pluton (abstract).
Geoscience in south‐west England, 13, 246.
TAYLOR, G K, 2007. Pluton shapes in the Cornubian Batholith: new perspectives from gravity modelling.
Journal of the Geological Society, London, Vol. 164, 525–528.
THOMAS-BETTS, A., WHEILDON, J. and SAMS, M.S. 1989. Further heat flow measurement and geothermal
modelling in the vicinity of Carnmenellis granite. CSM Geothermal Energy Project. Report ETSU-G-137-
P16, p. 1-113.
TURNBRIDGE, L.W., COOLING, C.M. and HAIMSON, B.C. 1989. Measurement of rock stress using the
hydraulic fracturing method in Cornwall, UK – part I. field measurements. International Journal of Rock
Mechanics and Mining Sciences & Geomechanics, Vol. 26(5), 351-360.
WHEILDON, J., FRANCIS, M. F., ELLIS, J. R. L. and THOMAS-BETTS, A. 1981. Investigation of the SW England
thermal anomaly zone. CEC Final Report, Contract No 097-76 EGUK, 568-78-1 EGUK, p. 1-410.
WILKINSON, J.J., JENKIN, G.R.T., FALLICK, A.E. and FOSTER, R.P. 1995. Oxygen and hydrogen isotopic
evolution of Variscan crustal fluids, south Cornwall, U.K. Chemical Geology, 123, 239-254.
WILLIAMSON, B J, STANLEY, C J, and WILKINSON, JJ. 1997. Implications from inclusions in topaz for
greisenisation and mineralisation in the Hensbarrow topaz granite, Cornwall, England. Contributions to
Mineralogy and Petrology, 127, 119‐128.
WILLIAMSON, B.J., SPRATT, J., ADAMS, J.T., TINDLE, A.G. & STANLEY, C.J. 2000. Geochemical constraints from
zoned hydrothermal tourmalines on fluid evolution and Sn mineralization: an example from fault
breccias at Roche, SW England. Journal of Petrology, 41, 1439‐1453.
WILLIS‐RICHARDS, J. and JACKSON, N.J. 1989. Evolution of the Cornubian Ore Field, Southwest England: Part
I. Batholith Modelling and Ore Distribution. Economic Geology, 84, 1078‐1100.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.1
(A1.2.1) 44 / 44
WOLF MINERAL LTD. 2015. Drakelands Mine. Wolf Minerals web page accessed: October 2016
[http://www.wolfminerals.com.au/irm/content/drakelands-mine.aspx?RID=324]
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
REPORT ON DATA AVAILABILITY:
PORTUGUESE IBERIAN PYRITE BELT
This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation
programme under grant agreement no 654100.
Summary:
This report provides an overview of geoscientific data and information relating south-west
Iberian Pyrite Belt, Portugal, with a particular focus on its geology, structure, stress-field
characteristics, mineralisation and previous geothermal research in the region.
Authors:
Elsa Cristina Ramalho, geological engineer, João Xavier Matos, economic geologist, João
Gameira Carvalho, geophysicist (Laboratório Nacional de Energia e Geologia)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 2 / 38
Table of contents
1 Preface ...................................................................................................................................................... 5
2 Country specific issues .............................................................................................................................. 8
2.1 Climate ............................................................................................................................................... 8
2.2 Active mining exploration in IPB ........................................................................................................ 8
3 CHPM2030 Goals in the portuguese IPB sector ........................................................................................ 9
3.1 Properties to study (stratigraphic, lithological, structural, mineralogical, chemical) ......................... 9
3.2 Working progress considering project goals ...................................................................................... 9
4 Previous research and available data ...................................................................................................... 10
4.1 Structural settings inferred from geology and geophysics (incl. drilling) ......................................... 10
4.2 Geometry and composition of ore deposits .................................................................................... 11
4.3 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow ............................................................................................... 12
4.4 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters ..................................................................................... 12
4.5 Thermal properties and heat flow ................................................................................................... 13
4.6 Geophysical Exploration surveys in the IPB...................................................................................... 18
5 Identifying target sites for future CHPM ................................................................................................. 24
5.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km .................................. 24
5.2 Knowledge gaps and limitations ...................................................................................................... 25
6 Discussion and concluding remarks ........................................................................................................ 27
6.1 How the Iberian Pyrite Belt Neves Corvo sector can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
28
7 Datasets pertinent to CHPM2030 held by LNEG ..................................................................................... 29
8 Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................. 31
9 References .............................................................................................................................................. 31
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 3 / 38
List of Figures
Figure 1. Location of the central area of the IPB Portuguese sector within the scope of the Iberian Peninsula
and main geological groups. Location of the IPB massive sulphide deposits and intense acid mine drainage
(Inverno et al., 2015, Abreu et al., 2010). Active mining: Neves Corvo (Somincor-Lundin Mining) and Aljustrel
(Almina). Scale (line): 5 km ................................................................................................................................. 5
Figure 2. Mineral deposits, their morphological type and dimension of Southern Portugal with special focus
to the IPB (delimited in purple) .......................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 3. Central area of the IPB Portuguese sector (ad. Matos and Filipe Eds., LNEG 2013): mineral
occurrences – circles: red – massive sulphides, dark purple – Mn, green – Cu, blue – Ba(Pb) and exploration
drill holes (triangles). Map grid: 1:25,000 scale maps (16 km x 10 km). ............................................................ 7
Figure 4. a) Average annual temperature (°C) and b) Average annual precipitation (mm) (source
http://www.ipma.pt). ........................................................................................................................................ 8
Figure 5. Neves Corvo general geological section, adapted from Relvas et al., 2006. Location of the lower
sector of the Corvo massive ore lens (blue arrow) .......................................................................................... 10
Figure 6. Neves Corvo massive sulphide ore, showing primary banded structures and rich layers of
chalcopyrite and sphalerite. Sample collected at 610 m depth ....................................................................... 11
Figure 7. Heat flow map for mainland Portugal (http://geoportal.lneg.pt) ...................................................... 13
Figure 8. Geothermal gradient for Mainland Portugal with the IPB sector (http://geoportal.lneg.pt) ............ 14
Figure 9. Heat Flow Density estimations (W/m2) for the IPB Portuguese sector. Geology ad. from
http://geoportal.lneg.pt ................................................................................................................................... 18
Figure 10. (left) Geological map 1:1K (http://geoportal.lneg.pt) (right) Magnetic Total Magnetic Field Intensity
map with reduction to pole, based on RTZ survey, ad. Represas et al. 2016 ................................................... 19
Figure 11. Gravimetric and magnetic data a) plotted over CRS stack for seismic profile 1 without b) and with
post-stack time migration with overlaid stratigraphic and structural interpretation c). The locations of drill-
holes CT01 and CT08001 are shown (blue line) and a geological cross-section based on these two drill-holes
and previously acquired seismic reflection data is overlaid the interpreted stacked section. Mfi: Magnetic
field intensity (reduced to the pole); Ba: Bouguer anomaly. Black lines: faults; Yellow lines/T: thrust planes;
VSC: Volcanic-Sedimentary Complex; PQG: Phyllite-Quartzite Group; Red line: pre-Devonian horizon; Orange
lines: deep crustal reflectors. Figure ad. from Carvalho et al., 2016 ................................................................ 22
Figure 12. Example of late Variscan faults, represented by strike-slip faults that control basement block
geometry, defined by horst and grabens. Some faults are mineralized, presenting copper veins, mined in the
XIX century. ...................................................................................................................................................... 23
Figure 13. A based on U, Th a K concentrations from an aerospectrometric survey conducted in the SPZ,
where IPB is located, with mining prospecting purposes (Torres et al., 2000) ................................................ 24
Figure 14. Temperature estimation (°C) at 2000 m deep in the IPB Portuguese sector. Geology ad. from
http://geoportal.lneg.pt ................................................................................................................................... 25
Figure 15. Temperature estimation (°C) at 5000 m deep in the IPB Portuguese sector. Geology ad. from
http://geoportal.lneg.pt ................................................................................................................................... 26
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 4 / 38
List of Tables
Table 1. Average thermal conductivities estimated from laboratory measurements of core samples from
boreholes OT1, AL2, FS25, FS26, SDV2 and S32. Average values correspond to the arithmetic average of
values obtained in each borehole for the same formation .............................................................................. 16
Table 2. Assumed average thermal conductivities of some rock materials in boreholes in Mainland Portugal
(from values published in Cermak and Rybach (1982)).................................................................................... 17
Table 3. Borehole list with thermal conductivity measurements made on core samples (Correia et al., 1982;
Almeida, 1993) with (1) effective and (2) assumed thermal conductivity from one measurement on one
single sample. Boreholes S4A and SD27 (Almeida, 1993), effective thermal conductivity is considered to be
the same as for the core samples (see text for explanation) ........................................................................... 17
Table 4. Observed density of outcropping rocks and cores from mining wells from 1 – IGM/SFM; 2 – Lagoa
Salgada Consortium (Soc. Mineira Rio Artezia/EDM); 3 – AGC/Lundin Mining. * – Disseminated
magnetite/dike. Variations in depth related with rock porosity were not considered. A – ITGE data in García
et al., 1998 and Jiménez, 2013 (Matos et al., 2016, in press). ......................................................................... 27
Table 5. Summary of datasets pertinent to CHPM2030 held by LNEG. ............................................................ 30
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 5 / 38
1 Preface
This report was written as part of the CHPM2030 project “Combined Heat, Power and Metal extraction from
ultra-deep ore bodies” and studies the ability of the Iberian Pyrite Belt for implementation.
The Iberian Pyrite Belt (IPB) is a Variscan metallogenic province located in the SW of Portugal and Spain that
hosts the largest concentration of massive sulphide deposits worldwide (Inverno et al., 2015). It covers about
250 km long and 30–50 km wide (Figure 1) a vast geographical area with particular volcanic and sedimentary
sequences of Carboniferous and Devonian ages, identified in the southwest of the Iberian Peninsula (Oliveira
et al., 2013). The IPB runs from NW to SE, from Alcácer do Sal (Portugal) to Seville (Spain). Since the 1960’s
intense geophysical exploration has been done and discovering new hidden massive sulphide orebodies (like
Neves Corvo (Albouy et al., 1981, Relvas et al., 2006, see Figure 1), Las Cruces (Doyle, 1996) and Lagoa
Salgada (Oliveira et al., 1998).
Figure 1. Location of the central area of the IPB Portuguese sector within the scope of the Iberian Peninsula and main geological groups. Location of the IPB massive sulphide deposits and intense acid mine drainage
(Inverno et al., 2015, Abreu et al., 2010). Active mining: Neves Corvo (Somincor-Lundin Mining) and Aljustrel (Almina). Scale (line): 5 km
Due to the large amount of mineral deposits in southern Portugal (Figure 2) and because of the intensive
deep mining prospecting, a dense borehole network was created, drilled by mining companies (see example
of exploration drill hole distribution in the IPB Portuguese sector in the Figure 3.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 6 / 38
Figure 2. Mineral deposits, their morphological type and dimension of Southern Portugal with special focus to the IPB (delimited in purple)
Adequate areas for implementing CHPM2030 “Combined Heat, Power and Metal extraction from ultra-deep
ore bodies” will be briefly studied in this report. Considering the CHPM2030 objectives the Neves Corvo
deposit was selected, considering the deep mining operations (until 900 m depth) and available exploration
drill hole data, until 1800 m depth in the Cotovio sector, located SE of the Neves Corvo mine. Selected drill
core samples will be studied and analysed, to permit a proper characterization of the geological scenario.
The model analysis will be complemented with inferred deep geophysical model, based in the LNEG seismic
profiles (data up to 10 km depth) performed in the EU FP7 PROMINE project.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 7 / 38
Figure 3. Central area of the IPB Portuguese sector (ad. Matos and Filipe Eds., LNEG 2013): mineral occurrences – circles: red – massive sulphides, dark purple – Mn, green – Cu, blue – Ba(Pb) and exploration
drill holes (triangles). Map grid: 1:25,000 scale maps (16 km x 10 km).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 8 / 38
2 Country specific issues
2.1 Climate
Portugal is mainly characterized by a warm temperate, Mediterranean climate with a distinct wet season in
winter. During winter, Portugal experiences a similar temperature pattern to the Spanish coastal towns, i.e.
average daytime maximum of about 16 °C. Figure 4 resumes these characteristics (http://www.ipma.pt).
2.2 Active mining exploration in IPB
The southern part of the country shows excellent logistics for exploration and mining. There is a considerable
amount of mineral deposits, as seen in Figure 3. Presently, active mining occur at the Neves Corvo mine,
owned by Somincor-Lundin Mining (www.lundinmining.com), and at the Aljustrel mine, owned by Almina
(www.almina.pt). Both mines produce copper ore concentrates from mined massive and stockwork sulphide
ores. In the case of the Neves Corvo mine, zinc and lead concentrates are also produced. The ores are
transported by train and by truck to the Setubal harbour located south of Lisbon and exported worldwide.
Both mines have a strong contribution to regional and national economy.
Figure 4. a) Average annual temperature (°C) and b) Average annual precipitation (mm) (source http://www.ipma.pt).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 9 / 38
3 CHPM2030 Goals in the portuguese IPB sector
3.1 Properties to study (stratigraphic, lithological, structural, mineralogical, chemical)
To understand the rock-mechanical and geochemical properties of the IPB ore bodies special measurements
were carried out in exploration drill hole cores, related with different mineralogical, geochemical and
mechanical characteristics of the mineralization and related host rocks. Different scenarios were identified
considering the presence of sedimentary and volcanic rocks of the IPB Volcano-Sedimentary Complex (VSC)
and sedimentary rocks of the Phyllite-quartzite Group (PQG). Considering the IPB geology the following
lithological units were considered:
Mineralization: massive sulphides and stockwork (sulphide vein network);
Upper VSC sediments - siliceous shales, grey shales, green shales, purple shales, cherts,
jaspers and volcanogenic sediments;
Lower VSC sediments – black pyritic shales, black cherts;
VSC felsic volcanics (with and without hydrothermal alteration);
VSC basic volcanics;
PQG sediments – shales, silts and quartzites, forming the IPB basal siliciclastic basement.
Deep exploration drill holes located in the Neves Corvo region were evaluated, considering deep rock
intersections, bellow 1 000 m depth (see drill hole distribution in Figure 2). In the Cotovio sector, located 5
km SE of the Neves Corvo mine, two drill holes were performed by Somincor, bellow 1500 m (see section in
Carvalho et al., 2016). Considering the occurrence of these holes and deep seismic performed by LNEG
(Inverno et al., 2015; Carvalho et al., 2016) a sampling program was prepared to the Cotovio area. Sulphide
mineralization samples were also selected in the Neves Corvo mine.
Considering the presence of structural corridors in the Neves Corvo region, like the Neves thrust, related
with Variscan deformation (Inverno et al., 2015), two scenarios were consider related with the rock samples:
high deformation stages (e.g. shear zones) and less deformation areas.
3.2 Working progress considering project goals
LNEG archive samples were considered like massive ore, with high metal content (~7% Zn and >6% Cu ore
grade). The collected sample was collected at the lower sector of the Corvo pyrite ore lens (Figure 5), at 610
m depth. This sample can be used as reference to the Neves Corvo study representing high metal grade
massive sulphide ore (Figure 6). As non-mineralized example, a LNEG Archive drill-core sample was selected,
related with exploration drill hole campaign, performed by the Redfern company in the Porto de Mel sector,
located in the IPB north western sector (Sado Cenozoic basin, see Oliveira et al., 1998). These samples will
provide preliminary data. The obtained results will be compared with historical data, present in the LNEG
exploration database.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 10 / 38
4 Previous research and available data
4.1 Structural settings inferred from geology and geophysics (incl. drilling)
The IPB is composed of two upper Paleozoic age major lithostratigraphic units, the Phyllite Quartzite Group
(PQG), the Volcanic Sedimentary Complex (VSC), which is the focus of the present work (Schermerhorn 1971;
Oliveira 1983, Oliveira et al., 2013). Above the VSC the Baixo Alentejo Flysch Group (BAFG) occurs.
Associated with the VSC dozens of massive sulphide deposits occur related with felsic volcanic rocks and
black shales of lower Carboniferous and upper Devonian ages (Oliveira et al., 2005; Pereira et al., 2008;
Matos et al., 2011; Oliveira et al., 2013; Matos et al., 2014). Hydrothermal halos are present associated with
the massive and stockwork ores. General syntheses on the IPB include those of Strauss et al. (1977); Routhier
et al. (1980); IGME (1982); Barriga (1990); Sáez et al. (1996); Leistel et al. (1998); Carvalho et al. (1999); Junta
de Andalucía (1999); Tornos et al., (2000); Tornos (2006); Oliveira et al. (2005, 2006, 2013); Relvas et al.
(2006). Other general studies deal with stratigraphy (Oliveira 1990; Pereira et al 2007), volcanism (Munhá
1983; Mitjavila et al. 1997; Thiéblemont et al. 1998), structure and regional metamorphism (e.g., Munhá
1990; Silva et al. 1990; Quesada 1998) or the facies architecture of the volcano-sedimentary complex
(Soriano and Martí 1999; Junta de Andalucía 1999; Rosa et al., 2008, 2016). The Baixo Alentejo Flysch Group
well exposed in SW Iberia, represents the infill of a foreland basin, which was developed following a
compressive Variscan tectonic inversion that occurred during the upper Visean and lasted until the upper
Moscovian (Oliveira et al. 1979; Silva et al., 1990; Pereira et al., 2008). The sandy/shale turbidites that filled
the foreland basin had their multiple sources in the SW border of the Ossa Morena Zone, in the IPB and in
the Avalonia plate (Jorge et al. 2012).
Figure 5. Neves Corvo general geological section, adapted from Relvas et al., 2006. Location of the lower sector of the Corvo massive ore lens (blue arrow)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 11 / 38
Figure 6. Neves Corvo massive sulphide ore, showing primary banded structures and rich layers of chalcopyrite and sphalerite. Sample collected at 610 m depth
The IPB regional structure is conditioned by a SW tectonic vergence. Globally the geological structures
present an E-W direction in Spain and close to the Portuguese/Spanish border and a NW-SE direction in the
western Portuguese IPB sector. Several complex antiforms are defined, forming VSC-PQG outcropping
lineaments (see in the Portuguese sector the 1/200 000 SGP geological maps, Fls. 7 and 8, Oliveira et al.,
1988 and 1992, Oliveira et al., 2013, Inverno et al., 2015). These structures are present in depth, under
Flysch BAFG sediments and/or Cenozoic age sediments (e.g. Sado Basin, Oliveira et al., 1998). In the northern
IPB regions allochtonous structures are dominant. In the southern IPB branch the complexity is lower. Detail
geological mapping and information of exploration drill holes permit to define the geometry of the VSC-PQG
antiforms. Gravity, magnetic and seismic surveys are useful tools to 3D modelling. As an example see the 3D
models defined to the Rio Tinto (Martin-Izard, 2015) and SE Neves Corvo region (Inverno et al., 2015). The
exploration goals of these programs is to define the constraints related with the presence of massive ore
associated with the VSC volcanism and the presence of stockwork type of ore located both in VSC volcanic
and sedimentary units and PQG sedimentary units. Variscan and late Variscan fault systems are also defined,
in the first case correlated with dominant compressive faults and in the second case related with strike-slip
faults.
4.2 Geometry and composition of ore deposits
The IPB massive sulphides deposits are associated with volcano-sedimentary sequences present in sea floor
environment. Genetic models are present in literature (e.g. Barriga et al., 1997; Leistel et al., 1998; Carvalho
et al., 1999; Tornos, 2006; Relvas et al., 2006, Rosa et al., 2008, 2016) considering hydrothermal events
formed by circulation of sea water in the host rock sequences and later discharge of mineralized fluids.
Regional and hydrothermal alteration occur, the late represented by silica and chlorite in the inner zones and
silica + sericite in the external zones. A significant number of deposits is directly associated with felsic
volcanic rocks formed in the late Devonian (Matos et al., 2011) and early Carboniferous (Barrie et al., 2002;
Tornos, 2006), see Neves Corvo section, Fig. 5. The deposits generally present a lenticular shape with up to 2
km of length and thickness usually < 150 m. The stockwork structures are commonly present in the root of
the hydrothermal system. Variscan tectonics can change the original geometry by folding and faulting,
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 12 / 38
including thrust generation, promoting the existence of complex structures. The deposits are formed mainly
by massive pyrite. Other minerals occur like chalcopyrite, sphalerite, galena and sulphossalts locally with
economic importance. Present near mining exploration projects, like the Lundin Mining Neves Corvo DGEG
Exploration Permit Area, are being developed and focused in the research of new metal rich massive and
stockwork mineralizations.
4.3 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow
According with Batista (2003), water pumping tests performed in the Neves Corvo IPB area (See Figure 1)
and surroundings, conducted by Bertand et al. (1982) in eight wells with maximum depth of 261 m and drill
holes with depths ranging from 100 to 645 m, d concluded that drawdowns to the wells between 0.88 and
21.6 m and to the drill holes between 6 and 43.4 m. Transmissivities have values respectively of between
9.1 x 10-6 and 1.1 x 10-4 to the wells and between 1.86 and 64.6 x 10-6 m2/s to the drill holes.
In the Variscan Massif terrains (north and center of Portugal) the permeability is higher, reaching dozens of
meters per second and is associated to fracturing zones. In these fracturing zones, decompression and
terrain alteration allow a permeability that averagely ranges from 0.1 and 2 x 10-6 m/s. At bigger depths, and
away from the fracturing zones, permeability diminishes, and is lower than 0.01 x 10-6 m/s.
Some conclusions could be taken from these hydrogeological data:
1. The possibility to find an important aquifer in this compact unit pile with low permeability and with
low effective porosity is very low.
2. The deep fractures opened to water circulation are found in the top of the pyrite ore lenses, in the
flysch grewackes from the base and not in the interior of the sulphide ore. These greywackes show
more permeable crushing zones that, instead, can make groundwater circulation easier.
This last conclusion may be important, if these more permeable zones are near the sub-vertical faults that
put the sulphide ore in contact with surface waters. Since the ductile shales are above these graywackes are
much less permeable, making groundwater circulation towards the surface possible only in fracture zones.
Zones with the contact between surface and mineralized ores are located in the Graça Hill and in the main
meander of Ribeira de Oeiras, S of the Neves Corvo Mine.
Through monitoring and surface water control, Fernandez-Rubio y Associados (1994), the hydrogeological
system of Neves-Corvo identified three hydrogeological units:
Upper Shallow System – This system is considered to be an aquifer or an aquitard, free to semi-
confined, relatively heterogenous with permeability decreasing in depth , extends from surface to
100 to 200 meters depth.
Intermediate system – Considered a semi-confined defined in the limit of the previous aquifer, until
the top of the mineralization.
Deep mining system – Confined aquifer composed by the mineralized deposits and overimposed
rocks.
4.4 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters
No information available.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 13 / 38
4.5 Thermal properties and heat flow
The Geothermal Resources Atlas of 2002 (Hurter and Haenel, 2002) has shown that heat flow density (HFD)
values in the central Portuguese IPB are slightly higher than in the rest of the IPB area. This information is
based on thermal properties that have been so far extensively studied in the IPB, using mostly mining data.
Thermal conductivities, geothermal gradients and heat production values based on U, Th and K
concentrations have been determined since 1982 by several research institutions and are processed and
stored in LNEG, which instead makes them available to the general public using interactive internet tools
(http://geoportal.lneg.pt), Atlas Geotérmico de Portugal Continental).
The HFD values for mainland Portugal vary from 40 mW/m2 to 115 mW/m2, with an average value of about
75 mW/m2. HFD values for the CIZ (up north) of the Hesperic Massif ranging from 65 mW/m2 to 80 mW/m2.
In the northern part of the massif there is a HFD increase. In the SPZ, however, regional HFD values reach
about 90 mW/m2, while in the Ossa Morena Zone (OMZ) these values decrease to about 60 mW/m2, which
are similar to HFD values obtained for other European Hercynian regions. In the sedimentary basins, regional
HFD values range from about 40 mW/m2 to 90 mW/m2.Surface HFD in mining, water and geothermal wells is
calculated multiplying the average geothermal gradient obtained in a well by the thermal conductivity of the
geological formations crossed by the well.
A map of HFD Mainland Portugal was created with the information described before (Figure 7).
Figure 7. Heat flow map for mainland Portugal (http://geoportal.lneg.pt)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 14 / 38
When determining HFD in these wells it is assumed that the formations crossed by the well are laterally
homogeneous and isotropic, and that the thermal conductivity is independent of temperature. It is also
considered that heat transfer is by conduction and stationary. The effects of heat production by radioactive
decay of thorium, uranium and potassium are also considered. In these wells, HFD is calculated through the
Fourier equation:
q = k (grad T) (1)
where q (W/m2) is the HFD, k is the thermal conductivity (W/mK), (grad T) is the vertical geothermal gradient
(K/m), usually represented in °C/km. Most times the unit mW/m2 is used as a practical unit for HFD.
For this study all data considered reliable for heat flow density estimations had to satisfy several constraints
concerning physical characteristics of the wells, number of temperature measurements in the well, precision
of the temperature measurements, and borehole stability criteria (Ramalho and Correia, 2004).
Figure 8. Geothermal gradient for Mainland Portugal with the IPB sector (http://geoportal.lneg.pt)
Temperature data were collected from different sources. Selected wells were initially studied by Almeida
(1992), Duque (1991), Ramalho (1997); some of them are wells in which temperature measurements were
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 15 / 38
carried out by Almeida (1992) and processed as described in detail in Ramalho and Correia (2004), creating
national geothermal maps with zoom to the IPB (Figure 8). For those wells where thermal conductivity
measurements were available (Duque, 1991; Almeida, 1993), the effective thermal conductivity was
calculated using those values; otherwise, assumed thermal conductivities were assigned to the rocks, based
on measured values obtained in other samples of the same rock type of nearby wells or, if the thermal
conductivity of the formations is not known, average values mentioned in literature (for instance, in Cermak
and Rybach, 1982) were used. In the wells where no lithology was available, assumed thermal conductivity
was the same as considered in Fernandèz et al. (1995; 1998).
Thermal conductivities were measured in rock samples from boreholes in the IBP. As said before, estimations
of heat flow density use the so called effective thermal conductivity. This was estimated using a ponderation
of the thermal conductivity (laboratory or assumed) of each lithology crossed by the borehole with
corresponding thicknesses. Effective thermal conductivity is estimated through the equation
keffective =
k
z
z
n
1 = i i
i
n
1 = i
i
(2)
Where the index i corresponds to the different rocky materials crossed by the borehole, ΔZ depth of
measurements, and ki is the thermal conductivity. A set of of laboratory measurements of thermal
conductivity in core samples from the IPB (Correia et al., 1982; Camelo, 1987a; Duque, 1991; Almeida, 1993)
made that in most of the mining and water wells considered in this work was carried out through lithological
logs. For each of the boreholes, this study consisted on the attribution of the average value of thermal
conductivity in analogue samples whenever needed. Therefore, to estimate the thermal conductivity of each
formation crossed by a borehole, two ways were used: (1) a value that was measured in laboratory, in a core
sample from that precise borehole or (2) the average value of the thermal conductivities measured in core
samples from analogue formations in other IPB boreholes. For those Portuguese geological formations
without any laboratory measurement of thermal conductivity average values of thermal conductivity for
similar rocks obtained containing physical properties of rocks (Cermak and Rybach, 1982).
Thermal conductivity determination in rock samples was made with a Showa Denko conductivimeter, model
QTM-D2 and the measurements were made in rock samples from 12 boreholes, some of them reflected for
heat flow density determinations (Correia et al., 1982; Camelo, 1987a; Duque, 1991; Almeida, 1993).
Effective thermal conductivity attributed to each borehole was estimated through eq. (1).
The values of estimated average thermal conductivity though thermal conductivity measurements obtained
in laboratory in rock samples from Mainland Portugal are represented in Table 1.
Table 2 shows thermal conductivity values of rocks with no laboratory determinations, but showing assumed
values assigned from literature to estimate effective conductivity. These conductivities are therefore
assumed as representative of the Portuguese geological formations, to which there are not laboratory
thermal conductivities measurements. To those boreholes without lithological logs, assumed thermal
conductivities used by Fernandèz et al. (1995) and later applied in Fernandèz et al. (1998), following identical
criteria in the entire Iberian Peninsula.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 16 / 38
Table 3 shows the list of borehole where thermal conductivity measurements were done on core samples
where (1) effective and (2) assumed thermal conductivity was determined from one measurement in one
single sample.
Lithology
Number of measured samples
Number of drill holes
Average value
(W/mK)
Shales and greywackes 22 3 3.69
Shales 2 1 3.03
Black shales (graphitic and pyritic)
1 1 4.16
Shales with Mn veins and disseminations
12 2 4.29
Basic intrusive rock 7 1 3.31
Purple (hematitic) and green shales and siliceous shales
4 1 5.41
Green shales 4 3 4.29
Felsic aphyric volcanics 11 1 3.65
Silicified felsic volcanics 4 1 3.17
Chloritized felsic volcanics 1 1 3.29
Greywackes 6 1 3.48
Quartz dikes 1 1 3.07
Granite 1 1 3.40
Dolomite limestones 5 6 3.83
Mineralized dolomites 4 1 3.88
Limestones 3 1 3.42
Carbonate schists 2 1 3.56
Table 1. Average thermal conductivities estimated from laboratory measurements of core samples from boreholes OT1, AL2, FS25, FS26, SDV2 and S32. Average values correspond to the arithmetic average of
values obtained in each borehole for the same formation
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 17 / 38
MATERIAL THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (W/mK)
Silts 2.38
Sandstones 2.30
Diabases 2.45
Talc and serpentinites 3.17
Clay 1.72
Sand 1.57
Argillaceous shales 2.59
Dolomitc shales 4.06
Table 2. Assumed average thermal conductivities of some rock materials in boreholes in Mainland Portugal (from values published in Cermak and Rybach (1982))
REF. COORDINATES CONDUTIVITY (W/mK)
LONG. LAT. 1.EFFECTIVE
2.ASSUMED
S32 7°44’56”W 38°16’40”N 3.85 (1)
OT1 8°11’55”W 37°38’21”N 4.27 (1)
AL1 8°11’56”W 37°36’49”N 3.64 (1)
FS25 8°09’13”W 37°51’25”N 3.46 (1)
FS26 8°08’27”W 37°52’15”N 3.36 (1)
Table 3. Borehole list with thermal conductivity measurements made on core samples (Correia et al., 1982; Almeida, 1993) with (1) effective and (2) assumed thermal conductivity from one measurement on one
single sample. Boreholes S4A and SD27 (Almeida, 1993), effective thermal conductivity is considered to be the same as for the core samples (see text for explanation)
However, some boreholes whose distribution of temperature in depth does not satisfy the previously
mentioned criteria to estimate average geothermal gradient are not selected. This means that none of these
boreholes shows a sufficiently straight score from which that gradient can be estimated. It's also noticeable
that for boreholes where the lithological column is known but there are but there are no determinations in
core samples, each lithological formation was assigned with an average thermal conductivity based in
thermal conductivities measured in core samples from other boreholes (Correia et al., 1982; Camelo, 1987b;
Duque, 1991; Almeida, 1993).
Heat Flow Density estimations (W/m2) for the IPB Portuguese sector is represented in Figure 9.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 18 / 38
4.6 Geophysical Exploration surveys in the IPB
The application of geophysical techniques in massive sulphides deposits exploration has been a success in
the Iberian Pyrite Belt province (IPB), both in Portugal and in Spain. Several hidden massive sulphide deposits
associated to the IPB Volcano-Sedimentary Complex (VSC) were discovered in SW Iberia using integrated
interpretation of geological and geophysical models, such as Neves Corvo (Albouy et al., 1981; Leca et al.,
1983) and Lagoa Salgada (Oliveira et al., 1993; 1998a; 1998b) in Portugal, and Valverde (Castroviejo et al.,
1996; Gable et al., 1998) and Las Cruces (Doyle, 1996) in Spain. In the IPB Portuguese sector, regional and
systematic surveys were carried out by the governmental agencies Serviço de Fomento Mineiro
(SFM)/Instituto Geológico e Mineiro (IGM), presently LNEG (Queiroz et al., 1990; Oliveira et al., 1993, 1998a,
1998b, Matos and Sousa, 2008). This public investment and other surveys promoted by exploration
companies, permitted to develop large databases along time in particular methods like gravimetry,
magnetometry (c.f. Figure 10), electrical and electromagnetics. This section of the report presents a brief
description of the geophysical techniques applied in the IPB Portuguese sector, with emphasis on the
regional gravity, magnetic and radiometric surveys.
Figure 9. Heat Flow Density estimations (W/m2) for the IPB Portuguese sector. Geology ad. from http://geoportal.lneg.pt
Geophysical methods have been widely used in the IPB since the early 1940’s. As part of a national
prospecting plan lead by the former SFM (Queiroz et al., 1990) and IGM (Oliveira et al., 1993), both
Governmental Surveys dedicated to the mining industry, several campaigns were performed between the
1950’s and 1990’s. Multiple campaigns were carried out, encouraged by the SFM/IGM activity, the easy data
access and the discovery of several massive sulphide deposits, including the giant Neves Corvo Cu-Zn-Sn
world class rich deposit (Carvalho et al., 1999; Relvas et al., 2006; Matos and Sousa, 2008). The interest of
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 19 / 38
important international investors, like Anglo American (Minaport), Asarco, Atlantic Copper, Billiton, BP
Minerals, Conasa, Elf Aquitaine, Ferragudo Mining, Lundin Mining (Somincor/AGC Minas de Portugal),
Northern Lyon Oy, Redcorp, Redfern, Rio Tinto (Riofinex, Soc. Mineira Rio Artezia), Utah and the consortiums
SPE/SEREM/EDMA and SMS/SEREM/SMMPPA, lead to a continuous investment in geophysical research,
based in ground and airborne surveys (Matos et al., 2016).
Figure 10. (left) Geological map 1:1K (http://geoportal.lneg.pt) (right) Magnetic Total Magnetic Field Intensity map with reduction to pole, based on RTZ survey, ad. Represas et al. 2016
In some areas the technical support was provided by the SFM, IGM and LNEG teams (Matzke, 1971; Albouy
et al., 1981; Leca et al., 1983; Castelo Branco, 1995; La Fuente, 1995; Carvalho et al., 1996; Castelo Branco,
1996; Palomero and Mora, 1996; Castelo Branco and Sá, 1997; Palomero, 1999; Mora, 2002; Faria, 2007;
Matos et al., 2009a, 2009b; Araujo and Castelo Branco, 2010; Carvalho et al., 2011). National companies like
the Emp. De Desenvolvimento Mineiro, Emp. Desenvolvimento Mineiro do Alentejo, Emp. Mineira Serra do
Cercal, MAEPA, Portuglobal and Pirites Alentejanas invested also in different geophysical campaigns. A
significant volume of exploration works were made by several junior mining companies, investing in the
characterization of drill targets defined in the geological structures with high mining potential. Specialized
consulting companies worked at IPB, improving data treatment and interpretation techniques – e.g. Adaro,
Anglo American (Minaport), Bundesanstalt für Geowissenschaften und Rohstoffe, Condor Consulting,
Compagnie Générale de Géophysique, Geoconsult, Geoterrex, Institut für Geofhysik TU Clausthal, Int.
Geophysical Technology, La Montagne SAP, Lea Cross Geophysics, Lab. Geopphysique Aplliqué et Structural,
Univ. Nancy, Soc. Mineira Rio Artezia/Rio Tinto Zinc, Sanders Geophysics and Urguhart-Dvorak. The SFM,
IGM and LNEG teams worked for various mining companies as geophysical consultants (gravity, magnetic,
seismic and electric surveys), being examples the collaborations with MAEPA, Northern Lion Oy, Somincor
and Soc. Mineira Rio Artezia.
The first geophysical method used in the Portuguese sector of the IPB was the electromagnetic Turam
technique, with some initial essays in the early 1940’s (Queiroz et al., 1990). The real geophysical
prospecting activity only started in the early 1950’s by the continuous work of the SFM teams, especially
near the active main mining areas of Aljustrel and São Domingos, respectively operated by Mine d’Aljustrel
(Leitão, 1998; Martins et al., 2003) and Mason and Barry (Matos et al., 2006) companies. The discovery in
1954 of the superficial part of the Aljustrel Moinho massive sulphide sub vertical orebody (Leitão, 1998),
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 20 / 38
named Carrasco, represents the first successful application of the Turam method. This positive result
promoted the SFM regional campaigns dedicated to the exploration study of the areas were the VSC and
Phyllite-Quartzite (PQ) (Givetian-Strunnian age) formations outcrop (Pereira et al., 2008; Matos et al., 2014;
Matos et al., 2016). The methodology was consisted of dozens of NE-SW parallel Turam profiles, parallel to
the VSC and PQ geologic structures. In the 1950’s the magnetic method started to be used but the lack of
signature of some orebodies opened way to other geophysical methods.
After the preliminary Turam and magnetic surveys, the gravimetric method became the main tool to detect
new sulphide masses in the IPB. Until 1960’s the role of the SFM was unique, based in detail ground surveys
carried out over N-S, E-W grids with spacings of 200 m, 100 m and 50 m (Queiroz et al., 1990; Oliveira et al.,
1993). The discovery of the Aljustrel Feitais orebody in 1964 (Leitão 1998; Martins et al., 2003) by Mines
d’Aljustrel using gravity surveys showed the potential of this method. Later, the introduction of electrical
methods improved the quality of the resistivity data, since they provided deeper and more reliable informa-
tion than Turam. Underground gravity surveys were performed at the Lousal mine in the late 1960’s
(Matzke, 1971). The discovery of the Neves Corvo ores in 1977, as a direct result of the exploration work of
mining companies, as well as previews of SFM exploration surveys (Carvalho, 1982; Leca et al., 1983;
Carvalho et al., 1999; Oliveira et al., 2006; Matos et al., 2016), show the advantages of an integrated model
interpretation, as it included the study and interpretation of geological structures based on the use of elect-
rical resistivity and spontaneous potential simultaneously, followed by magnetics and gravimetric surveys.
The extreme copper grades of the Neves Corvo deposit justified more investment in exploration, including
deep structures (>500 m depth). Considerable efforts were developed in some areas like the Neves Corvo-
Corte Gafo, a 600 km2 polygon (Carvalho et al., 1996), were Somincor developed a multidisciplinary program:
gravity + magnetic surveys (9015 points distributed covering an area of 314.5 km2, with technical support of
the SFM gravity team) and several profiles of transient electromagnetic (TEM, 215.5 km), magnetotelluric
(27.0 km) and seismic reflection (24 km). Detail works were performed at Neves Corvo, João Serra and Corte
Gafo areas, including down hole geophysical log: 2 000 m of resistivity + sonic surveys and 2 500 m of TEM
surveys.
High logistic costs and the development of differential GPS topographic techniques promoted the change of
ground gravity and magnetic surveys in 1990’s from the regular grids to random grids with ~300 m spacing.
The Rio Tinto Company was the first to apply this geometry in the region, after test programs developed in
well-known areas like Águas Teñidas (Spain) (Castelo Branco, 1995; Braux et al., 1996; Castelo Branco and Sá,
1997). Rio Tinto and others companies like Minaport (Anglo American), also promoted, during that decade,
the achievement of regional magnetic and radiometric airborne surveys (La Fuente, 1995; Castelo Branco,
1995; Castelo Branco and Sá, 1997; Torres and Carvalho, 1998). At a local scale, other geophysical methods
are being used to characterize gravity and geological targets. Aiming at specific goals in well-defined targets,
methods such as deep reflection seismic, electrical resistivity, induced polarization, TEM, VTEM, vertical
electrical soundings and magneto-telluric have been applied. In massive sulphide mineralized structures
down-hole surveys (e.g. Mise à La Masse, TEM) were essential to follow the mineralization trends, like in the
Lagoa Salgada (Oliveira et al., 1993, 1998a) and Semblana (Araujo and Castelo Branco, 2010) sectors.
Stockwork vein type mineralizations can also be identified using these methods, like the recent cases of the
Serrinha induced polarization profiles (NW IPB sector, see Figure 1, Ramalho and Matos, 2009; Matos et al.,
2009) and Chança, Montinho and Caveira massive sulphide orebodies detail exploration studies performed
by Sociedade Mineira Rio Artezia (Mora, 2002) and Atlantic Copper (Palomero, 1999). At the Neves Corvo
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 21 / 38
region, seismic profiles were used by Lundin/Somincor to define key tectonic structures (Araujo and Castelo
Branco, 2010; Inverno et al., 2013, 2015; Matos et al., 2016).
The Neves Corvo deposit presents a gentle inclination to NE, with seven orebodies dispersed in a large
complex antiform structure (Araujo and Castelo Branco, 2010; Oliveira et al., 2013). The correct
understanding of the geometry of the study area implies a significant detail in the geological mapping based
in surface surveys and/or drill holes logging (Matos et al., 2016). In areas with few drill-holes, the geophysical
data can be essential to model construction. The geophysical and geological data integration using 3D model
software is essential to define target zones in future drill campaigns. However, as potential field data
modelling/inversion are an ill-posed problem and no unique solution exists, seismic reflection is often used
to provide structural information (together with drill-hole and geological data), thus reducing the ambiguity
of modelling/inversion. This strategy is being used with success by Lundin Mining in the Neves Corvo region,
with 3D seismic reflection surveys acquired over existing massive sulphide ores (e.g. Lombador) and defining
new targets, as the recent Semblana and Monte Branco discoveries (Araujo and Castelo Branco, 2010;
Lundin Mining website, Feb. 2016, http://www.lundinmining.com/).
3D models based in geophysical, geological and drill-hole data are being defined for the IPB deposits of
Neves Corvo (Inverno et al., 2013; Batista et al., 2014; Inverno et al., 2015), Caveira (Matos et al., 2015),
Lagoa Salgada (Represas and Matos, 2012) and Rio Tinto (Martin-Izard et al., 2015). Data compilation and
reprocessing of geophysical data in the regions is also being undertaken by private companies and
governmental agency (LNEG) due to the development of new data processing techniques and computing
advances.
Recently, 81 km of deep 2D seismic reflection data (up to 10 km) were acquired by LNEG/Prospectiuni
between Neves Corvo and the Spanish border, to check the prolongation of the IPB volcanic axis to SE and its
connection with the Spanish side of the IPB (Carvalho et al. 2016) (Figure 1). This dataset was interpreted in
a 3D environment using gravimetric, radiometric, magnetic, drill-hole and surface geological data and it was
possible to follow the volcanic axis from Neves Corvo till Spain and estimate its depths which are at places
compatible with present day exploration (Figure 5, Figure 11 and Figure 12).
After 70 years of exploration work, a large area of the IPB is already covered with several geophysical
methods. A large amount of acquired data is standardized and supervised by LNEG. Considering the IPB as an
important base metals mineral province the mineralization targets are defined by massive/semi-massive
sulphide ore lenses, stockwork veins and disseminated mineralizations with hydrothermal halos, present in
VSC felsic and shale units (Carvalho, 1982; Matos et al., 2011; Matos et al., 2016).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 22 / 38
Figure 11. Gravimetric and magnetic data a) plotted over CRS stack for seismic profile 1 without b) and with post-stack time migration with overlaid stratigraphic and structural interpretation c). The locations of drill-
holes CT01 and CT08001 are shown (blue line) and a geological cross-section based on these two drill-holes and previously acquired seismic reflection data is overlaid the interpreted stacked section. Mfi: Magnetic
field intensity (reduced to the pole); Ba: Bouguer anomaly. Black lines: faults; Yellow lines/T: thrust planes; VSC: Volcanic-Sedimentary Complex; PQG: Phyllite-Quartzite Group; Red line: pre-Devonian horizon; Orange
lines: deep crustal reflectors. Figure ad. from Carvalho et al., 2016
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 23 / 38
Figure 12. Example of late Variscan faults, represented by strike-slip faults that control basement block geometry, defined by horst and grabens. Some faults are mineralized, presenting copper veins, mined in the
XIX century.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 24 / 38
5 Identifying target sites for future CHPM
5.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km
Temperature in depth maps obtained with geothermal mapping together with thickness, transmissivity, and
fluid chemical characteristics also in depth will have a significant importance in the entire process to evaluate
areas with more accurate methods and additional resources. Therefore, temperatures at 1000, 2000 and
5000 m are estimated, following heat flow density estimations (from average thermal conductivity and
geothermal gradient) and heat production values (A) (Haenel et al., 1980), based on spectrometric
concentrations of U, Th and K, mostly from Rybach and Cermack (1982), Correia (1995) and
aerospectrometric surveys for mining prospecting. (Figure 13) shows a map of A based on U, Th a K
concentrations from an aerospectrometric survey conducted with mining prospecting purposes.
Figure 13. A based on U, Th a K concentrations from an aerospectrometric survey conducted in the SPZ, where IPB is located, with mining prospecting purposes (Torres et al., 2000)
In this case, the step model was used.
T(z) – T0 = q zk +
A z2
2 k (3)
where T(z) is the temperature at depth z (°C), T0 is the average surfarce temperature on Earth (°C), z is the
depth (m), A is the heat production per unit of volume (Wm-1K-1) and k is the thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-13)
Whenever possible, considered temperature was the measured temperature or interpolated between two
measured temperatures, such as the case of onshore and offshore boreholes. In case of its inexistence,
temperatures were extrapolated to bigger depths from shallower depths. The first was used only in several
oil wells, after bottom bole temperatures correction for thermal disturbances caused by drilling (Haenel et
al. 1988).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 25 / 38
HFD from geothermometers was not used for the IPB area, although its values were considered at national
level, since there was information enough about k and A. Generally, temperatures in depth are higher in the
Lusitanian Basin and in the SPZ, where the IPB is located.
Temperatures at 1000 m depth for the IPB are represented in http://www.geoportal.pt, in the Atlas de
Geotérmico de Portugal Continental group of layers, reaching about 40 °C in the IPB, estimated with the
methods described previously. This value is confirmed by Nelson Pacheco (Lundin Mining oral
communication, 2016) to the lower levels of the Neves Corvo Mine, about 900 m deep.
Figure 14. Temperature estimation (°C) at 2000 m deep in the IPB Portuguese sector. Geology ad. from http://geoportal.lneg.pt
Temperatures at 2000 m depth for the IPB are in Figure 14, and can reach about 63 °C in the IPB. Estimated
temperature in the area for 5000 m deep, using the previously described methods for geothermal
investigation is about 132 °C (Figure 15).
Existing temperature in depth models and structural models in IPB can be jointly interpreted with structural
models suggested for the area, based on several types of geophysical data (e.g., magnetic, magnetotelluric).
5.2 Knowledge gaps and limitations
Within the framework of CHPM2030, there is some work to be done in this first task. Information on fluid
composition, brines and meteoric waters is still missing as more representative samples from the Neves
Corvo Mine can also be part of the project. Lundin Mining Company confirmed the technical support to the
LNEG CHPM2030 project. This procedures will allow to the planned drill hole sampling, focused in deep rock
intersections bellow 1000 m depth (e.g. Cotovio sector).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 26 / 38
Figure 15. Temperature estimation (°C) at 5000 m deep in the IPB Portuguese sector. Geology ad. from http://geoportal.lneg.pt
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 27 / 38
6 Discussion and concluding remarks
Geothermal gradient, HFD estimations and consequently temperatures in depth obtained for the different
depths, published along the years are considerably different from those presented in the Atlas of
Geothermal Resources in the European Community, Austria and Switzerland” (Haenel and Staroste, 1988),
resulting in the establishment of narrower criteria to select adequate thermometric wells to assure a good
data set quality for the entire Iberian Peninsula, IPB included. The last edition of the “Geothermal Resources
Atlas of Europe” (Hurter and Haenel, 2002), incorporates this dataset and added some thermometric
boreholes drilled with specific geothermal purposes near the IPB.
According with Heat Flow Density Commission this approach is reliable and quality of data is improved as
more information is acquired. The geothermal database followed the format described in Ramalho (1999)
and follows as much as possible the standards defined by the International Heat Flow Commission (Jessop,
1990).
Table 4 shows the observed density in outcropping rocks and cores from several mining wells.
Unit Rock type Observed
density Density (ITGE data)a Studied sectors (Portugal)
Mér
tola
Flys
ch
Shales and greywackes
2.70-2.81 2.66-2.68 Taralhão 1
Vo
lcan
o-
Sed
imen
ary
Co
mp
lex
Siliceous shales 2.65-2.77 2.65 Rio de Moinhos 1
Green/purple shales 2.58- Rio de Moinhos 1
Black shales 2.81 Rio de Moinhos 1,2
Jaspers and cherts 2.73-2.98 2.63-3.06 Rio de Moinhos 1
Basic volcanics 2.73-2.89 2.78-3.00 Lagoa Salgada 1,2
Acid volcanics 2.58-2.90 2.61-2.68 Lagoa Salgada 1,2
Sulp
hid
e
min
eral
izat
ion
Acid volcanics + hydrothermal alteration
2.63-2.96 Lagoa Salgada 1,2
Stockwork zones 2.88-3.,91 Lagoa Salgada, Rio de Moinhos 1,2
Semi-massive pyrite 2.25-3.54 Lagoa Salgada 1,2
Massive pyrite 4.29-5.03 Lagoa Salgada 1,2
Ph
yllit
e-
Qu
ar-
tzit
e G
r. Shales and quartzites 2.58-2.67 2.56-2.65 Chaparral, Lameira 1
Dark grey shales 2.62-2.84 Chaparral, Lameira, Rio de Moinhos 1
Limestones 2.79 Rio de Moinhos 1
Table 4. Observed density of outcropping rocks and cores from mining wells from 1 – IGM/SFM; 2 – Lagoa Salgada Consortium (Soc. Mineira Rio Artezia/EDM); 3 – AGC/Lundin Mining. * – Disseminated
magnetite/dike. Variations in depth related with rock porosity were not considered. A – ITGE data in García et al., 1998 and Jiménez, 2013 (Matos et al., 2016, in press).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 28 / 38
6.1 How the Iberian Pyrite Belt Neves Corvo sector can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
The Neves Corvo mine site includes > 300 Mt of sulphide ore, distributed in 7 ore lenses. The Neves, Corvo,
Graça, Zambujal and Lombador deposits are being mined until 900 m depth by Somincor/Lundin Mining. A
large exploration database, including deep drill holes (above 1 500 m deep) allow the definition of an
accurate setting of the geological model. This data can be correlated with seismic profiles than can predict
the tectonic structures until 10 km depth. All these data are essential to CHPM2030 objectives, considering
the EGS thematic in an active mine site. The Neves Corvo samples study will be shared by LNEG and Miskolc
teams.
After a revaluation of the available information from Lundin Mining, extra material, comprising deeper and
eventually more representative samples from the Neves Corvo mine will be studied.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 29 / 38
7 Datasets pertinent to CHPM2030 held by LNEG
Datasets Short description Scale Coverage Access cost Link
Hydrogeology
Hydrogeological maps Regional mapping, fl. 7 and 8. 1:200,000 South Portugal, Alentejo and Algarve regions
See web page http://www.lneg.pt
Geophysics and remote sensing
Gravity Regional map, Bouguer 2.6 1/400,000 (available in the end of 2016)
1:400,000; 1:25,000;
1:5,000
South Portugal, Alentejo region
See web page http://www.lneg.pt
Airborne magnetics Regional map (available in the end of 2016)
1:400,000 South Portugal, Alentejo region
See web page http://www.lneg.pt
Airborne radiometrics
Airborne survey data for the radioactive isotopes Th, U, and K, total count. Total count regional map (available in the end of 2016)
1:400,000 South Portugal, Alentejo and Algarve regions
See web page http://www.lneg.pt
Land gravity A database of over >300,000 gravity observations.
N.A. South Portugal, Alentejo and Algarve regions
See web page http://www.lneg.pt
Geophysical borehole logs An archive of geophysical downhole log data.
N.A. Various See web page http://www.lneg.pt
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 30 / 38
Datasets Short description Scale Coverage Access cost Link
Boreholes
Borehole database A database of over one million records of boreholes, shafts and wells.
N.A. South Portugal, Alentejo and Algarve regions
See web page and LNEG Geoportal
http://www.lneg.pt
http://geoportal.lneg.pt/
Geochemistry
Soil and stream sediments Geochemical database and physical samples
N.A. South Portugal, Alentejo and Algarve regions
See web page and LNEG Geoportal
http://www.lneg.pt
http://geoportal.lneg.pt/
Table 5. Summary of datasets pertinent to CHPM2030 held by LNEG.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 31 / 38
8 Acknowledgements
The authors of this document wish to thank Lundin Mining, especially Dr. Nelson Pacheco, Chief Geologist of
the Neves Corvo mine, for all echnical support to the CHPM 2030 LNEG team. We also thank Augusto Filipe
for sharing figures related with the SIORMIN database and Patrícia Represas from LNEG for density data.
9 References
ABREU, M., BATISTA, M.J., MAGALHÃES, M.C.F., MATOS, J.X., 2010. Acid Mine Drainage in the Portuguese
Iberian Pyrite Belt. Cap. II In Mine Drainage and Related Problems Book, Editor Brock C. Robinson,
Nova Science Publishers, ISBN 978-1-60741-285-4, New York, USA, p. 71-118.
ALBOUY, L., CONDE, L.N., FOGLIERINNI, F., LECA, X., MORIKIS, A., CALLIER, L., CARVALHO, P., SONGY, J.C.,
1981. Le gisement de sulfures massifs polymétalliques de Neves Corvo, Baixo Alentejo, Portugal.
Chronique de La Recherche Minière, nº 460, BRGM: 5-27.
ALMEIDA, L. C., 1992. "Prospecção geotérmica - Determinação de gradientes geotérmicos em furos de
sonda." Boletim Informativo do INMG.
ALMEIDA, L. C., 1993. "Prospecção geotérmica - Cálculo de condutividades térmicas em amostras de rochas".
Boletim Informativo do INMG. 7p.
ARAUJO, V., CASTELO BRANCO, J.M., 2010. Área de Mértola, relatório 1º Semestre 2010. AGC Minas de
Portugal, Lda, Arq. LNEG ID 10810, 42p.
BARRIEBARRIE, C.T., AMELIN, Y., PASCUAL, E., 2002. U-Pb geochronology of VMS mineralisation in the Iberian
Pyrite Belt. Mineralium Deposita, 37: 684-703.
BARRIGA, F.J.A.S., 1990. Metallogenesis in the Iberian Pyrite Belt. In: Dallmeyer, R.D., Martínez García, E.,
(eds.). Pre-Mesozoic Geology of Iberia. Berlin.
BARRIGA, F.J.A.S., CARVALHO, D., RIBEIRO, A., 1997. Introduction to the Iberian Pyrite Belt. In: Barriga,
F.J.A.S., Carvalho, D. (eds.). Geology and VMS deposits of the Iberian Pyrite Belt. Society of Economic
Geologists Neves Corvo Field Conference, Guidebook Series, 27:
BATISTA, M. J., 2003. Comportamento de elementos químicos no sistema rocha-solo-sedimento-planta na
área mineira de Neves Corvo: Implicações Ambientais. PhD thesis, University of Aveiro, 393p.
BATISTA, M.J., REPRESAS, P., MATOS, J.X., INVERNO, C.M.C., 2014. 3D predictive modelling using drill-hole
geochemistry and gravity inversion. First approach using data from Neves Corvo mining area, Iberian
Pyrite Belt. Comunicações Geológicas 101, Esp. II, p. 747-752, IX CNG/2º CoGePLiP, Porto, ISSN:0873-
948X, e-ISSN: 1647-581X.
BERTRAND, L., CARRARA, M., DELPONT, G., FEUGA, B., LANDRY, J. AND WOJTKOWIAK, F., 1982.
“Reconnaissance Hydrogeologique du Gisement de Neves Corvo”. Somincor, Sociedade Mineira de
Neves Corvo. Bureau de Recherches Geologiques et Minieres, Agence d’Interventions a l’Etranger.
BRAUX, C., ARTIGNAM, D., JOUBERT, M., 1996. Identification of Areas Favourable for the Presence of Massive
Sulphides through Interpretation of Geophysical, Geological and Geochemical Data in a GIS. Bol.
Geologico y Minero ITGE, v. 107 (5-6), Madrid, 87-94.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 32 / 38
CAMELO, S. M., 1987a. Analysis of bottom-hole temperature and preliminary estimation of heat flow in
Portuguese sedimentary basins. Revista Brasileira de Geofísica, v.5, pp.139-142.
CAMELO, S. M., 1987b. Fluxo de calor terrestre de Portugal Continental. Relatório Interno do INMG.
CARVALHO, D., 1982. New paths to massive sulphide exploration in the Iberian Pyrite Belt. Com. Serviços
Geológicos de Portugal, t. 68, fasc. 2, 149-162.
CARVALHO, D., BARRIGA, F. J. A. S., MUNHÁ, J., 1999. Bimodal-siliciclastic systems – the case of the Iberian
Pyrite Belt. Reviews in Economic Geology 8: 375-408.
CARVALHO, J., INVERNO, C., MATOS, J., ROSA, C., GRANADO, I., BRANCH, T., REPRESAS, P., CARABANEANU,
L., MATIAS, L., SOUSA, P., 2016, under minor revision. Subsurface Mapping in the Iberian Pyrite Belt
Using Seismic Reflection Profiling and Potential Field Data. International Journal of Earth Sciences,
Springler Verlag.
CARVALHO, P., PACHECO, N., BELIZ, A., FERREIRA, A., 1996. Últimos desenvolvimentos em prospeção
realizados pela Somincor. Bol. Geologico y Minero ITGE, v. 107 (5-6), Madrid, 39-54.
CASTELO BRANCO, J.M., 1995. Área Grândola-Alcácer do Sal, Relatório 1º Semestre 1995. Sociedade Mineira
Rio Artezia, Arquivo LNEG ID 12727, 18p.
CASTELO BRANCO, J.M., 1996. O projeto de Lagoa Salgada. Estado actual do conhecimento da jazida. Bol.
Geologico y Minero ITGE, v. 107 (5-6), Madrid, 205-215.
CASTELO BRANCO, J.M., SÁ, L., 1997. Área Serra Branca, Relatório 1º Semestre 1997. Sociedade Mineira Rio
Artezia, Arquivo LNEG ID 12794, 64p.
CASTROVIEJO, R., GABLE, R., CUETO, R., FOUCHER, J.C., SOLER, M., GOUNOT, J., BATSALE, J.C., LOPEZ, A.,
JOUBERT, M., 1996. Ensayo de una metodologia innovadora para la detección de masas polimetálicas
profundas: Modelo geológico y exploración geotérmica preliminares de la Masa Valverde (Huelva).
Bol. Geologico y Minero ITGE, v. 107 (5-6), Madrid, 5-30.
CÉRMAK, V. AND RYBACH, L., 1982. Thermal conductivity and specific heat of minerals and rock. In: G.
Angenheister (Editor), Landolt-Bornstein Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and
Technology. New Series, Group V: 16, Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
CORREIA, A., 1995. Determinação da produção de calor em amostras rochosas. Aplicação a amostras
portuguesas, Comunicações do Instituto Geológico e Mineiro, T. 81, pp.39-46.
CORREIA, A., DUQUE, R., MACIEL, C., CAMELO, S., ALMEIDA, L.C. E MENDES-VICTOR, L. A., 1982. Primeiras
determinações do fluxo de calor em Portugal. INMG, Boletim Informativo, n°56, pp.3-13.
CORREIA, A., RAMALHO, E., RODRIGUES DA SILVA, A. M., MENDES-VICTOR, L. M., DUQUE, M. R., AIRES-
BARROS, L., SANTOS, F. M. AND AUMENTO, F., 2002. "Portugal" - In: Atlas of Geothermal Resources in
Europe (Eds: Suzanne Hurter and Ralph Haenel), GGA, Hannover, Germany. 92p., pp.47-49.
DALLMEYER, R.D., MARTÍNEZ GARCÍA, E. (eds.). Pre-Mesozoic Geology of Iberia. Springer, Berlin, 348-362.
Rosa et al., 2016 Distinguishing peperite from other sediment-matrix igneous breccias: Lessons from the
Iberian Pyrite Belt. Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research, v.315, 28–39.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2016.02.007
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 33 / 38
DOYLE, M., 1996. Las Cruces Copper Deposit, Pyrite Belt, Spain. Bol. Geologico y Minero ITGE, v. 107 (5-6),
Madrid, 201-204.
DUQUE, M. R., 1991. Contribuição do fluxo de calor para a caracterização da litosfera na região do Alentejo.
Tese de doutoramento. 130p. University of dade de Évora.
FERNANDÈZ, M., ALMEIDA, C. AND CABAL, J., 1995. Heat flow and heat production in Western Iberia.
Proceedings of World Geothermal Congress'95, v. 2, pp.745-749.
FERNANDÈZ, M., MARZAN, I., CORREIA, A. and RAMALHO, E. C., 1998. "Heat flow and lithospheric regime in
the Iberian Peninsula". Tectonophysics, nº 291, pp.29-53.
FERNANDEZ-RUBIO Y ASSOCIADOS, 1994. Actualização do Plano de Lavra de Neves Corvo. LNEG's archive.
GABLE, R., CASTROVIEJO, R., CUETO, R., BATSALE, J.C., FOUCHER, J.C., SOLER, M., GOUNOT, J., GUERIN, G.,
LOPEZ, A., 1998. Test of the geotermal method for Deep polymetallic ore exploration in Masa Valveere
(Huelva). IV Simp. Int. dos Sulfuretos Polimetálicos da Faixa Piritosa Ibérica. APIMINERAL, Lisboa,
A.14.1-A.14.23.
GARCÍA, J., PLATA, J., RUBIO, F., NAVAS, J., 1998. Cartografia geofísica regional del ITGE en la Faja Pirítica. IV
Simp. Int. dos Sulfuretos Polimetálicos da Faixa Piritosa Ibérica. APIMINERAL, Lisboa, A.1.1-A.1.20.
HAENEL, R. and STAROSTE, 1988. Atlas of Geothermal Resources in the European Community, Austria and
Switzerland., E. Verlag Th. Schaefer, Hannover. 74p, 110 plates.
HAENEL, R., LEGRAND, R., BALLING, N., SAXOV, S., BROW, K., GOBLE, R., MEUNIER, J. FANELLI, M., RORI, A.,
SOLOMONE, M., TAFFI, L., PRINS, S., BERLEY, A. J., EDMUNDS, W. M., OXBURGH, E. R., RICHARDSON, S.
W. AND WHEILDON, 1980. Atlas of Subsurface Temperature in the European Community, Th. Schafer
Druckerei GmbH, Hannover, 36p., 43 maps.
HAENEL, R., RYBACH, L. and STEGENA, L., 1988. Handbook of terrestrial heat flow determination: with
guidelines and recommendations of the International Heat Flow Commission. Springer, 486p.
HURTER S. and HAENEL, R., 2002. Atlas of Geothermal Resources in Europe. Directorate-General for
Research and Innovation, European Commission. GGA, Hannover, Germany. 92p., 89 plates. pp.47-49.
ISBN92-828-0999-4.
IGME. 1982. Síntesis Geológica de la Faja Pirítica del SO de España. IGME, Madrid. 106 p.
INVERNO, C., DÍEZ-MONTES, A., ROSA, C., GARCÍA-CRESPO, J., MATOS, GARCÍA-LOBÓN, J. L., CARVALHO, J,
BELLIDO, F., CASTELLO-BRANCO, J.M., AYALA, C., BATISTA, M. J., RUBIO, F., GRANADO, I., TORNOS, F.,
OLIVEIRA, J. T., REY, C., ARAÚJO, V., SÁNCHEZ-GARCÍA, T., PEREIRA, Z., REPRESAS, P., SOLÁ, A. R. and
SOUSA, P., 2015. – Chap. 9. Introduction and Geological Setting of the Iberian Pyrite Belt, pp. 191-207.
3D, 4D and Predictive Modelling of Major Mineral Belts in Europe, Mineral Resource Reviews, DOI
10.1007/978-3-319-17428-0_9.
INVERNO, C., MATOS, J. X., ROSA, C., CASTELO-BRANCO, J. M., GRANADO, I., CARVALHO, J., BAPTISTA, M.J.,
REPRESAS, P., PEREIRA, Z., OLIVEIRA, T., ARAUJO, V., 2013. Massive sulfide exploration models of the
Iberian Pyrite Belt Neves Corvo mine region, based in a3D geological, geophysical and geochemical
ProMine study. Geophysical Research Abstracts, v. 15, EGU2013-13350-1, European Geosciences
Union General Assembly, Viena.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 34 / 38
INVERNO, C., ROSA, C., MATOS, J., CARVALHO, J., CASTELLO-BRANCO, J. M., BATISTA, M.J., GRANADO, I.,
OLIVEIRA, J. T., ARAÚJO, V., PEREIRA, Z., REPRESAS, P., SOLÁ, A. SOLÁ, A.R., SOUSA, P., 2015. Cap. 11 -
Modelling of the Neves Corvo Areation and Geological Setting of the Iberian Pyrite Belt.
JESSOP, A. M. , 1990. Thermal Geophysics. Developments in solid Earth Geophysics. Elsevier. 306p.
JIMÉNEZ, N.S., 2013. Estructura gravimétrica y magnética de la corteza del Suroeste Peninsular (Zona
Surportuguesa y Zona de Ossa-Morena). PhD Thesis, Univ. Complutense de Madrid, 244p.
JORGE R. C. G. S., FERNANDES, J. P., RODRIGUES, B., PEREIRA Z., OLIVEIRA J. T., 2012. Geochemistry and
provenance of the Carboniferous Baixo Alentejo Flysch Group, South Portuguese Zone. Sedimentary
Geology, (2013), http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sedgeo.2012.12.005.
JUNTA DE ANDALUCÍA, 1999. Project: Investigación geológica y cartografía básica en la Faja Pirítica y áreas
aledañas. Junta de Andalucía and Instituto Geológico y Minero de España. Available on line:
http://www.juntadeandalucia.es/innovacioncienciayempresa/sigma/paginas/productos/fpi.jsp.
LA FUENTE, F., 1995. Área Faixa Piritosa, Relatório 2º Semestre 1994. Consórcio Faixa Piritosa (Minaport-
EDM), Arquivo LNEG ID 11924, 279p.
LECA, X., RIBEIRO, A., OLIVEIRA, J.T., SILVA, J.B., ALBOUY, L., CARVALHO. P., MERINO, H. 1983. Cadre
géologique des minéralisations de Neves Corvo (Baixo-Alentejo, Portugal) – Lithostratigraphie,
paléogéographie et tectonique. Mémoire du BRGM 121. Orléans, France, 79 p.
LEISTEL, J., MARCOUX, E., THIEBLEMONT, D., QUESADA, C., SANCHEZ, A., ALMODOVAR, G., PASCUAL, E.,
SAEZ, R, 1998. The volcanic-hosted massive sulphide deposits of the Iberian Pyrite Belt. Review and
preface to the special issue. Mineralium Deposita, 33, pp.2-30.
LEITÃO, J., 1998. Geologia dos depósitos de sulfuretos maciços de Aljustrel. In: Oliveira, J.T., Dias R.P. (Eds.,),
Livro Guia da Excursões. V Cong. Nacional Geologia, Instituto Geológico e Mineiro, 101-110.
MARTIN-IZARD, A., ARJAS, D., ARIAS, M., GUMIEL, P., SANDERSON, D.J., CASTAÑON, C., LAVANDEIRA, A.,
SANCHEZ, J., 2015. A new 3D geological model and structural evilutio of the world-class Rio Tinto VMS
deposit, Iberian Pyrite Belt, Spain. Ore Geology Reviews, doi: 10.1016/j.oregeorev.2015.06.006, 54p.
MARTIN-IZARD, A., ARJAS, D., ARIAS, M., GUMIEL, P., SANDERSON, D.J., CASTAÑON, C., LAVANDEIRA, A.,
SANCHEZ, J., 2015. A new 3D geological model and structural evilutio of the world-class Rio Tinto VMS
deposit, Iberian Pyrite Belt, Spain. Ore Geology Reviews, doi: 10.1016/j.oregeorev.2015.06.006, 54p.
MARTINS, A., ALVES, H., COSTA, T., 2003. 2000 Mil Anos de Mineração em Aljustrel. CM Aljustrel, ISBN: 972-
95001-3-4, 78p.
MATOS, J. X., BATISTA, M. J., FIGUEIREDO, O., INVERNO, C. AND OLIVEIRA, J. T., 2010. ProMine PROJECT
Iberian Pyrite Belt Field Trip, 23rd April, Alentejo Portugal, Iberian Pyrite Belt field trip - Aljustrel and
São Domingos mine sites, Portugal, 18p.
MATOS, J. X., PEREIRA, Z., ROSA, C. J. P. and OLIVEIRA, J. T., 2014. High resolution stratigraphy of the Phyllite-
Quartzite Group in the northwest region of the Iberian Pyrite Belt, Portugal, IX CNG/2º CoGePLiP,
Porto 2014, Comunicações Geológicas, 101, Especial I, 489-493. ISSN: 0873-948X; e-ISSN: 1647-581X.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 35 / 38
MATOS, J. X., SOUSA, P., RICARDO, J., 2009. MAEPA-Área de Marateca, Faixa Piritosa Ibérica. Caracterização
geológica, geofísica e geoquímica da Região de Palma-Serrinha-Cordoeira, Definição de Alvos de
Sondagem. LNEG DPMM, Relatório Técnico, 66p.
MATOS, J.X., FILIPE, A., Coordenadores, 2013. Carta de Ocorrências Mineiras do Alentejo e Algarve à escala
1:400 000, versão digital. Edição LNEG/ATLANTERRA, Lisboa. ISBN: 978-989-675-029-9, Colaboração:
D. Oliveira, C. Inverno, C. Rosa, M.J. Batista, Z. Pereira, R. Salgueiro, T. Cunha, F. Barreira.
http://www.lneg.pt/download/7904/.
MATOS, J.X., INVERNO, C., OLIVEIRA, D. P.S., PEREIRA, Z., ROSA, C., PACHECO, N., GONÇALVES, J., CASTELO
BRANCO, J.M., CARVALHO, P., OLIVEIRA, J.T., RELVAS, J.M.R.S., BARRIGA, F.J.A.S., MATEUS, A.,
BATISTA, M.J., CARVALHO, J., REPRESAS, P., SOUSA, P., RAMALHO, E., 2016. Exploration of massive and
stockwork sulphide ore exploration in the western region of the Iberian Pyrite Belt: a review. Accepted
by Comunicações Geológicas, Special Issue on IPB, 49p.
MATOS, J.X., PEREIRA, Z., GEIRINHAS, F., 2011b. Datação de sedimentos paleozóicos intersectados pela
sondagem MV10-01 (Monte da Volta, Serrinha). Relatório Interno LNEG para MAEPA (Área Marateca),
Beja, não publicado, 28 p.
MATOS, J.X., PEREIRA, Z., ROSA, C.J.P., ROSA, D.R.N., OLIVEIRA, J.T., RELVAS, J.M.R.S., 2011a. Late Strunian
age: a key time frame for VMS deposit exploration in the Iberian Pyrite Belt. 11TH SGA Biennial
Meeting, Antofagasta, Chile, pp. 790-792.
MATOS, J. X., SOUSA, P., 2008. Prospecção de Sulfuretos Maciços No Sector Português Da Faixa Piritosa
Ibérica. Cong. Luso-Moçambicano de Engenharia, Maputo, Moçambique, Abs 12R015, 2p.
MATOS J. X. MATOS, CARVALHO, J., REPRESAS, P., BATISTA, M. J., SOUSA, P., RAMALHO, E. C., 2016, in press.
Geophysical surveys in the Portuguese sector of the Iberian Pyrite Belt: a global overview focused on
the massive sulphide exploration and geologic interpretation. To publish in Comunicações Geológicas.
MATZKE, K., 1971. Mina do Lousal. Jazigos Minerais Sul de Portugal. Liv.-Guia nº4, pp. 25-32.
MITJAVILA, J., MARTÍ, J., SORIANO, C., 1997. Magmatic evolution and tectonic setting of Iberian Pyrite Belt
MORA, J., 2002. Área Grândola-Alcáceer do Sal, Relatório Final. Sociedade Mineira Rio Artezia, Arquivo LNEG
ID 12682, 19p.
MUNHÁ, J., 1983. Hercynian Magmatism in the Iberian Pyrite Belt. Memórias Serviços Geológicos Portugal, t.
29, 39-81.
MUNHÁ, J., 1990. Metamorphic evolution o the South Portuguese/ Pulo do Lobo Zone. In: Dallmeyer, R. D.,
Martínez García, E. (eds.). Pre-Mesozoic Geology of Iberia. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, pp. 363-368.
OLIVEIRA J. T., RELVAS, J. M. R. S., PEREIRA, Z., MATOS, J. X., ROSA, C. J., ROSA, D., MUNHÁ, J. M., JORGE, R.
C. G. S., PINTO, A. M. M., 2006. O Complexo Vulcano-Sedimentar da Faixa Piritosa: estratigrafia,
vulcanismo, mineralizações associadas e evolução tectono-estratigráfica no contexto da Zona Sul
Portuguesa. In Dias R, Araújo A., Terrinha P, e Kulberg JC (eds.), Geologia de Portugal no contexto da
Ibéria, VII Cong. Nac. Geologia, Univ. Évora, Portugal, pp. 207-244.
OLIVEIRA, J. T., 1983. The marine Carboniferous of South Portugal: a stratigraphic and sedimentologic
approach. In: Sousa, M., Oliveira, J.T. (eds.). The Carboniferous of Portugal. Memória dos Serviços
Geológicos de Portugal, 29: 3-37.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 36 / 38
OLIVEIRA, J. T., 1990. Stratigraphy and syn-sedimentary tectonism in the South Portuguese Zone. In:
Dallmeyer, R.D., Martínez García, E. (eds.). Pre-Mesozoic Geology volcanism. Journal of Petrology, 38:
727-755.
OLIVEIRA, J. T., coord., 1992. Notícia Explicativa Carta Geológica de Portugal, esc. 1/200 000, fl. 8, Serv.
Geológicos de Portugal.
OLIVEIRA, J. T., HORN, M., PAPROTH, E. 1979. Preliminary note on the stratigraphy of the Baixo Alentejo
Flysch Group, Carboniferous of Southern Portugal and on the paleogeographic development,
compared to corresponding units in Northwestern Germany. Comunicações Geológicas. Serviços
Geológicos Portugal, 65: 151-168.
OLIVEIRA, J. T., ROSA, C. J. P., PEREIRA, Z., ROSA D. R. N., MATOS, J. X., INVERNO, C. M. C. and ANDERSEN, T.,
2013. Geology of the Rosário–Neves Corvo antiform, Iberian Pyrite Belt, Portugal: new insights from
physical volcanology, palynostratigraphy and isotope geochronology studies. Mineralium Deposita, 48:
749-766.
OLIVEIRA, J., QUESADA, C., 1998. A comparison of stratigraphy, structure and paleogeography of the South
Portuguese Zone and Southwest England, European Variscides. Annual Conference of the Ussher
Society, Geoscience in south-west England 9, 141-150.
OLIVEIRA, J.T., PEREIRA, Z., ROSA, C.J., ROSA, D., MATOS, J.X., 2005. Recent advances in the study of the
stratigraphy and the magmatism of the Iberian Pyrite Belt, Portugal. In: Carosi, R., Dias, R., Iacopini, D.,
Rosenbaum, G., (Eds.,). The southern Variscan belt, Journal of the Virtual Explorer, Electronic Edition
19/9, pp. 1441-8142.
OLIVEIRA, J.T., RELVAS, J.M.R.S., PEREIRA, Z., MATOS, J.X., ROSA, C.J., ROSA, D., MUNHÁ, J.M., JORGE,
R.C.G.S., PINTO, A.M.M., 2006. O Complexo Vulcano-Sedimentar da Faixa Piritosa: estratigrafia,
vulcanismo, mineralizações associadas e evolução tectonoestratigráfica no contexto da Zona Sul
Portugesa. in Dias R, Araújo A., Terrinha P, e Kulberg JC ( eds.), Geologia de Portugal no contexto da
Ibéria, VII Cong. Nac. Geologia, Univ. Évora, Portugal, pp. 207-244.
OLIVEIRA, J.T., ROSA, C., ROSA, D., PEREIRA, Z., MATOS, J.X., INVERNO, C., ANDERSEN, T., 2013. Geology of
the Neves-Corvo antiform, Iberian Pyrite Belt, Portugal: New insights from physical volcanology,
palynostratigraphy and isotope geochronology studies. Mineralium Deposita 48: DOI 10.1007/s00126-
012-0453-0, pp. 749-766.
OLIVEIRA, V. M. J., MATOS, J. X., BENGALA, J. A. M., SILVA, M. C. N., SOUSA, P. O., TORRES, L. M. M., 1993.
Lagoa Salgada um novo depósito na Faixa Piritosa Ibérica, Bacia Terciária do Sado. Est. Not. Trab., Inst.
Geol. Min., t.35, p. 55-89, Porto.
OLIVEIRA, V., MATOS J. X., BENGALA, M., SILVA, M. N., SOUSA, P., TORRES, L., 1998a. Geology and Geophysics
as Successful Tools in the Discovery of the Lagoa Salgada Orebody (Sado Tertiary Basin - Iberian Pyrite
Belt), Grândola, Portugal. Rev. Mineralium Deposita, 33: 170-187.
OLIVEIRA, V., MATOS, J. X., BENGALA, M., SILVA, N., SOUSA, P. and TORRES, L., 1998. Geology and geophysics
as successful tools in the discovery of the Lagoa Salgada orebody (Sado Tertiary Basin - Iberian Pyrite
Belt), Grândola, Portugal. Mineralium Deposita, 33: 170-187.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 37 / 38
OLIVEIRA, V., MATOS, J.X., BENGALA, M., SOUSA, P., 1998b. Principais alinhamentos vulcânicos a norte da
Falha de Grândola, sob formações da Bacia Terciária do Sado e sua potencialidade mineira no contexto
da Faixa Piritosa Ibérica. Actas V Cong. Nacional de Geologia, Com. IGM T. 84 F. 2, pp.F15-18, Lisboa.
OLIVEIRA, V.M.J., MATOS, J.X., BENGALA, J.A.M., SILVA, M.C.N., SOUSA, P.O., TORRES, L.M.M., 1993. Lagoa
Salgada um novo depósito na Faixa Piritosa Ibérica, Bacia Terciária do Sado. Est. Not. Trab., Inst. Geol.
Min., t.35, p. 55-89.
PALOMERO, F. G., 1999. Área de Chança, Relatório final. Atlantic Copper, Arquivo LNEG ID 14404, 21p.
PEREIRA, Z., MATOS, J., FERNANDES, P., OLIVEIRA, J.T. 2007. Devonian and Carboniferous palynostratigraphy
of the South Portuguese Zone, Portugal – An overview. Comunicações Geológicas, 94: 53-79.
PEREIRA, Z., MATOS, J.X., FERNANDES, P., OLIVEIRA J.T., 2008. Palynostratigraphy and Systematic Palynology
of the Devonian and Carboniferous Successions of the South Portuguese Zone, Portugal. Memórias do
INETI, N.º 34, 1-176.
QUEIROZ, N., PEREIRA, F., BENGALA, J., MOREIRA, J., FREIRE, J., VIEGAS, L., VIANA, M., GASPAR, O., PEREIRA,
V., BORRALHO, V., 1990. Estudos Notas e Trabalhos Serviço Fomento Mineiro, T. Especial 50º
Aniversário, Porto, 184p.
QUESADA, C. 1998. A reappraisal of the structure of the Spanish segment of the Iberian Pyrite Belt.
Mineralium Deposita, 33: 31-44.
RAMALHO, E. C. and CORREIA, A., 2004. "Caracterização térmica da crosta em Portugal Continental - Análise
e integração dos dados existentes até 1996". INETInovação, Internal Report.
RAMALHO, E. C., 1997. Relatório da deslocação ao Algarve para execução de medições termométricas em
furos seleccionados (DRHG, Março). IGM Internal Report.
RAMALHO, E. C., 1999. O "Atlas de Recursos Geotérmicos da Europa" como impulso da inventariação da
informação geotérmica existente em Portugal Continental', Actas do Encontro sobre Sistemas de
Informação Geográfica e Geológica de Base Regional, 23 Setembro 1999, Beja, Painel 1 – Projectos
Europeus e Transfronteiriços, pp.1.41-1.44.
RAMALHO, E.C., MATOS, J.X., 2009. Prospecção eléctrica (resistividade e polarização induzida) na zona da
Serrinha (Marateca) para a pesquisa de sulfuretos e marcação de uma sondagem de prospecção e
pesquisa. LNEG UI.RMG, Rel. Técnico p/ MAEPA, 28p.
RELVAS J. M. R. S., BARRIGA, F. J. A. S, FERREIRA, A., NOIVA, P. C.S, FERREIRA, A, NOIVA, PC, PACHECO, N.,
BARRIGA, G., 2006. Hydrothermal alteration and mineralization in the Neves-Corvo volcanic-hosted
massive sulfide deposit, Portugal: I. Geology, Mineralogy, and Geochemistry. Economic Geology, 101-
4: 753-790.
REPRESAS, P., MATOS, J.X., 2012. New Approach on the Gravity Data of the Lagoa Salgada Structure, Iberian
Pyrite Belt, Portugal. Near Surface Geoscience 2012, 18th European Meeting of Environmental and
Engineering Geophysics, Paris, France, Abs P65, 5p.
ROSA, C.J.P., MCPHIE, J., RELVAS, J., PEREIRA, Z., OLIVEIRA, T., PACHECO, N. 2008. Volcanic setting of the
giant Neves Corvo massive sulfide deposit, Iberian Pyrite Belt, Portugal. Mineralium Deposita, 43: 449-
466.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.2
(A1.2.2) 38 / 38
ROUTHIER, P., AYE, F., BOYER, C., LÉCOLLE, M., MOLIÈRE, P., PICOT, P., ROGER, G. 1980. Le ceinture sud-
ibérique à amas sulfurés dans sa partie espagnole médiane. Mémoire du BRGM 94, 265 pp.
SÁEZ, R., ALMODÓVAR, G.R., PASCUAL, E. 1996. Geological constraints on massive sulphide genesis in the
Iberian Pyrite Belt. Ore Geology Reviews, 11: 429-451.
SCHERMERHORN, L. J. G., 1971. An outline stratigraphy of the Iberian Pyrite Belt. Boletin Geologico y Minero,
82 (3/4): 239-268.
SILVA, J. B., OLIVEIRA, J. T., RIBEIRO, A. 1990. South-Portuguese Zone - Structural outline. Pre-Mesozoic
geology of the Iberia Peninsula, Dallmeyer, R.D. and Martinez Garcia, E. (Eds) Springer-Verlag, pp.348-
362.
SORIANO C, MARTÍ, J., 1999. Facies Analysis of Volcano-Sedimentary Successions Hosting Massive Sulfide
Deposits in the Iberian Pyrite Belt, Spain. Economic Geology, 94: 867-882, Springer-Verlag, pp. 369-
379.
STRAUSS, G. K., MADEL, J., FERNÁNDEZ ALONSO, F. 1977. Exploration practice for strata-bound volcanogenic
sulphide deposits in the Spanish-Portuguese Pyrite Belt: Geology, geophysics, and geochemistry. In:
Klemm, D.D., Schneider, H.J. (eds.). Time and stratabound ore deposits. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, pp. 55-
93.
THIÉBLEMONT, D., PASCUAL, E., STEIN, G., 1998.Magmatism in the Iberian Pyrite Belt: petrological
constraints on a metallogeneticmodel. MineraliumDeposita, 33: 98-110.
TORNOS, F., 2006. Environment of formation and styles of volcanogenic massive sulfides: The Iberian Pyrite
Belt. Ore Geology Reviews, 28: 259-307.
TORNOS, F., BARRIGA, F., MARCOUX, E., PASCUAL, E., PONS, J. M., RELVAS, J., VELASCO, F., 2000. The Iberian
Pyrite Belt, in Large, R., Blundell, D. (eds.). Database on global VMS districts: CODES-GEODE, p. 19-52.
TORRES, L. and CARVALHO, J., 1998. A contribuição dos dados geofísicos obtidos na prospecção de sulfuretos
polimetálicos na Faixa Piritosa para ampliar o conhecimento estrutural da Zona Sul-Portuguesa. IV
Simp. Int. dos Sulfuretos Polimetálicos da Faixa Piritosa Ibérica. APIMINERAL, Lisboa, A.3.1-A.3.6.
TORRES, L., MARDOLCAR, U., RAMALHO, E. and BRITO, F., 2000. Heat Production in the Upper Crust of SW
Iberia inferred from airborne gamma ray spectrometry. Poster presented in Congresso “Geothermics
at the Turn of the Century”, Universidade de Évora, 3-7 de April 2000.
Web links
http://geoportal.lneg.pt
http://www.lundinmining.com
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
REPORT ON DATA AVAILABILITY – ROMANIA
Summary:
This document provides a review of the existing data which can substantiate further research
that has, as a final objective, the prepration of a pilot aiming to use the potential of metal
extraction together with geothermal water.
Authors:
Diana Perșa, researcher, Ștefan Marincea, senior researcher, Albert Baltreș, senior
researcher, Constantin Costea, senior researcher, Delia Dumitraș, senior researcher,
Gabriel Preda, GIS editor (Geological Institute of Romania)
This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and
innovation programme under grant agreement nº 654100.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Table of contents
1 Executive summary ................................................................................................................................... 5
2 Introduction and outline of work .............................................................................................................. 6
2.1 Goals ................................................................................................................................................. 6
2.2 Country specific issues ...................................................................................................................... 6
3 Previous research and available data ........................................................................................................ 8
3.1 Structural evolution, deep-seated faults and fracture zones, their alignment ................................. 8
3.1.1 History of research ....................................................................................................................... 8
3.1.2 Regional tectonic influenced the formation of North Apuseni Mountains .................................. 9
3.2 Structural settings of North Apuseni Mountains ............................................................................ 13
3.2.1 Study case perimeter ................................................................................................................. 14
3.2.2 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030 .............................. 21
3.2.3 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains ................................................... 21
3.3 Geometry and composition of ore deposits ................................................................................... 21
3.3.1 Evolution of banatitic magmatism of Bihor Mountains .............................................................. 22
3.3.2 Banatitic metallogenesis in Apuseni Mountains ......................................................................... 25
3.3.3 Chemical composition and origin of banatites ........................................................................... 27
3.3.4 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030 .............................. 30
3.3.5 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains ................................................... 30
3.4 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow ............................................................................................. 31
3.4.1 Lithology of karst in Bihor Mts ................................................................................................... 31
3.4.2 Short hystorical review of the Bihor Mountains karst hydrology investigation .......................... 32
3.4.3 Orohydrography of the Bihor Mountains ................................................................................... 33
3.4.4 Karst systems ............................................................................................................................. 33
3.4.5 Hydrogeology of karst areas ....................................................................................................... 33
3.4.6 Geological and hydrogeological characteristics of Beiuș geothermal reservoir ......................... 34
3.5 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters ................................................................................... 34
3.5.1 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030 .............................. 35
3.5.2 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains ................................................... 35
3.6 Thermal properties and heat flow .................................................................................................. 35
3.6.1 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030 .............................. 37
3.6.2 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains ................................................... 37
3.7 Current metallogenetic models (2D- and 3D-) ............................................................................... 37
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
3.7.1 Pietroasa and Budureasa sites ................................................................................................... 37
3.7.2 Băița Bihor site ........................................................................................................................... 41
3.7.3 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030 .............................. 44
3.7.4 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains ................................................... 44
4 Identifying target sites for future CHPM ................................................................................................. 45
4.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km ................................ 45
4.1.1 Magnetic and gravity contributions to the deciphering of banatitic structures ......................... 45
4.1.2 Geological contributions to the deciphering of banatitic structures .......................................... 48
4.1.3 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030 .............................. 49
4.2 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains ....................................................... 50
5 Concluding remarks................................................................................................................................. 51
5.1 Geological data ............................................................................................................................... 51
5.2 Geophysical and structural data ..................................................................................................... 51
5.3 Hydrogeology ................................................................................................................................. 51
5.4 Metallogenesis ............................................................................................................................... 52
5.5 Geothermal data ............................................................................................................................ 52
6 References .............................................................................................................................................. 53
List of figures
Figure 3.1 Geological setting of the Apuseni Mts (grey). The Moesian platform and the European foreland are
forming the pre-Alpine continental basement. Dark grey (within the Apuseni Mts) shows the suture between
the two microplates Tisia and Dacia. The dashed line is the prolongation of the suture in the Transylvanian
basin, covered by Neogene sediments, Schuller (2004) .................................................................................... 9
Figure 3.2 Correlation between Mega-Units and structural units of the Apuseni Mts. Reproduced from
Merten et al., 2011. ......................................................................................................................................... 10
Figure 3.3 Cross–section illustrating deformation and magmatism processes in the Apuseni Mts (Marten et
al, 2011) ........................................................................................................................................................... 12
Figure 3.4 Simplified Alpine structure of the Apuseni Mountains from Ionescu et al. (2009) compiled by C.
Balica from papers by Ianovici et al. (1976), Bleahu et al. (1981), Săndulescu (1984), Kräutner (1996), and
Balintoni & Puște (2002) .................................................................................................................................. 13
Figure 3.5 Tectonic map of Apuseni Mountains. .............................................................................................. 14
Figure 3.6 Study case perimeter map – edited in GIS by Gabriel Preda, after Geological map of Romania.
Scale: 1:200,000. (Source: Geological and Geophysical Institute, authors: Bleahu, Savu, Borcoș for Brad Sheet
and M.Lupu, Borcoș, Lupu, Bitoianu for Simleul Silvaniei Sheet) ..................................................................... 16
Figure 3.7 Map of vertical gradient of magnetic anomaly (TZ) from Beiuș Basin ............................................. 20
Figure 3.8 Extension of the Banatitic Magmatic and Metallogenic Belt. Romania, Eastern Serbia and Bulgaria
(with dark gray in the inset and with heavy outline in the map). Simplified after Cioflica and Vlad (1973) ..... 22
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.9 Map showing the distribution of the banatites in the Apuseni Mts (Ștefan el al. 1992, modified
after Borcoș, with aditional data)..................................................................................................................... 23
Figure 3.10 Regional distribution of the mineralization types in the Apuseni Mountains (Stefan et al. 1986). 26
Figure 3.11 Hydrogeological map of the Bihor Mountains kast areas (Orășeanu et al., 2010), according to the
works of Bleahu et al., 1981, Bordea & Bordea, 1973, and to the sheets Avram Iancu (Dumitrescu et al.,
1977), Poiana Horia (Bleahu et al., 1980), Pietroasa (Bleahu et al., 1985), Rãchițele (Mantea et a., 1987) and
Biharia (Bordea et al., 1988) of the geologic map of Romania, scale 1: 50,000 ............................................... 32
Figure 3.12 Extract from geothermal map of Romania (Institute of Geology and Geophysics, 1985). Only a
fragment of the north – western part of the country was included, showing the situations for Apuseni Mts. 36
Figure 3.13 Heat flow distribution on the Romanian territory; contours in mW m-2. Dots represent surface
heat flow data points (after Demetrescu et al,1991) (Demetrescu and Maria Andreescu, 1994) ................... 38
Figure 3.14 Sketch representing Baita Bihor Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb) skarn location (Ciobanu et al. 2002). Deeper parts
of Antoniu have grades of 1-2g/t Au in bornite ore, also rich in Ag, and Bi. 2 Mt of Gold are target for the
present exploitation. ........................................................................................................................................ 42
Figure 3.15 Cross-section representing Baita Bihor Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb) skarn location (Ciobanu et al. 2002). The
intersection of the Antoniu and Blidar faults is considered the main control for this trend (mine geologist O.
Kiss) .................................................................................................................................................................. 43
Figure 4.1 Distribution of depth banatitic structures deduced from aeromagnetic and gravity data (Andrei et
al., 1989) - legend on the next page ................................................................................................................ 46
Figure 4.2 Geophysical data projected on the study case perimeter map ....................................................... 48
Figure 4.3 Cross-section between Codru Moma Mts – Beiuș Basin – Bihor Mts extracted from the profile 1-A
(Ștefănescu et al.). Legends on next page ........................................................................................................ 49
List of tables
Table 3.1 (next pages): Major and trace element concentrations in the Pietroasa, Budureasa, and Băița Bihor
(Bihor Mts) whole-rock samples ...................................................................................................................... 28
Table 3.2 Whole-rock Rb–Sr isotopic data for the North Apuseni Mts (Auwera et al, 2015) ........................... 30
Table 3.3 Chemical composition (mg/l) for well F-3001, Beiuș ........................................................................ 35
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
1 Executive summary
In order to established an enhanced geothermal system on a deep metal-bearing geological formation a
study case perimeter was selected having some basic conditions fulfilled:
o Important geothermal resources are already exploited in Beiuș basin.
o This region has high heat flow values.
o The geothermal aquifer has a short recharging period of time, being supplied by water coming from
the extensively karstified area of Bihor Mountains.
o Existence of magnesian skarns containing B, Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb), generated in the metasomatism contact
aureola of a batholith with regional extension.
o This granodioritic-granitic batolith and its apophyses, which is the result of Late Cretaceous
magmatism, determined the formation of several ore-deposits within North Apuseni Mountais,
deposits that are included into Banatitic Magmatic Metallogenetic Belt.
o It is possible that three of the most important mineral deposits, Pietroasa, Budureasa and Băița
Bihor, to provide the metals for the envisaged Enhanced Geothermal System (EGS).
o Existence of a clear structural connection between the geothermal aquifer and the selected deep
metal-bearing geological formation.
Within this deliverable the existing data were synthesized and can substantiate further research. The final
objective is the preparation of a pilot which aims on extracting metals together with geothermal heat.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
2 Introduction and outline of work
2.1 Goals
The paper aims to present and analyse relevant scientific research in the Bihor Mountains, being a part of
Banatitic Magmatic Metallogenetic Belt (BMMB) of Romania. These studies should be the base for further
investigations that can contribute assessing the creation of an EGS – orebody system. The objective of this
task is to summarize previously reported studies of the uppermost crust of the Earth, reflecting the current
knowledge regarding geology, geothermal potential, prospecting, deep drilling, and geophysical surveys of a
region that offers pre-conditions for the application of the CHPM concept. Knowledge gaps and limitations
should be highlighted for the Bihor Mountains.
2.2 Country specific issues
Romania has metalliferous deposits that were exploited in the past, or which, for now, were only highlighted,
waiting for a modality by which they can be exploited. Romania also has geothermal resources, insufficiently
valorised.
CHPM2030 project is an excellent opportunity to investigate the possibility of realizing a combination of the
two types of resources, in order to exploit them profitably. For this, a perimeter has been chosen, which,
according to preliminary data that we have, offers sine qua non pre-conditions for further investigations of
the possibility to achieve the objectives of the project.
The perimeter offers the following advantages:
o Mineral resources well studied and documented,
o Geothermal resources in operation, which have already assured the supply of heat and hot water for
several districts of a town,
o Accessibility in the region,
o Available manpower.
This perimeter is considering the geothermal resources from Beiuş Basin, and, also, the existence of a pluton,
which outcrops in the nearby areas, such as Pietroasa, and Budureasa. Perimeter is located in the North of
the Apuseni Mountains and structural units concerned are the Beiuş Depression, and Bihor Mountains.
This report is mainly a compilation of the relevant data which can contribute in reaching a conclusion
regarding the potential of extracting metals in combination with the exploitation of geothermal water.
There are several main elements that led to selection of this perimeter, namely:
The existence, as a result of Late Cretaceous magmatism, of a granodioritic-granitic batholith that
crops out only on restricted areas, among which Pietroasa and Budureasa are better documented,
and is also associated to andesitic and rhyolitic minor intrusions. The intrusion of the banatites has
resulted in contact processes that concerned the sedimentary deposits being traversed. At the
contact of the banatites with the limestones, marbles and various types of calcic skarns have been
formed, while at the contact with the detritic and pelitic rocks, hornfels, garnet skarns, etc. are met.
From genetical point of view, the geochemical spectrum of banatitic mineralization in the Apuseni
Mts is as follows: B, Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
The existence of a geothermal anomaly, which is not as important as the one from the Pannonian
Plain, but which is confirmed in Beiuș basin. Within Beiuș Basin, the geothermal water, with
temperatures of 84°C, is extracted from depths of 2700 m.
Regional structural cross sections indicate the extent of batolith under Beius basin, leading to the
hypothesis that it could be a possible source of metal, for the exploitation plant of the metals –
geothermal water complex.
Gravimetric and magnetometric maps also indicate the existence of the batolith under the
sedimentary basin of Beiuș.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
3 Previous research and available data
3.1 Structural evolution, deep-seated faults and fracture zones, their alignment
In order to consider achieving of an EGS – ore body system, a region that meets to a greater extent several
pre-conditions have been chosen. This is represented by Beiuş Depression, and Bihor Mountains situated in
the North Apuseni Mountains.
3.1.1 History of research
Since 1774 when Ignatz Edlen von Born makes the first mineralogical records, and then researches of I. E.
Fichtel, I. Ruprecht, P. Partsch, Fr. Hingenau, L. Neugeboren etc, consist of petrografic and mineralogical
descriptions of mineralisation deposits occasionally examined. In parallel, stratigraphy and paleontology
notes start to appear, and in 1822 S.F. Beudant realises the first general geological map of the Apuseni
Mountains.
A first embodiment is the valuable monograph on the geology of Transylvania, developed by F. Hauer and G.
Stache 1863, which contain extensive descriptions of the Apuseni Mountains.
Geological researches of Bihor Mountains, mostly related to deposits of useful minerals have begun since
the 19th mid-century. Baita Bihor area benefits from the research of K. Peters (from 1861 to 1862) and Fr.
Pošepny (1873).
During 1889-1890 G. Primics realised the geological mapping of the central area of the Bihor Mountains,
while M. Pálfy (1897-1899) realised the eastern part, and J. Szádeczky (1904-1907) was in charge with the
northern area and Vlădeasa Massif. Since 1905 P. Rozlozsnik deciphers Biharia massive structure.
Since 1950 North Apuseni Mountains were the subject of detailed geological mapping. Thus, in Bihor
Mountains mappings of crystalline basement were conducted by R. Dimitrescu, M. Borcoş, I. Hanomolo, E.
Stoicovici, Aurica Trif, I. Mârza, C. Ionescu and H. Savu.
Sedimentary were clearly defined as follows: Permian was correlated by M. Bleahu, Triassic formations have
been the subject of studies realised by D. Patrulius, M. Bleahu, S. Bordea, Josefina Bordea, Stefana Panin,
Camelia Tomescu, D. Istocescu, Jurassic formations were studied by D. Patrulius and E. Popa and the
Cretaceous formations by D. Patrulius, S. Bordea, Gh. Mantea and D. Istocescu. Neo-Cretaceous post
tectonic basins formations have been the subject of studies conducted by Denisa Victoria Todirica -
Mihailescu Lupu and the Neozoic were investigated especially by D. Istocescu.
Within Bihor Mountains, Codru nappe system was defined and specified by M. Bleahu and the Biharia nappe
system by R. Dimitrescu and M. Bleahu.
Banatitic rocks from North Apuseni Mountains were mapped in detail by A. Ştefan and Gh. Istrate, and the
phenomena of metamorphism and mineralization have been the subject of the research of G. Cioflică, V.
Şerban, S. Stoici, C. Lazăr, M. Borcoş etc.
The research mentioned above, allowed the synthesis and development of cartographic representations that
give a good overview of the structure and tectonic of the Apuseni Mountains and the geological map of the
Apuseni Mountains scale 1: 200 000, was printed in the years 1967 to 1969. The map is accompanied by a
text that containing summaries of stratigraphy, petrography and tectonic of the region. Apuseni Mountains,
in a final assembly work is the guiding text of the Tectonic Map of the Carpatho-Balkan space, published in
1974 in Bratislava.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
In 1976 the synthesis ‘Geology of Apuseni Mountains’ was publiched, having Ianovici V., Borcoș M., Bleahu
M., Patrulius D., Lupu M., Dimitrescu R., Savu H., as authors.
In 1985 the geological map of Pietroasa, scale 1: 50,000, elaborated by M. Bleahu et al. was printed by IGR.
3.1.2 Regional tectonic influenced the formation of North Apuseni Mountains
Apuseni Mountains have an isolated position within the Alpine-Carpathian-Dinaride orogen, amidst the
Pannonian basin to the north and west, the Transylvanian basin to the east and the South Carpathians to the
south. The Apuseni Mountains are located at the boundary between the continental Tisza and Dacia tectonic
Mega-Units (e.g. Csontos and Vörös, 2004; Schmid et al., 2008). The continental Dacia Mega Unit is Europe-
derived, whereas the Tisza Mega Unit shows mixed European and Adriatic sedimentary affinities (e.g.
Csontos and Vörös, 2004; Haas and Péró, 2004; Iancu et al., 2005). Both Mega-Units comprise Variscan-
metamorphosed basement with Neoproterozoic crustal components and Late Paleozoic to Mesozoic cover
sediments (Pana et al., 2002; Balintoni et al., 2009; Balintoni et al., 2010). North Apuseni Mountains
comprise the Bihor Unit, which outcrops on large surfaces and the Codru Nappe System both belonging to
Tisza Mega Unit and Biharia Nappe System which belongs to Dacia tectonic Mega-Unit. Reiser et al. (2016)
emphasizes an important aspect of the Apuseni Mountains: existence within these mountains of an exposed
Figure 3.1 Geological setting of the Apuseni Mts (grey). The Moesian platform and the European foreland are
forming the pre-Alpine continental basement. Dark grey (within the Apuseni Mts) shows the suture between
the two microplates Tisia and Dacia. The dashed line is the prolongation of the suture in the Transylvanian
basin, covered by Neogene sediments, Schuller (2004)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.2 Correlation between Mega-Units and structural units of the Apuseni Mts. Reproduced from
Merten et al., 2011.
contact between the Tisza and Dacia Mega-Units (Sǎndulescu 1994; Haas and Péró 2004; Csontos and Vörös
2004; Schmid et al. 2008; Kounov and Schmid 2013). Biogeographic data (e.g. Vörös 1977, 1993) indicate a
neighbouring position of the Tisza and Dacia Mega-Units along the European continental margin during the
Triassic and Early Jurassic (Figure 3.1 a). The Apuseni Mts have been formed during Cretaceous times as a
result of the convergence and collision of the two microplates Tisia and Dacia (Figure 3.1 b). The suture
within the newly created Tisia-Dacia block crops out in the south and southeast of the Apuseni Mts. Its
prolongation towards NE is covered by Neogene sediments of the Transylvanian basin. However, its
existence is known from geophysical data.
From the Middle Jurassic, onwards, both units were separated from Europe. Palaeomagnetic data show a
common apparent polar wander (APW) path for the European plate and the Tisza Mega-Unit up into the
Cretaceous, 130 Ma ago (Hauterivian/ Barremian; Márton 2000). Between Campanian and mid-Miocene
times, northward displacement and clockwise rotation by some 80°–90° affected both Tisza and Dacia Mega-
Units (e.g. Pătrascu et al. 1990, 1994; Márton et al. 2007; Panaiotu and Panaiotu 2010).
A brief chronology of major geological events in North Apuseni Mountains, from oldest to youngest, includes:
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
1 - Formation of various basement tectonic units, made up of Early Proterozoic metamorphic rocks (mostly
from high-grade metamorphic sequences) and associated granites (Late Cambrian ~502–490 Ma, Middle to
Late Devonian ~372–364 Ma and Early Permian ~278–264 Ma), with a Permo-Mesozoic sedimentary and
volcanic cover (e.g., Stan, 1987; Dallmeyer et al., 1999, Pana et al., 2002a).
2 - The delineation of system of nappes (Bihor, Codru, Highis-Drocea, Biharia, Baia de Aries), named the
Inner Dacides (Sandulescu, 1984), which have been juxtaposed during Late Paleozoic (Variscan) orogenic
activity (when they recorded three distinct tectonic phases at mid-crustal levels)
3 - Crustal shortening within Alpine tectonic activity during the Turonian
4 - Intra‐Turonian (‘Mediterranean’) westward back‐vergent thrusting, creating the retro‐vergent side of the
orogen in a series of four main nappe units: Mecsek, Bihor, Codru and Biharia (e.g., Săndulescu, 1984;
Balintoni, 1994; Haas and Péró, 2004; Schmid et al., 2008).
5 - Deposition of formations within Gosau-type basins during the Senonian.
6 - According to S. Merten et al. (2011), citing Bleahu et al., 1981; Balintoni, 1994; Willingshofer et al., 1999;
Schuller, 2004, etc, the Apuseni Mountains and the neighbouring Transylvanian Basin experienced
alternative deformation processes, as follows:
o Late Cretaceous (late Turonian–early Campanian) extension. Gradual subsidence and deepening of
sedimentary facies is recorded by the post‐collisional covers of ‘Gosau’ type, associated with the
contemporaneous formation of small grabens were mentioned.
o Compression, recognized at the scale of the entire Romanian Carpathians, resumed during the late
Senonian (late Campanian– Maastrichtian) ‘Laramian’ phase. Deformation generated structures
which change strike from low‐angle E‐W, trending nappe contacts with top‐N vergence in the
Southern Apuseni Mountains to N‐S high‐angle reverse faults with large along‐strike offset
components at the eastern margin of the Apuseni Mountains (Figures 3.3 b and c).
o The latest Cretaceous – earliest Palaeogene post‐collisional sedimentation spans several sequences
of mainly continental terrigenous sedimentation.
7 - Deformation was coeval with and followed by latest Cretaceous intrusive and extrusive (sub‐) volcanic
Banatitic magmatism. The magmatic rocks are mostly extrusive (sub‐) volcanic in the southern part of the
Apuseni Mountains (Seghedi, 2004) and mostly intrusive in the northern part, except for part of the Vlădeasa
volcano plutonic complex (Figure 3.3 c).
o Re‐Os ages of Banatitic magmatic activity range between 88–81 Ma for the South Carpathians to 84–
72 Ma for the Apuseni‐Banat area (Zimmerman et al., 2008).
o For the Apuseni Mountains, K‐Ar and 40Ar/39Ar ages indicate latest Cretaceous–Eocene cooling of the
Banatites (Bleahu et al., 1981; Wiesinger et al., 2005).
o Based on 40Ar/39Ar amphibole and biotite ages ranging between 89 Ma in the South Carpathians to
61 Ma in the Apuseni Mountains, Wiesinger et al. (2005) suggested three consecutive magmatic
events: Turonian–Santonian, Campanian and Maastrichtian. The bulk of the Paleocene – Eocene
ages are derived from older K‐Ar measurements (Bleahu et al., 1981) and represent cooling ages.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.3 Cross–section illustrating deformation and magmatism processes in the Apuseni Mts (Marten et
al, 2011)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
3.2 Structural settings of North Apuseni Mountains
The Apuseni Mountains (Figure 3.4) in Romania take a central position in the Alpine – Balkan – Carpathian –
Dinaride realm (Mitchell 1996; Janković 1997) between the Pannonian basin in the West and the
Transylvanian basin in the East. From the morphologic point of view, the North Apuseni Mts (Northern
Figure 3.4 Simplified Alpine structure of the Apuseni Mountains from Ionescu et al. (2009) compiled by C.
Balica from papers by Ianovici et al. (1976), Bleahu et al. (1981), Săndulescu (1984), Kräutner (1996), and
Balintoni & Puște (2002). Black square – North Apuseni Mts; blue square – Bihor Mts.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Apusenides or Internal Dacides) consist of Bihor Mountains together with Highiș, Codru, Pădurea Craiului,
Gilău, Mezeș, and Plopiș Mts (see Figure 3.4). The architecture of the Apuseni Mts contains, as the
structurally deepest unit, the “Bihor Autochthonous Unit” or the “Bihor Unit”. This unit has a regional extent
and has a relative autochthonous position in respect to the higher nappe systems, covering a good part of
the northern segment of the Apuseni Mts. The structurally higher units can be grouped, according to their
origin and lithological content, in two nappe systems, thrust on top of the “Bihor Autochthonous Unit”:
- the deeper Codru Nappe system
- and the tectonically higher Biharia Nappe system.
Figure 3.5 Tectonic map of Apuseni Mountains. Abbreviations for North Apuseni Mountains: B.A.- Baia de
Arieș Nappe; M.L.- Muncel–Lupșa Nappe; Bi – Biharia Nappe; H.P. – Highiș-Poiana Nappe; A – Arieșeni
Nappe; Ve – Vetre Nappe; C.U. – Colești-Următ Nappe; Va – Vașcău Nappe; Mom – Moma Nappe; D.B. –
Dieva-Bătrînescu Nappe; F.G. – Finiș-Ferice-Gîrda Nappe; V – Vălani Nappe; A.B.- Bihor Autochtonous
3.2.1 Study case perimeter
This paper focuses two main structural main units, which are relevant for our study purposes: Bihor
Mountains and Beiuș Depression, which are part of North Apuseni Mts. Beside a general description of North
Apuseni Mts emphasis of some specific features of these units is necessary (Figure 3.6).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
3.2.1.1 Bihor Mountains
The Bihor Mountains consist of three distinct units, which are well defined both in their topography and their
geological framework: Vlădeasa, Bihor and Biharia Mountains. All three have a pre-Alpine basement,
consisting of crystalline schists and granitoids, generated in the pre-Bailkalian, Bailkalian, and Hercynian
cycles and covered by a generally unmetamorphosed Permian molasse.
The basement is covered by Triassic to Lower Cretaceous carbonate and terrigenous sediments devoid of
initial magmatism products. The Austrian orogeny generated the Northern Apusenides nappe structure
consisting of three tectonic units.
The Bihor Unit, built up by pre-Baikalian metamorphic rocks, and their Mesozoic cover;
The Codru Nappe System, consisting of following nappes: Vălani Nappe, Finiş-Ferice-Gârda Nappe
and Moma-Arieşeni Nappe, Dieva-Bătrânescu Nappe, Următ Nappe and Moma-Arieşeni Nappe,
composed of Paleozoic and Mesozoic formations;
The Upper Nappe System (The Biharia and Muncel Nappes), built up of deposits related to Baikalian
and Hercynian tectogenetic cycles.
Bihor Unit (Autochthonous)
For the lowermost, Bihor Unit, the crystalline basement consists of the medium-grade Somes Series
(micaschists, amphibolites, leptynites) and the retrogressive Arada Series (chlorite-sericite-albite schists,
metarhyolites), both intruded by the Muntele Mare granitic massif. The ages of the metamorphism and of
the intrusion are Paleozoic.
The sedimentary sequence of the Bihor Unit includes, (besides very scarce Permian rocks) Triassic, Jurassic
and pre-Senonian Cretaceous formations. The following specific lithostratigraphic features must be
underlined:
development of a carbonate platform series from the Upper Werfenian to the base of the Carnian;
absence of the major part of the Upper Triassic;
Gresten paralic facies of the Lower Jurassic;
marine sequence of the Middle Jurassic and of the base of the Upper Jurassic;
development of a carbonatic platform in the Kimmeridgian and Tithonian;
the uplifted and subaerially exposed Tithonian limestones were covered by residual bauxite deposits
of Lower Cretacoeous;
calcareous neritic lithofacies of the Barremian and Aptian, passing into a marly sedimentation which
continues in the Turonian.
The Bihor Unit corresponds to the Villány Unit in southern Hungary and to the Tatride units in the Slovakian
Carpathians, and is probably overthrust northwards onto the Tethysian Suture.
Codru Nappe System
A number of nappes are overthrust on the Bihor Unit (Figure 3.5).
The Vălani Nappe is the lowest unit, thrust over the Bihor Autochtonous, and consists of Permian to Lower
Aptian sequences. The Finiș-Ferice-Gârda Nappe, has a metamorphic basement consisting of the Codru
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.6 Study case perimeter map – edited in GIS by Gabriel Preda, after Geological map of Romania.
Scale: 1:200,000. (Source: Geological and Geophysical Institute, authors: Bleahu, Savu, Borcoș for Brad Sheet
and M.Lupu, Borcoș, Lupu, Bitoianu for Simleul Silvaniei Sheet) (Legend on next page)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.6 (cont.): Legend of Study case perimeter
granitoids and migmatites, which are the oldest basic intrusions, pre-Hercynian iage (400 m. a.), according to
Dallmeyer et al. (1994). As specific lithostratigraphic features, the following are to be mentioned:
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
large development of Permian felsic ignimbritic volcanism;
complete development of the Triassic sequence, with Carpathian Keuper and Kössen facies in the
Late and latest Triassic;
marine, marly-calcareous facies of the Lower Jurassic;
development of a flysch-type sequence in the Tithonian-Neocomian.
The Dieva-Bătrânescu Nappe is characterized by:
a complex magmatism in the Permian, with mafic rocks intercalated between two rhyolitic
sequences;
development of Reifling and Dachstein facies (until the Upper Norian);
missing Jurassic rocks.
The Următ Nappe is developed similarly to the Finiș Nappe, in wildflysch type facies, with variations at the
level of the Jurassic.
The Moma-Arieșeni Nappe overlies all the other units, including the Bihor Unit. The oldest formations of this
nappe consist of the Lower Carboniferous Arieșeni Series (greenschists intruded by doleritic veins). The
Upper Carboniferous and Permian molassic formations of reddish colour are well developped, including
acidic eruptive products. The Middle and Upper Triassic formations, up to Rhaetian, occur in calcareous
facies. The highest nappes of the Codru System display Triassic sequences in Hallstatt and Dachstein facies.
Biharia Nappe System
This group of nappes consists essentially of pre-Carboniferous metamorphic formations (Biharia Series:
orthoamphibolites, chlorite-schists with albite porphyroblasts; Muncel Series: sericite schists, mylonitic
granites, metarhyolites) overlain by the metaconglomeratic Upper Carboniferous Păiușeni Series.
Post-tectogenetic cover
The described nappes, building up the Internal Dacides (Northern Apusenides), characterized by a Turonian
main tectogenesis (similarly to the Slovak Central Carpathians or to the Eastern Alps), are post-erosionally
overlain by the Senonian Gosau Formation. The reef facies of the Senonian consists of coralian limestones,
while the volcanic-sedimentary formation includes alternating volcanic ashes, tuffs, tuffites, sandstones,
micro-conglomerates, breccia and conglomerates with terrigenous-volcanic matrix (Mantea, 1985).
The post-tectonic subduction magmatism is represented by banatites.
Neogene formations
On the western rim of the Bihor Mountains, Pannonian s.s. (Malvensian) deposits, consisting of clays with
coal, sand and gravel interbeds of the Beiuș Neogene basin infill are outcropping. In the close neighborhood
of the mountains coarse deposits prevail, that are substituted gradually by pelitic facies towards the middle
of the Beiuș Basin.
Quaternary formations consist of sands, gravel, boulders, and, subordinately, clays. They occur in the
terraces of rivers (Crișu Pietros) and along smaller streams.
Late Cretaceous, Banatitic magmatism
In the Bihor Mountains, an outstanding example of Late Cretaceous magmatism is the volcano-plutonic
Vlădeasa Massif. Here a volcano-sedimentary formation is overlain by andesites, dacites and ignimbritic
rhyolites; all crossed by minor quartz-dioritic and monzogranitic intrusions. The rhyolitic rocks are of
different facies, ranging from massive to vitrophyres, as a function of the place where the rhyolitic magma
solidification has occured (i.e. under the Senonian sedimentary cover or subaerially). In the evolution of the
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
magmatic activity of this area there have been two outstanding events, namely the emplacement of the
ignimbritic rhyolites formation and the set up of the intrusive bodies.
Southwards, a granodioritic-granitic batholith crops out and is also associated with andesitic and rhyolitic
minor intrusions. The batholith body, which is of hypoabyssal origin, extends within Bihor Mountains, both at
the surface and in the underground, up to the Galbena Fault. At the surface, in the Pietroasa – Aleului valley
area, and further north, up to Budureasa, granodiorites largely outcrop. Associated with this banatitic
intrusion, apophyses and bodies of andesitic or basaltic composition have been documented, especially in
the upper reaches of Crișu Bãița, along the Hoanca Moțului, Corlatu and Fleșcuța valleys, as well as in the
Valea Seacã catchment area. The intrusion of the banatites has produced contact metamorphic phenomena
affecting the sedimentary deposits traversed. At the contact of the banatites with limestones or marbles
various types of calcic skarns have been formed, while at the contact with the terrigenous, granular and
pelitic rocks, hornfels, garnet skarns, etc. resulted.
3.2.1.2 Beiuș Basin
The Beiuș Basin is a post-tectonic intramontane basin, infilled with Miocene, Pannonian, and Quaternary
deposits overlying a heterogeneous basement of Mesozoic, Paleozoic and Proteozoic deposits of the
Northern Apuseni Mountains. Around and inside the Beiuș Basin following tectonic units have been
reported:
The Bihor Unit is represented in the northern and north–eastern part of the basin by Upper Jurassic and
Cretaceous formations; up to Albian carbonate platform deposits prevail, being substituted (toward the
upper part of the Cretaceous, including the Lower Turonian) by shallow water, siliciclastic deposits.
The Codru Nappe System - Bihor Unit is overlain by the Vălani Nappe, the lowest unit of the Codru Nappe
System, occurring along the northern margin of the Beiuş Basin. Other tectonic units of the Codru Nappe
System are the Vălani Nappe, the Finiş Nappe, and the Dieva Nappe.
The post-tectonic cover formed of Senonian formations in Gosau facies, mask the thrust contacts of the
Codru Nappes, especially in Bihor Mts.
The Neogene deposits are represented by Badenian, Sarmatian, Pannonian s.s. (Malvensian) and Pontian
formations (Marinescu, Bordea et al, 1995). The Beiuș Basin represents an eastern gulf of the Pannonian
Basin. The filling of this basin consists of Neogene deposits in Pannonian facies (Bordea et Mantea, 1999).
The total thickness of these deposits does not exceed 1200 m.
The Quaternary cover consists of widespread, alluvial deposits along the main streams and other genetic
types of subaerial deposits.
In the central–eastern part of the Beiuș Basin, east of the locality Pomezeu, between Holod and Roșia
valleys, banatitic intrusive rocks (Paleocene porphyric granodiorites) are cropping out. They form a 5 km long
lineament, with a NW–SE trend, parallel with the Dobreşti Fault (Bordea et Mantea, 1999).
The tectonics of Beiuş Basin based on geological and geophysical data
Bordea et Mantea (1999) identified a near-parallel pattern of steep, straight faults oriented along the Beiuş
Basin. Some of these were intruded by banatite rocks, as in the case of the Galbena Fault, in the eastern
margin of the basin. These deep, normal faults were generated in the upper crust by a tensional stress
induced by thermal doming above a large banatite body and were infilled as a consequence of the vertical
stress exerted by the rising of molten magma.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Aeromagnetic, surface magnetic, gravimetric and seismic (refraction methods) data were combined for
obtaining an image of the deep structure of the Beiuş Basin (Dinu et al., 1991). Dinu et al (1991) presented
an isobath map at the base of the Neogene fill of the Beiuş Basin. Base on this map Dinu et al concluded that
the structure of the Beiuş Basin is of collapsed basin type, made of down-thrown blocks along steep-angle
faults. Faulting caused topography with uplifted and dropped sectors trending NW-SE.
From the aeromagnetic anomalies two intrusive magnetic bodies have been identified (Figure 3.7).
Aeromagnetic data show an anomalous zone with two maxima, of the same amplitude and morphology,
situated in the center of the basin (Dinu et al., 1991). The anomalies are supposed to be the expression of
two deep seated vaulted magmatic bodies. The top of one of these bodies is at 1.7 to 1.8 Km from surface
(in the Lupoaia zone) while the top of the second lies at 1.2-1.4 Km beneath the surface (halfway between
Rotăreşti and Albeşti). The lateral extent of these anomalies was estimated to reach about 4 km at 4 km
beneath the surface, suggesting the existence of a large magmatic body buried in the depth.
Figure 3.7 Map of vertical gradient of magnetic anomaly (TZ) from Beiuș Basin
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
3.2.2 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
Extensive database of reports acquired especially during 1960–1995.
Good understanding of the geological evolution of the region.
Continuous digital geological mapping at 1:50,000 scale.
The geological maps, scale 1: 200,000, are correlated to structural wells.
The geological maps, scale 1: 200,000, are correlated to geophysical investigations of low resolution.
3.2.3 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains
The majority of the primary data that exists is related to the shallow sub-surface (<1,000 m,and
often <200 m).
There has also been no detailed deep geophysical investigation. As a consequence, this presents
uncertainty in terms of extrapolating information and data at surface to any significant depth.
3.3 Geometry and composition of ore deposits
Many authors’ analyses integrate Northern Apuseni Mountains Alpine magmatism within a broader context,
defined by the term Banatitic Magmatic and Metallogenic Belt – BMMB –, which represents a series of
discontinuous magmatic and metallogenic occurrences of Upper Cretaceous age, which are discordant in
respect to Mid-Cretaceous nappe structures (Cioflica & Vlad, 1973; Ciobanu et al., 2002).
The subvolcanic /plutonic rocks belonging to the BMMB are known under the collective name of “banatites”,
a term coined by Von Cotta (1864) who described a suite of cogenetic magmatic rocks occurring as either
shallow intrusions or subvolcanic bodies, younger than Jurassic and Cretaceous sedimentary formations.
Ever since this first description, the name “banatites” has reflected their locus tipicus, that is, Banat and
Timok region, covering parts of the south-western Romania and north-eastern Serbia. During the last few
decades, the BMMB has drawn considerable interest in petrology, age, and structural-tectonic significance
and in the contained skarn, porphyry-copper and hydrothermal ore deposits, with a vast amount of literature
published to date (Ilinca, 2012).
In Euroe the BMMB is exposed over approximately 900 km in length and around 30 to 70 km in width. It has
a north-east to south-west trend over Apuseni Mts and Southern Carpathians, it aligns to a north - south
direction over eastern Serbia (Timok and Ridanji-Krepoljin zones), and bends widely to the east, through the
Srednogorie area, reaching the shores of the Black Sea (Figure 3.8).
The occurrences of the BMMB in Romania are in Apuseni Mountains where banatites are found both as
volcanics in Late Cretaceous Gosau-type basins (e.g., Vlădeasa, Corniţel-Borod, Gilău-Iara, Sălciua-Ocoliş,
Vidra, Găina, Roşia) and as dyke swarms or major intrusions, cross-cutting these volcanics or any older
formations or tectonic planes (e.g., Gilău, Budureasa, Pietroasa, Băişoara, Valea Seacă, Băiţa Bihor, Brusturi,
Căzăneşti, Măgureaua Vaţei) – Ilinca, 2012.
The distribution area of banatitic magmatites in Northern Apuseni Mts is a complex geostructural
assemblage represented by rocks emplaced previously to banatites, (metamorphic and/or sedimentary and
igneous rocks), that are overlain by the Upper Cretaceous sedimentary cover consisting of carbonate and
detrital rocks. The banatitic magmatites pierce or lie over these formations, generating magmatic contact
phenomena or mineralisations, and are transgressively overlain by the Tertiary sedimentary rocks of the
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Transylvanian Basin. The metalogenesis of Bihor Mountains is closely linked to the evolution of banatitic
magmatism in the North Apuseni Mountains (Figure 3.9).
Figure 3.8 Extension of the Banatitic Magmatic and Metallogenic Belt. Romania, Eastern Serbia and Bulgaria
(with dark gray in the inset and with heavy outline in the map). Simplified after Cioflica and Vlad (1973)
The data on evolution of banatitic magmatism and the metalogenesis of Northern Apuseni Mountains, were
adapted from Ștefan et al, (1992), which synthetised the works conducted in the region before 1989 by:
Mureșan, 1971; Lazăr et al., 1972; Istrate, Bratosin, 1976; Istrate, 1978; Ştefan, 1980; Udubașa et al., 1980;
Istrate, Udubașa, 1981; Ştefan el. al., 1985, 1986, 1988; Ştefan et al., 1989, unpublished report.
3.3.1 Evolution of banatitic magmatism of Bihor Mountains
The banatitic calcalkaline magmatism (Post-Lower Masstrichtian-Paleogene) which is widely developed in the
Bihor Mountains, was emplaced within two important cycles unequally represented from one zone to
another.
The first cycle is characterized by lava flows of quartziferous andesites (bearing pyroxenes and hornblende or
only hornblende to which sometimes adds biotite) (Vlădeasa) sometimes accompanied by pyroclastic rocks
(Vlădeasa); simultaneously superficial subvolcanic bodies have been emplaced (Vlădeasa, Bihor).
The typical development area of the first cycle volcanism – the Vlădeasa Mts – contains the greatest volume
of rhyolites forming the volcano-plutonic massif of Vlădeasa (Giușcă et al., 1969). The rocks of the Vlădeasa
main eruptive body cut and include andesites, dacites and two older rhyolite rock types producing contact
breccias with them. Although the Vlădeasa rhyolites represent subvolcanic bodies, they exhibit ignimbrite
features (Ștefan, 1980).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.9 Map showing the distribution of the banatites in the Apuseni Mts (Ștefan el al. 1992, modified
after Borcoș, with aditional data). The sites are: I-Vlădeasa; II-Budureasa-Pietroasa; III-Bihor (V. Fagului, V.
Seacă); III’-South Bihor; IV-Gilău; V-Trascău; VI-Magureaua Vaței; VII – Mezeș, Chioarului Valley
The volcanic and the near-surface subvolcanic rocks belonging to the first cycle, rarely produce contact
phenomena. However, andalusite hornfelses formed at the expense of some metamorphic rocks were
reported in North Vlădeasa. In addition, all the xenoliths are nearly completely digested and transformed to
hornfelses reaching the pyroxene facies.
The products of hydrometasomatic metamorphism are rather abundant in the rhyolites of Vlădeasa main
body; epidote and sometimes zeolites are very well represented. Generally, the banatitic volcanic rocks and
especially rhyolites are autometamorphically changed or are transformed by a late contribution of
hydrothermal solutions; excepting pyrite, which is very rare, they are not accompanied by metalliferous
minerals.
Within the second main cycle bodies of intrusive hypabyssal origin, or intrusive plutonic bodies have been
emplaced (Proca, Proca, 1972; Cioflica et al., 1982). Late alkaline vein differentiation products of
granodiorite-granitic magma were reported too. This stage of magmatic banatitic activity in the Bihor Mts
ends with dykes of basic rocks (very abundant in Bihor).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Banatitic magmatism of the second cycle begins with quartziferous diorites and their porphyritic varieties
(porphyritic micro diorites, diorite porphyries - quartziferous andesites), which, in Bihor, cross the rhyolites
of the first cycle (Jude, Ștefan, 1967). In the southern part of the Bihor Mts at Hălmăgel and Obârșa,
quartziferous diorites are crossed by granodiorite-granites, and at Stânișoara, porphyritic rocks of diorites
composition in the subvolcanic bodies are thermally changed into the contact aureole of a granodioritic-
granitic body. At Băișoara, such rocks of diorite composition constitute the marginal facies of the rocks
bodies of granodioritic composition.
In Pietroasa, Budureasa and Western Vlădeasa massif, quartz-dioritic rocks occur either as some
independent bodies or at the periphery of granodiorite – granitic – monzodioritic rocks; in fact, they are
included here as xenoliths. Porphyritic micro diorites are also met in the northern extremity of eastern
Vlădeasa eruptive massif, north of Crișul Repede River.
Skarns often accompanied by magnetite concentration occur almost everywhere at the contact between
dioritic and carbonate rocks, sometime base metal sulphides associate with the skarns (Figure 3.9). So, at
Măgureaua Vaței skarns of a very rich paragenesis (gehlenite, spurrite, tilleyite, garnets, pyroxenes,
wollastonite, and vesuvianite) are associated to Fe ± Ba metasomatic mineralizations in the western
extremity of quartz-mondozodioritic body and sulphide veins in the eastern extremity on the magmatic
body, where granodiorite-granites prevail. On Martin hill at Sârbi-Hălmăgel, in the aureola of dioritic body,
which is crossed by granodiorites, iron oxides and sulphide mineralizations occur. Magnetite associated with
banatitic magmatites are also found at the spring of Arieșul Mic, Valea Seacă and Budureasa; at Valea Seacă
and Budureasa, sulphide mineralizations overlie this kind of mineralizations.
Granodiorite-granites to which the main sulphide mineralizations are genetically connected constitute main
mass of banatitic bodies in the Apuseni Mts; although they crop out on small areas, their development in the
depth was emphasized (in the Bihor Mts).
Around big bodies of granodiorite-granitic composition, phenomena of thermal metamorphism are
reported. Their extention is arround the pluton is 1500 m as in the Bihor Mts (Cioflică et al., 1974). Although
products of thermal metamorphism are wideley spread in the Bihor, excepting some intensely hormfelsed
xenoliths (where sillimanite prevails) intensity of thermal matamorphism reached only the facies of
hornblende hornfelses.
Under geologically favorable conditions, i.e. in the contact aureola of the granodiorite-granites plutons, Fe,
B, Bi, Mo bearing skarns have been formed, locally overlapped by sulphide mineralizations, sometimes
independently developed, such as the vein occurrences with Cu, Zn and Pb sulphides at Valea Seacă, Valea
Mare-Budureasa etc.
The second cycle of banatitic magmatism ends with alkaline differentiates rich in SiO2 and K2O; they form
veins of aplites, micro granitic and/or micropegmatitic rhyolites, porphyritic micro granites etc. In the Bihor
and Budureasa-Vlădeasa Mts such rocks form NNW-SSE trending dykes with extension varying between
hundreds of meters to some (few) kilometers. Such rocks did not generate products of thermal
metamorphism to be significant and are not accompanied by mineralizations (Istrate, Udubașa, 1981).
After the consolidation of the granodiorite-granitic magma, basaltic andesites, basalts and lamprophyres
have been emplaced on deep fractures; they come from a different, deeper magmatic source. These basic
rocks are nearly synchronous with the later differentiates of the granodiorite-granitic magma (as in the Gilău
Mts) or they are much later emplaced simultaneously with the circulating hydrometasomatic solutions
associated to granodiorite-granitic plutons, as in Bihor Mts. The lamprophyre dykes, typically developed in
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
the Bihor Mts have a similar trend, i.e. NNW-SSE, to that of differentiation products of the granodiorite-
granitic magma (rich in SiO2 and K2O); the former cut the alkaline differentiates.
3.3.2 Banatitic metallogenesis in Apuseni Mountains
Occurrences and ore deposits which are genetically associated to banatites in the Apuseni Mts belong to
(Laramian) banatitic metallogenetic belt.
The Apuseni Mts banatitic metallogenesis is centred on the Bihor Mts zone, with a maximum complexity in
the Băița Bihor ore deposit. An obvious horizontal zoning appears around this important ore deposit (Figure
3.10). The internal zone contains Co, Ni, Mo, Fe, Bi, Ag, Au mineralizations, the most typical being the Gruiul
Dunii ore deposit, including the whole zone between the spring area of the Crișul Negru, Arieșul Mic and
Arieșul Mare rivers. It follows a discontinuous zone with iron oxides (magnetite, hematite) and base metal
sulphides; the typical ore deposit belonging to this zone is that at Brusturi (Dolii Hill). The external zone
contains Pb-Zn and pyrite ores. All the zones may contain gold occurrences but they are typical of the
external zone.
The regional zoning is however, incompletely known and the zones show uncertain boundaries towards east.
Therefore, the metallogenesis cannot be ascribed to a single magmatic body but to several ones with
simultaneous mineralizing activity. The most important is the Central Bihor pluton, in whose apical zone
there are a lot of mineralized structures with skarns and subsequent polymetallic mineralizations.
Periplutonic zoning of the Bihor Mts mineralizations was established both by means of metallic minerals
associations and geochemical data (Lazăr et al., 1982; Cioflica et al., 1982). Northwards, the superficial
pluton (Hochpluton) Budureasa-Pietroasa-Vlădeasa is accompanied by weaker mineralizations. East of the
Apuseni Mts, a similar pluton, the Gilău-Băișoara zone, had a metallogenetic iron-polymetallic activity at the
end of its evolution.
The most important types of mineralizations are the ones associated to skarns (especially B, Fe, Bi, Mo, W
and Cu concentrations) and hydrothermal concentrations, in which impregnation and substitution processes
played a subordinated part. Hydrothermal mineralizations are much more diversified in comparison with
pyrometasomatic ones, which they often overlie.
Metallogenesis associated to banatites in the Apuseni Mts has distinct features in comparison with that from
Banat. Firstly, in the Apuseni Mts skarns are not so developed; secondly magnetite mineralizations are only
locally developed (Băișoara zone); thirdly the main metals in the ore deposits are more diversified than in
Banat; their major geochemical spectrum includes Bi, Mo, Pb, Zn, Cu, B, Fe, W, Co, Ni, As etc. while in Banat,
where according to the importance there is another series of metals: Cu, Fe, Bi, Zn, Pb, W, Mo, Co.
In the Apuseni Mts, representative bodies of skarns of very different forms and sizes are known in the Bihor-
Budureasa, Gilău massifs and Măgureaua Vaței (Figure 3.10). Skarns generation was controlled both by the
circulation ways occurred near the banatitic plutons and by the paleosome nature. The limestones and
dolomites both from the crystalline series and Mesozoic deposits prove to be very favorable to the
substitution processes.
Regarding the types of skarns which occur, we remark on one side, prevailing infiltration skarns in relation
with the contact ones, on the other side, prevailing apocarbonatic skarns in relation with aposilicate ones;
calcic skarns are more developed than magnesian ones.
Mineralizations of iron oxides occur in the Apuseni Mts, especially in Băișoara – Mașca -Cacova Ierii (Lazăr,
Întorsureanu, 1982), at Măgureaua Vaței, Martin Hill (Hălmăgel), spring of Arieșul Mic end Valea Mare
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.10 Regional distribution of the mineralization types in the Apuseni Mountains. Legends: 1, Baritine
occurrences; 2, Brucite occurrences; 3, Pyrite occurrences with, or without gold; 4, polymetalic occurrences
(Cu, Pb, Zn); 5, occurrences with Co, Ni, As, Bi, Ag ore; 6, Bi, Mo, W, B, Cu, Pb, Zn occurrences; 7, Fe with, or
without Cu occurrences; 8, minor elements characteristic (downwards) in pyrite, spalerite, galena; 9,
outcrop, areas with hollocrystalline, equigranular rocks; 10, zones contours; 11, geophysical anomalies.
(Stefan et al. 1986).
(Budureasa). They associate spatially and maybe genetically either to some intrusive dioritic or monzodioritic
bodies or to some basic envelopes of some granodioritic bodies. To granodiorite – granitic plutons (ex. Băița
- Dedeș valley pluton, Bihor) are associated obviously polymetallic mineralizations, which consists mainly of
sulphides and sulphosalts, more rarely sulphoarsenided and arssenides of Fe, Ni and Co.
Hydrothermal mineralizations are widely spread in the Bihor massif (Râul Mic, Brusturi-Luncșoara, Valea
Vacii, Șipot brook, Valea Seacă etc.), as well as in Budureasa, Vlădeasa massifs, at Julești-Valea Fagului, in
Plopiș Mts (at Bucea-Cornițel), in Gilău Mts (Valea Lita, Băișoara), on the Birtinului Valley and at Căzănești
and Almașul Mic, in the Metaliferi Mts too.
The hydrothermal minerals are frequently spatially associated with skarn and high temperature minerals
(such as magnetite, ludwigite, ilvaite, scheelite, molybdenite, bismuthite, pyrhotite) and generally succeed
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
the skarn stage of post magmatic mineral formation. The hydrothermal ore minerals build up mainly veins
and hydrometasomatic bodies; locally there are impregnation bodies, stock works, or simple nests.
The ore veins are related to breccias zones or along fractures and their trend (especially in the Bihor Mts) is
mostly NNW-SSE, which is the same as the trend of the lamprophyres dykes closing the banatitic magmatic
activity. The size of the ore veins is quite variable: hundreds of meters in length and some few meters in
width. Their vertical extension varies from some tens of meters (Julești-Valea Fagului) to 100-200 m (Almașul
Mic, Bucea, Cornițel) and, more rarely 300–500 m (Băița Bihorului, Brusturi-Luncșoara).
Some ore deposits have an obvious vertical zoning. A characteristic example is Brusturi-Luncșoara ore
deposit, which was opened by means of mining works at about 350 m depth. At the upper levels, there is a
lead-zinc mineralization, while at the lower levels; cupriferous character of the mineralization becomes move
obvious. This modification of Cu/Pb+Zn ratio is accompanied by an increasing amount of skarn and iron
oxides minerals.
Impregnation and/orsubstitution bodies can be sometimes lenticularly developed, being very long and
flattened. They are often parallely oriented with the regional system of fractures (SW-SE), rarely about E-W
(ex. Bucea-Cornițel, acc. to Berbeleac et al., 1982).
Processes of metasomatic metamorphism which influenced both crystalline formations and Pre-Paleogene
sedimentary rocks and banatites are very widely spread; therefore, their products are everywhere found.
The aureola of hydreothermal metamophism is much more extended than thermal and / or
pyrometasomatic metamorphism, which it some time overlies.
The contact metamorphic aureola of the granodiorite-granitic pluton in the Bihor massif has the greatest
extension; on the vertical scale, it reaches 2000 m or more (Lazăr et al., 1982). The alteration processes are
described in numerous papers, e.g. (Gherasi, 1969; Cioflica et al., 1974, 1982; Giușcă et al., 1976; Ionescu,
Berbeleac, 1971; Lazăr et al., 1982) and typical minerals of K-feldspar-, propylitic-, sericitic- and argilitic
alteration zones have been depicted; some alteration minerals occur in vugs, e.g. quartz, carbonates,
feldspars, epidote, chlorite, clay minerals, zeolites, accompanying the ore minerals.
3.3.3 Chemical composition and origin of banatites
Stefan et al., 1992, realized a geochemical study of banatitic magmatites from Northern Apuseni Mts, based
on both new analyses (chemical, emission and gamma-spectrometry, X-ray fluorescence, neutron-activation
for REE) and published data; some isotope data analyses (87Sr/86Sr and K-Ar) were included.
The conclusions of this study are, as follows:
The evolution of banatitic magmatism implies two cycles: a first cycle, marked by the emplacement
or volcanics (andsites, dacites and rhyolites) and a second cycle, characterized by the emplacement
of plutonic and hypabyssal rocks of dioritic, granodioritic and granitic composition, ending with their
alkaline differentiates dykes. Basaltic andesites, basalts and lamprophyres dykes, of different origin,
partly contemporaneous with the mentioned alkaline differentiates end the magmatic activity in the
Northern Apuseni Mts.
The major and minor contents and distribution, REE inclusively, compared to published data and
graphically represented on diagrams, show the consanguinity of volcanics and plutonic and
hypabyssal magmatites, better arguing the concept concerning the evolution of banatitic
magmatism in the Northern Apuseni Mts.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
According to 87Sr/86Sr isotope data and other geochemical data graphically represented, one
accounts for the genesis of calc-alkaline magmas by oceanic crust subduction, followed by complex
evolution of melt, within several magmatic chambers, associated with assimilation and
differentiation processes.
The pointing out of two and respectively three zircon populations, which show different origins,
agree with the petrogenetic concept according to which the calc-alkaline melt, generated by oceanic
crust subduction, was contaminated with sialic matter during its ascension, the more obviously as
the contact with the sialic crust had longer existed.
An exhaustive description of the banatitic rocks from Bihor Mts, is found in a study by Stoicovici and
Selegean, 1970. Based on chemical composition, Niggli symbols, and QLM values, the authors realised
Niggli’s diagram for banatitic rocks, resulting the nature of magma generating the rocks from different
locations of Bihor Mountains. It resulted that in Bihor Mountains, there is an important post orogenic
magmatic activity, highlighted by outcropping of several intrusive bodies consisting of rock with generally
neutral composition (Găina-Luncşoara), slightly acid or acidic (V. Seacă – Stânişoara) and acid composition
(Pietroasa – Budureasa).
Along the principal direction of manifestation of banatitic magmatism of Bihor, which is SE-NW, there is a
gradual increase in the acidity of the rock, so that, within Budureasa area, the most acidic term of banatites
appears, whereas in the Găina-Luncşoara, the term most basic is in place.
The rocks that had been in contact with granodioritic magma and its apophyses, contaminating them, are
made up of different series of crystalline schist rocks, of Permian sediments who were developed up to the
springs of Galbena valley, and to Seaca valley. Best represented is the series of Mesozoic sedimentary rocks,
of limestone composition and subordinate clay, Mesozoic rocks reaching their maximum development from
V. Seacă until near the villages of Pietroasa and Budureasa.
These limestones with a regional development underwent a process of transformatin into marbles, and
cracking, and these Triassic (Anisian) marbles represent the rocks in which geothermal aquifer is hosted.
The most intense magmatism is localized along a SE-NW direction, which is the direction of the main regional
faults. But along this main direction, variations in the intensity of contact metamorphism of can be found.
This contact metamorphism is manifested by a halo of about 100 m around intrusive bodies in the northwest
region and by a halo of up to 1500 m the southeastern region.
Depending on the chemistry of the banatitic magma and depending on the specifics of surrounding rocks
various types of deposits were formed, like those of molybdenum, boron, polymetallic and gold-bearing
mineralized. Together they represent the important mineralised field of Bihor Mountains. These deposits are
usually localized within the cupola of the intrusive body (Bihor-Molybdenum) in its flanks (Brusturi-Dobrin) or
near the intrusive bodies that outcrop (Netiţei-Pietroasa).
In 2015 Jacqueline Vander Auwera et al, realized an extensive analysis of the origin and composition of the
Late Cretaceous igneous rocks of Romania (Apuseni Mountains and Banat). Based on new whole-rock major
and trace elements as well as 87Sr/86Sr and 143Nd/144Nd isotopic data of a suite of samples collected in the
Late Cretaceous volcanic and plutonic bodies of the Apuseni Mts (Romania) that belong to the Banatitic
Magmatic and Metallogenic Belt. Major and minor concentrations from the main deposits are given below:
Table 3.1 (next pages): Major and trace element concentrations in the Pietroasa, Budureasa, and Băița Bihor
(Bihor Mts) whole-rock samples
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Peri-
meter
Băiţa
Bihor Pietroasa Budureasa
An
des
ite
Dac
ite
Dac
ite
Dac
ite
Dac
ite
Trac
hy-
dac
ite
Dac
ite
Trac
hy-
and
esit
e
Rh
yolit
e
Trac
hy-
and
esit
e
Bas
asal
tic
and
esit
e
SiO2 55.04 65.38 65.32 66.43 66.6 63.06 66.8 55.07 69.87 55.88 52.05
TiO2 1.08 0.6 0.49 0.62 0.6 0.92 0.62 1.16 0.42 1.29 1.47
Al2O3 15.33 15.09 14.93 15.39 14.98 15.93 15.31 18.61 13.97 19.15 18.16
Fe2O3 8.15 3.93 4.21 3.86 3.71 5.32 3.48 6.94 2.85 6.53 9.11
MnO 0.12 0.1 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.13 0.07 0.1 0.05 0.09 0.18
MgO 5.33 1.33 1.88 1.24 1.12 1.29 1.13 2.66 0.66 2.65 4
CaO 7.78 3.28 3.5 2.78 2.9 3.21 2.97 5.99 1.04 5.28 7.61
Na2O 1.03 3.66 3.29 3.84 3.69 4.46 3.79 4.08 3.16 4.09 3.27
K2O 3.19 3.79 3.52 4.02 3.85 3.62 3.82 2.32 5.73 2.91 1.8
P2O5 0.28 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.33 0.16 0.46 0.12 0.54 0.28
LOI 1.78 1.85 1.63 1.03 2 1.02 1.01 1.45 1.7 1.55 1.38
Total 99.11 99.18 98.99 99.47 99.7 99.29 99.16 98.84 99.56 99.97 99.32
Minor elements
U 1.8 3.9 2.3 2.7 3 6.1 2.6 1.5 3.7 2 1.4
Th 7.2 14 12 15 14 18 13 11 16 7.5 6.5
Zr 130 207 130 208 213 287 218 211 185 1364 357
Hf 3.2 5.4 3.3 5.5 5.6 7.5 6.2 17 4.6 27 7.9
Nb 7.5 11 6.1 12 12 18 11 10 13 7.2 5.5
Ta 0.5 0.9 0.6 1 1 1.6 0.9 0.5 1.1 0.5 0.5
Ba 507 728 682 724 729 723 790 1514 647 2470 768
Rb 108 137 121 146 142 143 129 74 250 88 71
Sr 450 286 345 244 228 266 264 597 210 560 639
Cs 15.3 6.5 4.1 5.6 5.7 5.3 5.1 4.3 7.6 2.7 5.1
Ga 20 20 18 19 18 22 19 23 16 29 29
V 206 65 87 66 65 48 55 93 32 65 160
Cr 80 17 34 17 10 10 12 13 10 10 36
Co 22 7.7 10 7.7 10 11 9.7 12 7 15 22
Ni 16 8.2 9.2 4.8 6.1 5.2 5.2 6.3 4.4 6.7 12
Zn 88 55 37 50 64 66 55 64 39 94 99
Pb 8 35 17 26 34 27 29 16 23 23 10
La 25 35 26 33 37 38 36 27 35 30 17
Ce 50 66 47 67 71 79 73 56 65 57 40
Pr 6.6 8.2 5.5 7.7 8.6 9.9 8.8 6.8 7.3 7.7 5.2
Nd 25 28 19 28 32 38 31 26 23 28 19
Sm 5.7 5.3 3.9 5.3 6 8.3 5.8 5.4 4 5.8 4.6
Eu 1.5 1.4 0.8 1.3 1.4 1.9 1.5 2.2 0.8 2.2 1.9
Gd 5.1 4.9 3.3 5.3 5.7 7.8 5.3 4.8 3.8 5.4 4.1
Tb 0.77 0.77 0.47 0.78 0.9 1.26 0.79 0.71 0.57 0.67 0.64
Dy 4.5 4.5 3.1 4.9 5.5 7.4 4.9 4.3 3.5 4.4 4
Ho 0.9 0.91 0.65 1.04 1.12 1.6 0.98 0.91 0.75 0.9 0.83
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Peri-
meter
Băiţa
Bihor Pietroasa Budureasa
An
des
ite
Dac
ite
Dac
ite
Dac
ite
Dac
ite
Trac
hy-
dac
ite
Dac
ite
Trac
hy-
and
esit
e
Rh
yolit
e
Trac
hy-
and
esit
e
Bas
asal
tic
and
esit
e
Er 2.3 2.5 1.8 2.9 3 4.1 2.8 2.7 2.1 2.7 2.4
Tm 0.34 0.39 0.28 0.41 0.46 0.64 0.41 0.39 0.3 0.43 0.38
Yb 2.1 2.5 1.7 2.7 3.1 4.3 2.8 2.7 2 2.9 2.6
Lu 0.31 0.37 0.3 0.43 0.47 0.64 0.39 0.43 0.34 0.5 0.4
Y 26 28 20 32 32 45 30 26 24 28 22
Apatite
T (°C) 837 911 901 923 921 962 920 903 919 940 794
Zircon
T (°C) 622 730 690 739 741 752 744 692 752 922 711
Table 3.1 (cont.)
Sample Rb (ppm) Sr (ppm) 87Rb/86Sr 87Sr/86Sr
R06 81 543 0.43 0.705066
R10 80 585 0.4 0.707469
R11 108 450 0.69 0.706317
R21 146 244 1.73 0.708449
R27 74 597 0.36 0.706750
R39 163 169 2.79 0.709487
R44 94 267 1.02 0.707916
R46 71 304 0.68 0.707504
R50 77 240 0.93 0.707672
R54 114 220 1.5 0.708273
R62 94 322 0.84 0.707910
Table 3.2 Whole-rock Rb–Sr isotopic data for the North Apuseni Mts (Auwera et al, 2015)
3.3.4 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
Mineralising fluids, saline mine waters and shallow ground waters are reasonably well characterised
(e.g. by mineralogical studies, stable isotope, geochemical studies etc).
Fluid circulation is reasonably well understood in the shallow subsurface.
An ore-deposit, at Băița Bihor is in operațion, and there is the possibility of new data aquisition
depending on the requirements of the project.
We could collect samples of mineralisation rocks from the mining galleries (about 300 m below
surface).
3.3.5 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains
Much of the primary data that exists is related to the shallow sub-surface (<1,000 m, and often <200
m). Hence little is known about fluids existing at depths below 1,000 m, both in terms of chemistry
and circulation.
There is no possibility of having samples from deep wells.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
3.4 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow
3.4.1 Lithology of karst in Bihor Mts
The analysis of the relationship between orebody and hydrogeology of the region defines the study peri-
meter, that includes Bihor Mountains and Beiuș basin. Within the geological constitution of Bihor Mountains,
limestones and dolomites are prevailing, followed by sandstones, conglomerates and igneous rocks.
Considering its extent, the variety and amplitude of the karstic landforms, the topography of the karstic type,
ranks this specific region in the top position among all Romania’s karstic territories (Orășeanu, 2010).
The Bihor Mountains are characterised by broad surfaces of contact zones between karst and volcanic or
plutonic rocks. Contact metamorphism is specific to these areas, as described in chapter 3.3. The importance
of these contact zones between mineralized magmatic (metal generation units) and carbonatic rocks have to
be emphasized; karst is the main transporting agent of the fluids to Beiuș Basin. There are three structural
units which, together, are called Bihor Mountains, from which Crișu Negru, Someșu Cald and Arieșu Mare
rivers originate.
Vlãdeasa massif consists mainly of intrusive and effusive formations, surrounded by sedimentary rockss.
Among these, carbonate rocks are represented by: the karst area Meziad – Ferice – Valea Rea situated to the
west and south-west, and the graben of Someșul Cald situated to the east and south-east.
The central compartment, Bihor Mountains, is widely developed, and is separated from Vlãdeasa Mountains
by Someșu Cald and Crișu Pietros river courses. To the South, Arieșu Mare and Crișu Bãița streams delimit
this compartment with respect to Biharia massif, made up of crystalline schists.
Bihor Mts display a wide variety of structural and lithological assemblages, but 5 types of deposits can be
distinguished, as having distinct hydrological features. They are represented represented on the hydrological
map and can be described as follows (see Figure 3.11):
1. Mesozoic carbonates series, (a- limestones, b- dolomites, c- undivised) and Paleosoic d- crystalline
limestones and dolomites, highly fractured and karstified, characterized by very high effective
infiltration and prevailing conduit porosity with intensive groundwater flow. They generate
numerous karst systems with various size and dominant binary type. Thet host important water
resources in large karst systems. Spring flows up to 550 l/s.
2. Paleozoic granites (a1), and ryolites (a2) Mesosoic ophyolites (b) Laramian intrusive (c1) and volcanic
magmatites (c2), and neogene volcanites (d) and metamorphites (e), with extensive fracture
networks, and developed wathering zones, which provide a continuous and important supply of
rivers flow and binary karst systems.
3. Prevalent molasse deposits (sandstones, conglomerates and less frequently argillaceous shales) with
double porosity. The groundwater is mostly confined to the fissure and stratigraphic joints and less
to intergranular pores. At large thickness, they act as an impervious barrier for karst water reservois
and frecquently form the bedrock and/or caprock for these. a- Permo–Mezosoic Molasse, b- Upper
Cretaceous cover and Miocene transgrassive deposits.
4. Pannonian deposits: marls, argillaceous shales, sands, gravels - (a), Pleistocene deposits - (b), and
Holocene (c) deposits: sands, gravels, clays, hosting discontinuous water accumulations in more
permeable terms.
5. Upper Cretaceous and Miocene marly and argillaceous deposits, devoid of groundwater flow, and
flysch-like series, including rock-complexes of variable permeability (marls, argillaceous shales,
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
sandstones, limestones) hosting occasionally discountinous aquifer accumulations. (a-Paleozoic; b-
Upper Triassic – Early Jurassic; c-Titonian – Hauterivian; d-Upper Cretaceous – Miocene.
Figure 3.11 Hydrogeological map of the Bihor Mountains karst areas (Orășeanu et al., 2010), according to the
works of Bleahu et al., 1981, Bordea & Bordea, 1973, and to the sheets Avram Iancu (Dumitrescu et al.,
1977), Poiana Horia (Bleahu et al., 1980), Pietroasa (Bleahu et al., 1985), Rãchițele (Mantea et a., 1987) and
Biharia (Bordea et al., 1988) of the geologic map of Romania, scale 1: 50,000. The legend details are included
into the text of the report
3.4.2 Short hystorical review of the Bihor Mountains karst hydrology investigation
In the 1950-1970 period, the first fluorescein tracing experiments in Bihor Mountains have been performed
by M. Serban et al., 1957, Viehmann, 1966, Rusu et al., 1970, the flow connections between Ocoale closed
catchment area and the springs at Cotețul Dobreștilor, respectively the existence of the underground flows
along the Padiș - Poiana Ponor - Cetãțile Ponorului - Galbenei spring lineament being outlined as a result.
During 1976-1985 L. Valenas - alone or in cooperation, publishes in a series of papers the results of
speleological investigations, which assumed a definite hydrologic character too, conducted in the karst of
Bihor Vlãdeasa Mountains and which have brought important contributions in this domain, as an outcome of
the exploration of Groapa de la Barsa cave system (1977-1978), of Coiba Micã - Coiba Mare cave system
(1978), of the cave in Pârâul Hodobanei (1982), of the karst at Casa de Piatrã (1976), in the upper reaches of
Someșu Cald (1978), Lumea Pierdutã (1982) and in other areas.
The hydrogeologic investigations in Bihor Vlãdeasa Mountains have been initiated in 1983 through the
activities conducted by I. Orãșeanu and Nicolle Orãșeanu. During 1983-1985 they perform the first hydro-
geologic mapping of the karst areas, as well as the groundwater reserves evaluation, and done some 30 new
tracer experiments. The description of karst region afferent to our study perimeter area based on the
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
research described within the volume Karst Hydrogeology of Romania, having Iancu Orășeanu and Adrian
Iurkiewicz as authors.
3.4.3 Orohydrography of the Bihor Mountains
Orohydrography of the Bihor Mountains is represented by Crișu Negru, Someșu Cald and Arieșu Mare
catchment basins. The most important for our study is Crișu Negru catchment basin, because it is the river
basin which connects Bihor Mountains to the eastern part of Beiuș Basin. The flow regime of both surface
streams and groundwater in the karst area of the upper Crișu Bãița catchment basin were dramatically
influenced by the mining activities.
3.4.4 Karst systems
Karst systems in Bihor Vlãdeasa Mountains are generally of binary type. They display a wide variety of
dimensions, lithologic constitutions and dynamics that are mirrored by the physical, chemical and
hydrogeological characteristics of the springs.
The karst springs are situated at different elevations, as a result of the pronounced dissection of the
carbonate deposits and of the rugged topography. At the scale of the entire karst region a general base level
cannot be outlined, each specific karst area having its own base level. The karst springs flow rates extend
over a very wide range, with a 550 l/s maximum annual average value. So far, in Bihor Vlãdeasa Mountains
there have been conducted 59 tracer tests which resulted in outlining 75 underground flow paths.
The average elevation of the sinking points is 1084 m, while that of the outlets is 812 m, the distance
between a sinking point and an outlet being 2098 m on the average, while tracers flowed at an average
velocity of 65.5 m/hour (computed by considering the first tracer arrival). The longest distance between a
sinking point and an outlet (4600 m) is that which separates the pothole in Hoanca Urzicarului from Pãuleasa
spring, while the maximum elevation drops (665 m) is that recorded between the underground stream
sinking point in Muncelul cave (the cave in Dosul Broscoiului) and Blidaru spring in Sighiștel Valley.
3.4.5 Hydrogeology of karst areas
Based on tracers and hydrological monitoring studies and in correlation with lithology, and geological
structure, each karst area was described and analysed by Iancu Orășeanu et al., (2010).
Within Bihor Mountains several distinct karst areas were generated by specific geological and tectonical
conditions. Each of these karst areas has its own groundwater dynamics regime, and its own karstic systems.
Extracted from the Orășeanu’s study, some main characteristics of these karst systems re, as follows:
Some of the springs collect their water from karst systems which display feeble inertia and which are
concerned by intense karst processes, being hence highly conductive and subject to a poor capacity of
storage. The rainfall input is filtered only to a small extent; heavy rainfall being immediately followed by
significant flood pulses.
The average cumulated debit of karstic sources systematically monitored in X. 1984 – IX. 1985, was about
3 m3/s. The debit of 1 m3/s, representing an average cumulated debit of other springs in this mountain, must
be considered too.
The memory effect of the catchment basin (Mangin, 1981a, 1981b, 1982,1984) reflecting the groundwater
reserves that sustain the runoff, is high (47 – 123 days) for basins extending on igneous rocks and/or
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
cristalline schists, and low (15 days) in case of basins extending prevaletly on limestones, or Permo –
Werfenian molasse deposits.
High values of memory effect parameter in case of igneous and cristalline rocks are due to the advanced
development of the weathering layer, that acts as a storage reservoir which slowly delivers the rainfall
derived water. An example is represented by Vlădeasa ignimbritic rhyolites, that form an important
reservoir, most of which being drained by the Drăgan river, and the Sebișel stream.
Besides the Bihor Mountains, that host important ore-bodies that can influence the water quality of the
deep aquifer, we must consider Beiuș basin, where three wells for the exploitation of geothermal water are
situated.
3.4.6 Geological and hydrogeological characteristics of Beiuș geothermal reservoir
In 1996, the well 3001 intercepted a geothermal reservoir at Beiuș. The 2576 m deep well shows a complex
layer structure of the Beiuș basin. The reservoir is located in Middle Triassic limestones and dolomites, at
1887-2450 m depths. A high pumping flow rate and a water temperature of 84°C opened the perspective of
extracting its thermal energy.
Transgex Company has the exploitation license for this perimeter. With state subventions, they realized the
2576 m deep geothermal well between 1995 and 1996. The following strata were intercepted:
0-988 m Neogen – closed with a 13 3/8-inch steel casing
988-1887 m Jurassic (carbonate rocks) – closed with an 9 5/8-inch steel casing
1887-2576 m Middle Triassic (fractured limestone and dolomites) –uncased borehole
It shows that the Beiuș geothermal reservoir, situated about 60 km south-east of Oradea, is not a local,
isolated one, but of regional character.
Well 3001 produces up to 55 l/s of hot water at 83°C, which is the well-head temperature (Transgex
S.A., priv. communication).
The second well, 3003, was drilled during 2004 and 2005, down to a depth of 2360 m (Triassic
carbonatic reservoir). The well has a discharge of 65 l/s and a temperature of 73.4°C.
Transgex S.A. drilled a reinjection well down to a depth of 2140 m, having as avtive layers dolomitic
Triassic deposits intercepted in the interval 1285-2133 m. Pumping capacity is 180 m3/hour, and
pressure of 5 bar.
The geothermal water has a low mineralization (462 mg/l TDS), and 22.13 mg/l NCG, mainly CO2 and
0.01 mg/l of H2S (ref. to table 3.3 for well 3001).
3.5 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters
Observations, measurements and analyses performed at the main springs of Bihor Mountains result in the
following considerations:
Temperature of the karst springs ranges between 5.4 and 10°C, directly related to the elevation of
the supplying karst system. Some springs discharge higher temperature flows, as a result of deeper
underground circulations along overthrust or fault planes.
The pH of the discharged water is slightly alkaline, ranging between 7.15 and 7.86;
Computed saturation indexes indicate that the water of most karst springs in Bihor Mountains is
undersaturated in respect to both calcite and dolomite.
Warm and cold springs at Valea Neagrã and the spring Poarta lui Ioanel are supersaturated by
calcite, the latter spring having large associated travertine deposits.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Water of springs in the non-carbonated catchment areas of the binary karst systems is strongly
undersaturated with respect to calcite and dolomite, inducing an intense dissolution of carbonate
deposits. Typical in this respect are the waters of springs originating in igneous formations, with
slightly acid pH value, which explains the intense development of the karst within the carbonate
deposits.
Waters of the karst systems are of calcium bicarbonate, calcium-magnesium bicarbonate and
magnesium-calcium bicarbonate type, depending on the chemical composition of the traversed
formations (limestones and/or dolomites), with TDS values ranging between 125–529.7 mg/l.
Laboratory ICPT Campina
S.C.TRANSGEX
Date of sample 6/14/1999
pH/°C 7.1 Nitrate (NO3) <1
Carbon dioxide (CO2) 163 Nitrite (NO2) <0.1
Conductivity (S/cm/°C) 500 Phosphate (PO4) <.1
Silica (SiO2) 48 Sulphate (SO4) 70.4
Sodium (Na) 19 Alumina (Al) 0.1
Potassium (K) 4.4 Iron (Fe) 1.4
Magnesium (Mg) 20.7
Calcium (Ca) 54.1
Chloride (Cl) 6.89
Table 3.3 Chemical composition (mg/l) for well F-3001, Beiuș
3.5.1 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
There is a hydrologic database for the watersheds afferent to Bihor Mts and Beiuș Depression.
The karst is relatively well described.
The geothermal ystem is continuously monitored.
We can have information regarding the quality of geothermal water.
3.5.2 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains
There is not a groundwater model yet.
3.6 Thermal properties and heat flow
In 1985 the geothermal map of Romania, scale 1: 1,000,000, was prepared by the Institute of Geology and
Geophysics. The authors, Veliciu S., Negut A., Vamvu V., synthetised of all the data acquired by that date.
According to this map the geothermic flux ranges, for Romania, between 21 – 105 mW m-2. For the Beiuș
basin the heat flow density ranges between 90 and 100 mW m-2, indicating an area with important
geothermal potential.
The deep geological structure of the Romanian territory has been subjected to numerous studies carried out
by means of various geophysical methods. Visarion et al (1978) published an article aiming to link the
geothermal data to other geophysical evidence, in order to improve the knowledge on the structure and
dynamics of the crust within the Romanian territory. For this purpose, a characteristic profile was selected
along which most geological and geophysical features display their maximum variability. Apuseni Mts are
included in this analysis. Overlaping the "International profile XI" recommended for the explosion seismology
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 3.12 Extract from geothermal map of Romania (Institute of Geology and Geophysics, 1985). Only a
fragment of the north – western part of the country was included, showing the situations for Apuseni Mts.
The green lines = heat flow isolines (mW m-2); the red lines = geothermic isolines at 3000 m depth(°C)
investigation by KAPG and CBGA, the geotraverse under study crosses succesivelly from south-east to north-
west the following main tectonic units of the country: North Dobrogea, the Carpathian foredeep, the Bend of
the Eastern Carpathians, the Transylvanian Depression, the northern part of the Apuseni Mountains and the
eastern border of the Pannonian area.
In order to evaluate the thermal condition of the crust in the section of the geotraverse one has to start with
surface heat flow data. According to the values reported by Veliciu et al., (1977), the surface heat flow
ranges from 43–52 mW/m2 in the North Dobrogea and the Carpathian fore-deep to 60–88 mW/m2 in the
inner part of the Eastern Carpathians and the Apuseni Mountains. The Transylvanian Depression is
characterized by heat flow values of 55–75 mW/m2 while the eastern border of the Pannonian Basin exhibits
the highest surface heat flow exceeding 90 mW/m2.
In the western part of Romania, the thin granitic layer even if it has relatively rich radioactive content cannot
entirely account for the high surface geothermal activity observed here. The considerably energy inflow from
the upper mantle could have been a driving force in the geological evolution of the region as it is suggested
by stronger subsidence of the Pannonian Basin in comparison with tectonic units from the east.
A zone of deep fractures established by seismic survey as well as an area of persistent shallow earthquakes
of low magnitude has been contoured under the North Apuseni Montains (Constantinescu et al., 1974).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
An analysis of the heat flow of the main tectonic units in Romania, realised by Demetrescu and Maria
Andreescu, in 1994 shows that the thermal regime of the lithosphere should be derived according, on the
one hand, to the particular tectonic interactions the various tectonic units have been involved in and, on the
other hand, to the investigated depth interval. A steady-state conduction model of the crustal temperature
field based on the heat flow distribution and information on the structure is presented for the Romanian
territory. The heat flow map is based on available heat flow data (167 heat flow values by the end of 1981),
supplemented, in areas of poor coverage, with estimations from temperature and thermal gradient
information from oil industry boreholes).
Most of the 167 heat flow values were obtained by temperature measurements down to 500–1000 m in
thermally stabilized boreholes and conductivity measurements or estimations for the same depth interval
(Demetrescu et al., 1991b). The heat flow contours are shown by broken lines in areas for which no
(Southern Carpathians) or very poor (e.g. Apuseni Mountains, Western Transylvanian Basin) geothermal
information is available.
3.6.1 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
The geothermal potential was evaluated based on a relatively low amount of data, but it is
correlated with geophysical measurements.
For the geothermal system in operation there is the possibility of experiments, depending on the
requirements and needes of the project.
3.6.2 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains
There is still significant uncertainty about the temperatures that might exist at the depth of an EGS system as
most estimates and models are based on extrapolation of near surface historical data.
3.7 Current metallogenetic models (2D- and 3D-)
Within Bihor Mts there are three areas (Pietroasa, Budureasa and Băița Bihor) that meet some preconditions
to be counted as possible pilot locations, such as:
the existence of mineralized zones in skarns, resulting from contact metamorphism in the aureoles
of intrusive bodies;
existence, in the Bihor Mountains, of carbonate deposits with regional expansion, which can be
found in Beiuș Basin too, and which host the geothermal aquifer;
intrusive bodies are situated in the proximity of Beiuș Basin, which is an area that has a high
geothermal flow (greater than 90 W/m2), confirmed by extracting significant geothermal resources,
which shows a temperature of 84C at wellhead.
3.7.1 Pietroasa and Budureasa sites
Pietroasa and Budureasa represent large intrusive bodies, mainly granodioritic, associated to the huge
pluton from Bihor Massif, Apuseni Mountains (Stoicovici and Sălăgean, 1970; Borcoş and Andrei, 1988 - in
Borcoş and Vlad, 1994). They belong to the second stage of the Laramian magmatism (Ştefan et al., 1988 and
1992). Several dacite, rhyolite and rhyodacite dykes, striking NW-SE, are crossing the two bodies. The final
magmatic stage generated later several basic dykes (basalts, lamprophyres).
The intrusion of the Late Cretaceous granodioritic magma from Pietroasa (in the south) and Budureasa (in
the north) into the surrounding sediments generated extended and complex contact aureoles. Permian
siliciclastics and Mesozoic dolomites to limestones at the contact zone appear as hornfels, skarns, or more
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
general, as hydrated metasomatic rocks (Rafalet, 1963; Istrate & Udubașa, 1981; Ionescu, 1987, 1996b,
1999; Ștefan et al., 1988; Marincea, 1993). Within the Anisian dolomitic and calcareous protoliths large
brucite-bearing zones occur in the contact aureoles of the granodioritic intrusions. They form two main
deposits: Pietroasa and Budureasa.
Figure 3.13 Heat flow distribution on the Romanian territory; contours in mW m-2. Dots represent surface
heat flow data points (after Demetrescu et al,1991). EC=East Carpathians; SC=Southern Carpathians; AM-
Apsueni Mts; EEP=East European Platform; MP=Moesian Platform; PD=Pannonian Depression;
TD=Transylvanian Depression; NV=Neogene volcanites; A-A’=possible direction of the cross-section of the
Figure 3.15; O-O’=trench line; rectangle = epicentral area of intermediatedepth earthquakes (Demetrescu
and Maria Andreescu, 1994)
The Pietroasa and Budureasa plutons were emplaced within a time range of 70-74 Ma (Bleahu et al., 1984).
Late dacite and rhyodacite dykes, sometimes up to 15 km in length, crosscut the intrusions. According to
Ionescu and Har (2001), despite the unitary appearance of the Bihor Mountains banatitic magmatism, the
petrochemical studies reveal some differences between the Budureasa and Pietroasa igneous bodies.
Generated in the same structural frame (continental arc granitoids), the Budureasa magmas preceded in
time the more alkaline Pietroasa magmas. The petrochemical differences observed between the Budureasa
and Pietroasa banatitic bodies are at variance with the presence of a single, deep situated, batholith with
large apophyses (as the Budureasa and Pietroasa bodies were considered).
According to Corina Ionescu & Hoeck, (2010), the differences between the Pietroasa and the Budureasa
intrusives are complex. The more SiO2-poor composition would suggest an earlier crystallization of the
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
former than the latter within the overall evolution trend. This is not consistent with the relative enrichment
of Fe, Mg, Ti and the depletion of Al in the Pietroasa rocks. This requires, compared with the overall trend,
additional processes. Possibly granodioritic to quartz monzodioritic magmas may have assimilated Al-poor
but Fe, Mg and Ti-rich minerals, i.e. amphiboles or clinopyroxenes, which altered the composition in the
appropriate way. This assumption is also supported by the presence of numerous basic xenoliths in the
granitoids from Pietroasa. Similar xenoliths are observed elsewhere in the Apuseni banatites but in a lower
amount, as for example in the Budureasa intrusion.
3.7.1.1 Brucite deposits
Between 1982 and 1990 the brucite deposits from Budureasa and Pietroasa were investigated by surface
pits, drillings and underground galleries. The brucite-bearing zones were sampled at 1 m spacing resulting in
an enormous wealth of analytical, mainly chemical data (Ionescu, 1999).
A schematic and idealized view of the contact of granodiorites with the Anisian dolomites shows a structure
with four zones, ranging from granodiorites to pure dolomites (Ionescu & Hoeck, 2005):
1. Granodiorites are holocrystalline hypidiomorphic, sometimes porphyritic, with large feldspar
phenocrysts. Various magmatic, metamorphic and sedimentary xenoliths are common at the
periphery of the intrusion.
2. Mg skarns, forming the innermost zone of the contact aureole, consist mainly of forsterite, garnet
(andradite) and clinopyroxene (diopside, hedenbergite). Periclase and spinel occur as well. A wealth
of hydrated minerals mainly serpentine minerals, phlogopite, talc, chlorite, epidote–zoisite, apatite,
tremolite–actinolite and subordinately hydrogarnet, vesuvianite, chondrodite, clinohumite,
hydrotalcite, brucite, hydromagnesite and pyrophyllite were also formed. Younger veins with quartz,
magnesite, sepiolite, calcite, pyrite, pyrrhotite, sphalerite, chalcopyrite, galenobismutite, and galena
are common. The skarn thickness around the granodioritic body is relatively small, ranging from 0.5
up to maximum 7 m. The first occurrence of hydrogarnet and magnesioferrite in Romania was
described from the Budureasa area by Ghergari & Ionescu (2000).
3. Brucite-bearing zones occur only at some distances (0.5 to 7 m) from the contact. The irregular,
sometimes lens-shaped brucite-bearing zones range from several metres up to tens of metres in
width and from tens to several hundreds of metres in length, respectively. The thickness of the
brucite-bearing zone can significantly vary within the short distance. The variation of brucite content
across the contact aureola around the granodioritic intrusion is highly inhomogeneous, ranging from
brucite-rich, with up to 40 wt% brucite to brucite-poor domains, with less than 5 wt% brucite. The
average content of brucite is around 10.5 wt% in the Budureasa area and 7.5 wt% in the Pietroasa
area, respectively (Ionescu, 1999).
4. Recrystallized Anisian dolomite, without or with only very low Si and Al content, follows the brucite-
rich zones. Brucite forms small lamellae of 20×20×2 μm up to 80×50×6 μm (length, width, thickness).
Large individual lamellae, over 1 mm in length are only exceptionally found. Brucite lamellae group
in clusters of various shapes and sizes (in average from 0.05 to 1.3 mm). Fillings of small veinlets or
isolated lamellae are rare.
The studies carried out on the mineralogy, petrology and genesis of the brucite deposits reveal a model of
heating and cooling sequence under conditions of very low XCO2 during the contact metamorphism (Ionescu
& Hoeck, 2005). The pressure estimates for the heating and cooling paths can be based on field relations.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
The stratigraphic column of sediments covering granodiorites at the time of the intrusion ranges from 2.5 to
4 km (Bleahu et al., 1985), approximately equals to 0.1–0.2 GPa pressure for the contact metamorphism.
The brucite-bearing assemblages were described by Ionescu & Hoeck (2005) in the model system CaO–
MgO–SiO2–H2O–CO2, with calcite–dolomite–periclase–brucite–forsterite–antigorite–(+magnesite–tremolite–
quartz) as main mineral phases. The stability fields for the main dolomite-bearing assemblages in the
Budureasa and Pietroasa brucite deposits show that the stability field of brucite is restricted to the very low
XCO2 (< 0.05) over a wide range of temperatures, up to approximately 610°C.
According to the reaction (1) Brucite = Periclase +H2O the upper stability limit of brucite at 0.1 GPa pressure,
is at 600-610°C. Lower temperatures, below 400°C, can be estimated from the reaction 20 Brucite +
Antigorite = 34 Forsterite + 51 H2O. The reaction Dolomite + H2O = Brucite + Chalcocite + CO2 can take place
over a wide range of temperatures.
Based on field observations and theoretical considerations it is concluded that brucite formed by three main
processes: a) a prograde reaction, which generated periclase in the close vicinity of the intrusion, followed
by a retrograde reaction forming brucite in the presence of a vapour phase; b) directly from dolomite at
lower temperatures and c) by decomposition of forsterite.
3.7.1.2 Borate deposit
In the middle basin of the Aleului Valley (Bihor Mountains), at its confluence with the Sebisel Valley, at the
Gruiului Hill, an important endogene borate deposit, including ludwigite and szaibelyite, pointing to the
kotoite presence, was identified. The mineralized site is situated at about 4 km NE of the locality of Pietroasa
(Bihor District). The occurrence, investigated by mine workings, had also been pointed out (Stoicovici, Stoici,
1969; Stoici, 1974). In 1992 this deposit constitutes the study object of a thorough mineralogical study,
realised by S. Marincea.
The ore deposit is hosted in a zone with magnesian hornfels (sensu Turner, Verhoogen, 1960), at the contact
of the Pietroasa banatitic pluton with Anisian dolomite limetones of the Ferice Nappe (see Bordea, 1973, for
details).
The data analysed by Marincea, (1992) consisting of mineralogical and physico-chemical study of szaibelyite
and associated minerals in the Gruiului Hill occurrence, correlated with general geological aspects led as to
the following conclusions:
The formation of the borates from the contact aureole of the Pietroasa granitoid body is the result
of an infiltration metasomatic process. This process explains the frequency of the occurrence of
ludwigite disseminations in other parts of the contact aureole of the body (Rafalet, 1963). In case of
the Gruiului Hill occurrence the significant boron-fluorine supply implies large metasomatic
processes compatible only with an intense diffusion metasomatism.
The hypothesis of a diffusion metasomatism implies the tectonic control of the boron minerals
disposition in case of the Gruiului Hill occurrence. This hypothesis, also supported by Stoicovici and
Stoici (1969), is based on the location of the mineralized zone nearby a Major fault of the Galbenii
fracture system (with a NW-SE disposition): Tirău-Măgura Guranilor Fault, at its intersection with a
network of conjugated fractures.
The presence of minerals with potential fluorine contents (clinohumite can contain up to 4 per cent
F according to Aleksandrov, 1982) makes plausible the hypothesis of the boron transport as fluoro-
boric compounds with alkaline solutions as an age. (Barsukov, Egorov, 1957). The interaction with
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
the dolomitic background makes possible the decrease of the alkalinity of such solutions, necessary
for borate precipitation.
Iron seems to be the primary precipitant of boron, as indicated by ludwigite formation before the
pure magnesian borates. The iron deficit in the system would make possible the synchronous
crystallization of such borate (that is of suanite or fluoborite) as well as the later crystallization of
kotoite (Barsukov, Egorov, 1957).
Boron-(fluorine) metasomatic supply is unique, influencing the preservation of the pure magnesian
character of the primary borates, imprinted by the paleosome origin. The character of these borates,
highly susceptible to the acceptance into the network of cations like Mn+, Sn4+, Ti4+, induces the
extreme magnesian character of the Gruiului Hill szaibelyite, for which the secondary genesis has
been admitted.
The constancy of the magnesian contents in calcites occurring in areas with hornfels affected or
unaffected by the boron metasomatism (see point 2) leads to the conclusion of the extension of this
metasomatism in zones where the limited development of the silicate minerals made possible the
formation of an "excess" of magnesium available in the carbonate phases. The reverse correlation
between the abundance of the silicates and the abundance of the boron minerals implies the active
role of the lithologic control in the location of the Gruiului Hill mineralization.
3.7.2 Băița Bihor site
As the majority of Romanian skarn areas, the skarns at Baita Bihor are developed in the contact aureole of an
important body of "banatites" (a major granite- granodiorite intrusion of Late Cretaceous - Paleogene age).
The banatites at Baita Bihor belong to an extended pluton (the Southern Bihor batholith) and were ascribed
by Stefan et al. (1988) to the second cycle of the laramian magmatism in the Apuseni Mountains (Danian-
Ypresian in age). Calcic and magnesian skarns largely develop within the contact aureole. They have as
protolite Mesozoic sedimentary formations belonging to some structural units individualised as the Codru
Nappes System (the Vetre, Urmat and Vălani Units) and the Bihor Autochthon (the Bihor Unit): Bordea,
Bordea (1973).
As a peculiarity, the magnesian skarns at Baita Bihor materialise metasomatic columns described as bodies
by Stoici (1974) or by Cioftica et al. (1977). They are preferentially hosted by some areas of dolomitic
marbles or magnesian hornfels resulting from the thermal metamorphism of the dolostones in the Vetre
Unit (the Frăsinel dolosparite, of Carnian – Norian age) and in the Vălani Unit (the Obârșia Izbuc Formation,
of Anisian - Carnian age). Magnesian skarn bodies were described by Stoici (1974) at. Baia Rosie, Bolfu -
Tony, Hoanca Motului, Antoniu, Sturzu and Martha.
From the mineralogical point of view, the magnesian skarn assemblages consist of forsterite, spinel,
clinohumite, humite, chondrodite, diopside, phlogopite, tremolite, dolomite, calcite, with superposed talc,
serpentines, and brucite. They show strong disequilibria with scarce or no paragenetical intergrown phases.
Mineralizations of iron oxides, magnesian borates, base-metal sulphides and Bi-sulphosalts were recognised
to overlap on the magnesian skarn areas (Cioftica, Vlad, 1968; Stoici, 1974; Cioflica et al. 1977).
According to Stoici, (1983), at Băița Bihor there are the following are types of deposits: metasomatic bodies,
columns, veins, impregnations, lenticular sheet lenses and layers.
Metasomatic bodies are localized along fractures with a regional alignment that coincide with the contact
between a carbonated rock and intrusive body. A classic example is the contact Blidar, along which there
have mineralized skarns, with a thickness of 5 to tens of meters, which are opened by mining works over a
length of 600 m and a height difference of 500m.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Columns are widespread in the Baita Bihor. They are situated at the intersection of two fault systems (Baia
Roșie, Sturzu, Antoniu) at the incidence place of a dyke with a fault system (Bolfu - Tony, Hoanca Moţului), or
in tectonic zones between two eruptive veins (Gustav, Reichenstein). Veins are less widespread, and
impregnations are widespread, but with an insignificant economic importance.
Polymetallic sulphide and Iron mineralization from Băii Valley have form of lenticular layers, consistent with
blastodetritic complex schits. The lenses are the result of residual aluminum and iron accumulations (Sighisel
Valley, Valea Seaca).
The contact-metamorphic zone at Băița Bihor is developed over a wide area (many square kilometers) owing
to the influence of an unexposed intrusive body, the Bihor batholith. The batholith consists mainly of
granodiorite and granite porphyry with subordinate quartz monzodiorite and diorite (Stoici 1983, Ștefan et
al. 1988). A whole-rock Rb–Sr isochron age of 70±5 Ma has been reported for granodioritic rocks of the Bihor
batholiths (Pavelescu et al. 1985). This is some 10 Ma younger than a K–Ar age of 81 Ma reported for similar
rocks in satellite bodies by Bordea et al. (1988), but older than other K–Ar ages (in the range 50–61 Ma)
mentioned by the same authors (Bordea et al. 1988). The intrusion may be consequently assigned to the
most important magmatic event in the region, the “banatitic” one, of Upper Cretaceous – Paleocene age.
The influence of calcium and magnesium metasomatosis, and these lithologic-petrographic and tectonic
factors, led to the formation of important masses of skarns. Depending on the rock that generated the suite
of neoformation minerals, skarns are of several types: calcic, magnesian, calcic – magnesian and
microdiopsidic.
Figure 3.14 Sketch representing Baita Bihor Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb) skarn location (Ciobanu et al. 2002). Deeper parts
of Antoniu have grades of 1-2 g/t Au in bornite ore, also rich in Ag, and Bi. 2 Mt of Gold are target for the
present exploitation.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Calcic skarns, having wollastonite, garnets (grossular and andradite), vesuviane and calcite, and as secondary
minerals: diopsid, hedenbergite, zeolits, fluorine, quartz, apatite, bustamite, are connected to industrial ore
of Mo, Bi, W, with important content of Cu, Pb, Zn, Au, Ag.
Calcic – magnesian skarns are formed mainly by dipside and calcite, which contain a suite of minerals, from
oxides and sulphides class, which were exploited since the last century.
Microdiopsidic skarns are characteristic for the veins situated within Băița Molybden ore-body.
Magnesian skarns are described below (see Marincea, 2001):
Extensive boron metasomatism affected the rocks in the contact-metamorphic zone and is locally
manifested in magnesian skarns developed at the expense of sequences of dolostone of Anisian – Carnian or
Carnian – Norian age (Bordea et al. 1988). Such skarns are commonly boron-bearing and occur in well-
expressed metasomatic columns or “skarn bodies” (i.e., those at Baia Roșie, Antoniu, Hoanca Moțului and
Bolfu–Tony). The skarn bodies, now mostly removed by intensive mining for base-metal sulfides, extended
downward to more than 400 m below the surface; only small exposures may now be observed at the
surface. A geological sketch of the Băița Bihor area is given in Figure 3.14. Stoici (1974, 1983) gave additional
details concerning the geology and mining operations in the area, as well as extensive cartographic
descriptions.
Magnesian borates (i.e., kotoite, suanite, ludwigite, fluoborite, szaibelyite) are found in the outer zones of
the metasomatic columns, whose inner zones generally consist of diopside-bearing skarns. The boron-
bearing skarn is always located at the very contact of the dolomite marble. The abundance of kotoite is
remarkable; for this reason, Watanabe (1939) gave the name “kotoite marble” to this rock. In fact, the
internal zoning of the boron-bearing skarn is more complex, including an external zone with suanite and an
internal one with kotoite (Marincea 1998). Szaibelyite is widely distributed and occurs in all the boron-
bearing skarns. Its modal abundance (up to 30% of the rock volume) is highest in the outer zones of the
boron-bearing skarn bodies, where the mineral extensively replaces suanite (Marincea, 2001).
Figure 3.15 Cross-section representing Baita Bihor Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb) skarn location (Ciobanu et al. 2002). The
intersection of the Antoniu and Blidar faults is considered the main control for this trend (mine geologist O.
Kiss)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Ciobanu et al. (2002) described the link between bismuth tellurides and gold within deposits in the Banatitic
Magmatic and Metallogenetic Belt, describing the situation from Băița Bihor. We extract some data from this
article.
In 2015 a short presentation of the Băița Bihor mine is posted on the internet by VAST Resources PCL, which
has the exploitation license. It states the following:
Mine hosts; copper, silver, zinc, lead, tungsten, gold, molybdenum, bismuth and antimony;
Depth potential below the deepest Level 18 has only been drill tested for about 90 m – it is not yet
certain how deep the skarn mineralisation will persist before being cut off by an underlying granite
intrusion – see below
The branching skarn geometry suggests the mine is currently in the shallow upper levels of the
system and the deep roots could persist for at least several hundred metres – an old Russian hole in
the 1970s indicated +350m from base of mine to granite.
Orebody is zoned vertically with Au-Ag caps and Pb-Zn being richer at upper levels.
Copper grades increase with depth from ~0.8% Cu near surface to >2% Cu below Level 18, with
spectacular Ag and Au grades (200–2,000 g/t and 1–4 g/t respectively) associated with copper on
thin veined contacts with the host dolomite.
Antonio 2 pipe lies approximately 300m north of Antonio 1, both have good access from drives
(galleries) down to Level 18 at Antonio 1 and Level 15 at Antonio 2.
Postulated that the Antonio 1 and 2 pipes may merge at depth forming a substantially larger
orebody representing a priority drilling target.
VAST Resources has rights to mine polymetallic minerals (Cu, Pb, Zn, Ag, Au), molybdenum, bismuth,
wolfram, boron, and wollastonite on exploitation licence LE 999/1999 until 2019, renewable
thereafter in 5 year periods.
3.7.3 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
A large amount of data (e.g. geochronology, fluid composition, mineralogy, geochemistry, etc.) has
been generated from ore deposit research in Bihor Mountains.
A good understanding is developing of how magmatism, fluids and large-scale structures have
interacted to produce economic mineralisation. This data and knowledge has implications for
engineered geothermal systems.
3.7.4 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains
There is significant uncertainty about the form and scale of mineralisation below 1,000 m.
The distribution of data coverage is generally skewed towards areas where economic mineralisation
has been exploited or commercial mineral exploration has occurred.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
4 Identifying target sites for future CHPM
4.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km
More information can be added in order to decipher the relation between the two structural units Bihor Mts
and Beiuș Basin, and to indicate to what extent alpine magmatism that is described within Bihor Mts can
influence the sedimentary basin, from where geothermal water is extracted.
4.1.1 Magnetic and gravity contributions to the deciphering of banatitic structures
The extensive petrophysical studies carried out by Andrei et al. (1989) have shown the main contrasts of
both magnetisation intensity and volumetric density which command the way of reflection of the banatitic
structures in the gravity and magnetic images. Moreover, these studies have allowed to identify the
presence and to establish the importance of other sources of gravity and magnetic anomalies with similar
features to those caused by banatitic magmatites.
The banatitic magmatites cause in most cases positive contrasts in magnetisation, with the exception where
host formations are Moesozoic ophiolites or crystalline series including important masses of metabasitic
rocks. Thus, the banatitic magmatites, in the absence of hydrothermal alterations in argillaceous facies, have
usually values- of magnetic susceptibility of over 1000–1500 cgs units.
Only the main mass of the rhyolites from Vlădeasa show magnetic susceptibility values lower than 100-200
cgs units. The magnetic susceptibility of intermediate-basic banatites (diorites, monzodiorites, gabbros, etc.)
is, as an average, almost double in comparison with that of the acid ones (granodiorite, granite,
monzogranate) especially because of the higher content of ferromagnetic accessory minerals (magnetite,
titano-Magnetite, ilmenite).
In most cases the intensity of natural magnetic magnetization is subordinate to the induced magnetization,
especially in the case of acidic banatites. At the magnetization excess caused by the banatitic magmatites,
there are added, with varying importance, those of the thermal metamorphic aureole either izochemical or
allochemical. In this respect, the most outstanding example was pointed out in the upper part of Bihor -
Vladeasa pluton in v. Leuca — v. Băița area where the Permian deposits of the Arieseni unit have acquired a
high magnetization because of the muschetovitization of the hematitic pigment of rocks under the influence
of izochemical thermal metamorphism on an aureole of around 1600 m. The skarns with magnetite show
large values of magnetic susceptibility in direct connection with the amount of this mineral. The
hydrothermal alterations in argillaceous facies diminish down to cancellation of the magnetic properties of
banatites and associated formations depending on the intensity of these processes.
The acid banatitic intrusive rocks show density deficits of 0.10–0.15 g/cm3 in comparison with crystalline
basement formations, ophiolitic basalts, Permian deposits and several levels of the Triassic. Compared to the
Jurassic and Cretaceous formations, their density deficits are small (sometimes very small), while in
comparison with the granitoids of internal and middle Dacides, as well as with Werfenian deposits in Seiss
facies, the acid banatites do not create any density contrast. The intermediate-basic banatitic intrusive-
bodies usually generate density excesses against the host formations with the exception of metabasic terms
of several crystalline series. The quartz diorites and quartz monzodiorites have a density similar to that of the
mainly metaterrigenous crystalline formations. The hornfelsification processes that influenced the host rocks
cause a minor modification of density while the pyrometasomatic metamorphism brings about an important
increase of the density. The hydrothermal alteration in argillaceous facies of the banatitic rocks causes a
density decrease if no significant pyritisation occurs.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
This short picture of the petrophysical contrast reveals that the acid banatitic intrusions cause usually normal
magnetic anomalies, combined frequently with gravity minima especially over areas with crystalline
formations. The intermediate basic banatitic intrusions bring about steeper magnetic anomalies that may be
doubled by gravity maxima. The magnetic anomalies always add the effect of the thermal metamorphism
aureole to that of the banatitic intrusion itself. In case of very deep hydrothermal alterations in argillaceous
facies, the banatitic structures may not disturb the geomagnetic field. In such situations like Masca-Baișoara
and Florimunda - Varad, the magnetic anomalies are caused only by the magnetite ± pyrhotite skarn cover of
the respective bodies.
Figure 4.1 Distribution of depth banatitic structures deduced from aeromagnetic and gravity data (Andrei et
al., 1989) - see the legend on the next page
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Figure 4.1 continued
By applying the interpretation criteria described above, the map of banatitic structures from Romania as
inferred from aeromagnetic and gravity structures was elaborated by Andrei et al, (1989). Most of the
structures pointed out are of intrusive type, but sometimes (Vladeasa, Mureș Through and Rusca Montana
basin) the perturbing bodies comprise masses of volcanics and/or epiclastic formations.
Figure 4.1 qualitatively presents the depth and culmination contours of plutonic bodies and also of several
main hypabyssal intrusions. The geophysical map was projected on the study case perimeter map. The result
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
is shown in Figure 4.2. From this map, the extension of hypabyssal plutonic body can be seen, within both
Bihor Mountains, and the Beiuş basin.
Figure 4.2 Geophysical data projected on the study case perimeter map. Legend for geophysical features: 1.
depth contour of the Bihor banatitic plutonic body=O-----O; 2. contour of culmination of banatitic plutons of
smaller size; +- - - + 2a – acid or undifferentiated bodies; 2b-intermediate or basic bodies. > - - >
4.1.2 Geological contributions to the deciphering of banatitic structures
A team from the Geological and Geophysical Institute of Romania coordinated the elaboration of general
profiles accross Romania, that synthetise all geophysical and geological knowledge gathered from reports.
The team was coordonated by Ștefănescu and, for the Bihor Mountains the following data were integrated:
aeromagnetic, gravimetric and seismic data from: Fl. Ionescu, M. Niculin, L. Popescu – Brădet, V.
Teodorescu, E. Spînoche;
geologic data from: M. Ștefăneacu, Șt. Panin, S. Bordea, I. Balintoni and P. Polonic;
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
For this study we present a fragment of one of these profiles, 1-A (Ștefănescu et al.), which is a cross-section
between Codru Moma Mts – Beiuș Basin – Bihor Mts, (Figure 4.3). The profile crosses from south west to
north east the central part of the study case perimeter. The section indicates a succession of nappes that
overlie the intrusive plutonic body. According to this cross-section, over Bihor Autochtonous, Vălani Nappe is
extended and, in its turn, is covered by Finiș Nappe. Above them Arieșeni Nappe overlies to the south, or
Dieva Nappe overlies to the north. According to this cross-section one can observe that all these nappes are
to be found in both the eastern part of Bihor Mountains and the western part of Beiuș basin.
Figure 4.3 Cross-section between Codru Moma Mts – Beiuș Basin – Bihor Mts extracted from the profile 1-A
(Ștefănescu et al.). See legends on next page
4.1.3 How Bihor Mountains can positively contribute to the aims of CHPM2030
The IGR holds a large amount of information about the geological, geophysical and geochemical
properties of the Romania.
Data coverage for the Bihor Mts is at a scale 1: 50,000 for geology and 1: 200,000 for geophysics.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
IGR has modern mineralogical laboratories that can bring an input to the new data analyses
depending on the project requirements.
4.2 Limitations in our current understanding of Bihor Mountains
The majority of the data sets only relate to the shallow sub-surface 0–1,000 m).
Some datasets are incomplete.
Some datasets are based on old data that are hosted on paper.
for Figure 4.3
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
5 Concluding remarks
This review of the Bihor Mts has shown their potential for the CHPM project, i.e., extracting metals together
with geothermal waters from larger depth. Here, we summarize data supporting this idea.
5.1 Geological data
Within the Bihor Mountains, a granodioritic-granitic batholitic body, which is of hypoabissal origin, extends,
both at the surface and in the underground up to the Galbena fault. At the surface, within the Pietroasa -
Aleului valley area, and further north, up to Budureasa, granodiorites crop out. Associated with this banatitic
intrusion, apophyses and bodies of andesitic or basaltic composition have been documented, especially in
the upper reaches of Crișu Bãița along the valleys Hoanca Moțului, Corlatu and Fleșcuța, as well as in the
Valea Seacã catchment area. The intrusion of the banatites has resulted in contact processes that affected
the sedimentary deposits being traversed. At the contact of the banatites with the limestones, marbles and
various types of calcidic skarns have been formed, while at the contact with the detritic and pelitic rocks are
met, e.g., hornfels and garnet skarns.
Owing to the Bihor pluton, the Bihor Mts are integrated within the Banatitic Magmatic and Metallogenic
Belt, which represents a series of discontinuous magmatic and metallogenic occurrences of Upper
Cretaceous age, and being discordant in respect to Mid-Cretaceous nappe structures. The most important
occurrences are Pietroasa, Budureasa and Băița Bihor, where the magmatic bodies intruded Permian-
Mesozoic sequences and produced contact-metamorphic aureoles. As a consequence brucite and borates
were reported for skarns from Pietroasa and Budureasa, and Cu (Mo, Zn-Pb), Au and Ag were exploited in
Băița Bihor.
5.2 Geophysical and structural data
The maps from Figures 4.1, 4.2, and 3.13 corroborated with magnetometric and gravimetric field
measurements indicate that the Bihor batolith and its apophyses have regional extention. These intrusions
essentially changed the whole previous geological assemblage. A fault system, mainly oriented from north-
west to south east affected the Permo-Mesozoic deposits from above.
The Codru Nappes System is common to both, Bihor Mountains and Beius basin, overlying the Bihor unit.
Moreover, a succession of several overlapping nappes, each containing Middle and Upper Triassic carbonate
deposits are shown in Figure 4.3. It results in that the sequences of Middle and Upper Triassic carbonate
deposits can be intercepted two or even three times at different depths.
These Middle and Upper Triassic deposits are concurrently:
1. magnesium skarn areas, which resulted from thermal metamorphic processes, providing metals;
2. permeable strata, through which metal rich fluids are transported at long distances, from Bihor Mts
to Beiuș Basin;
3. geothermal aquifers where hot water is extracted.
5.3 Hydrogeology
Being an intense karstified region, the Bihor Mountains are characterised by a very high rate of circulation of
fluids, generating aquifers with large discharge, and with short periods of time for recharging (in case of
intensive exploitation).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
Both at the surface and at depth, there are extensive contact areas between the magmatic body and the
carbonated deposits, facilitating the mobility of waters and their enrichment and diversification in chemical
components.
The Beius well 3001 intercepted a productive geothermal layer, represented by the Anisian – Ladinian of
Ferice Nappe, at 2700m depth. According to the section in Figure 4.3, another geothermally productive
sequence of Middle – Upper Triassic deposits may be intercepted at even larger depths.
5.4 Metallogenesis
In our study we include three sites, Pietroasa, Budureasa, and Băița Bihor. They have similarities but also
differences. It is still unclear, which of these sites delivers metals to the aquifer.
At both Pietroasa - Budureasa and Baita Bihor metamorphosed dolomitic layers (dolomitic marbles) are
present, framed by calcic marbles, and similar to those that mainly host karst geothermal aquifers from
Beius.
Such sequences are represented by anisian dolomites from Pietroasa and Budureasa, belonging to the Ferice
Nappe, which contain mineralisations of boron, brucite and, at Budureasa, skarns with magnetite. The
sequences are also represented by Carnian – Norian ‘Băița dolomites and marbles’. They belong to the Vetre
Unit or to the Vălani Unit and host magnesian skarns with boron Molybden and a suite of minerals, mainly
oxides and sulphides.
Metallogenesis conditions determine and even facilitate the mobility of elements in hydrothermal fluids. This
process needs to be deciphered for the skarn deposits from Pietroasa, Budureasa and Băița Bihor, as well as
for boron and magnesian minerals dissolved in aqueous solutions.
5.5 Geothermal data
Visarion (1978), and later Demetrescu (1994) demonstrated that regional geothermal conditions are strongly
influenced by the tectonic and magmatic activity around.
In the Beiuș basin, situated in the proximity of the Pannonian basin where maximum values of heat flow for
Romania of > 100 mW m-2 are observed, heat flow density is estimated value to > 90 mW m-2. According to
Visarion, the thin granitic layer in the western part of Romania cannot entirely account for the high surface
geothermal activity observed here, even though it is rich radioactive elements. A considerable inflow of heat
from the upper mantle could have been one of the driving forces in the geological evolution of the region.
This is also suggested by stronger subsidence of the Pannonian Basin in comparison with tectonic units from
the east. Demetrescu has estimated temperature at 20 km depth beneath the Beiuș basin to c. 500°C.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
6 References
ALMÁSI E.E.; PÁL-MOLNÁR E.; BATKI A. 2012: Mineralogy and mineral chemistry of hornblendites from the
Ditrău alkaline massif (Romania) and its petrogenetic relations. - Acta Mineralogica - Petrographica,
Abstract Series, Szeged, 7, 52-59.
ANDREJ, J.; CRISTESCU, TR.; CALOTĂ, C.; PROCA, A.; ROMANESCU, DR.; SĂNDULESCU RUSSO. D.; ȘTEFAN, A.;
SUCEAVĂ, M.; BRADU, M.; HANNICH, D.; ALBAIU, M. 1989: Spatial distribution and structural images of
banatites from Romania, deduced from gravity and magnetic data. - Rev. Roum.Géol., Géophys.et –
Géophysique, 33, 79-85, Bucarest.
AUWERA VANDER JACQUELINE; BERZA TUDOR; GESELS JULIE; DUPONT ALAIN 2015: The Late Cretaceous
igneous rocks of Romania (Apuseni Mountains and Banat): the possible role of amphibole versus
plagioclase deep fractionation in two different crustal terranes. - Int J Earth Sci (Geol Rundsch).
BALINTONI IOAN 2004: Some comments on the structure of the Apuseni Mountains, Romania. - Ber. Inst.
Erdwiss. K.-F.-Univ. Graz ISSN 1608-8166 Band 9 Graz, 59-60.
BALINTONI IOAN; BALICA CONSTANTIN; CLIVEŢI MONICA; LI QIU- LI; HANN PETER HORST; CHEN FUKUN;
SCHULLER VOLKER 2006: New U/Pb and Pb/Pb zircon ages from the Biharia terrane rocks, Apuseni
Mountains, Romania. - Studia Universitatis Babeş-Bolyai, Geologia, 51 (1-2), 61 – 65.
BALINTONI IOAN; BALICA CONSTANTIN; DUCEA N. MIHAI; HANN HORST-PETER 2014: Peri-Gondwanan
terranes in the Romanian Carpathians: A review of their spatial distribution, origin, provenance, and
evolution. - Geoscience Frontiers 5, 395-411. URL: www.elsevier.com/locate/gsf.
BALINTONI IOAN 2004: Some comments on the structure of the Apuseni Mountains, Romania. - ©Institut F.
Erdwissensch., Geol.u. Paläont., Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz; URL: www.biologiezentrum.at.
BERZA TUDOR; CONSTANTINESCU EMIL; NICOLAE VLAD ȘERBAN 1998: Upper Certaceous magmatic series
and associated mineralisation in the Carpathian-Balkan Orogen. - Resource Geology, 48/4, 291-304.
BERZA, T.; ILINCA, G. 2014: Late cretaceous banatitic Magmatism and Metallogeny in the frame of the
eoalpine tectonics from the Carpathian-Balkan Orogen. - Bul. Shk. Gjeol. 1/2014 - Special Issue
Proceedings of XX CBGA Congress, Tirana, Special Session SS9, 145 –147.
BLUNDELL J. DEREK 2002: The timing and location of major ore deposits in an evolving orogen: The
geodynamic context. - Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 204, 1-12. URL:
http://sp.lyellcollection.org.
BLUNDELL, NEUBAUER, D. J.; F.; A VON QUADT; 2002: The timing and location of major ore deposits in an
evolving Orogen. - Geological Society, Special Publications, 204, 69-81.
BORDEA SEVER; MANTEA GHEORGHE 1999: The main structural elements of the Beiuș basin and of the
adiacent zones (Apuseni Mountains). - Rev. Roum.Géologie, 43, 101-108.
BORGH TER MARTEN; VASILIEV IULIANA; STOICA MARIUS; KNEŽEVIĆ SLOBODAN; MATENCO LIVIU;
KRIJGSMAN WOUT; RUNDIĆ LJUPKO; CLOETINGH SIERD 2013: The isolation of and Pannonian Basin
(Central Paratethys): New constraints from magnetostratigraphy and biostratigraphy. - Global and
Planetary Change 103, 99-118. URL: www.elsevier.com/locate/gloplacha.
BORTOLOTTI VALERIO; MARRONI MICHELE; NICOLAE IONEL; PANDOLFI LUCA; PRINCIPI GIANFRANCO;
SACCANI EMILIO 2004: An update of the Jurassic ophiolites and associated calc-alkaline rocks in the
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
south Apuseni Mountains (western Romania), - Ofioliti, 29(1), 5-18. URL:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281466706.
CIOBANU L. CRISTIANA; COOK J. NIGEL; STEIN HOLLY 2002: Regional setting and geochronology of the Late
Cretaceous Banatitic Magmatic and Metallogenetic Belt. - Mineralium Deposita 37, 541–567.
CIOFLICĂ, G.; BERBELAC, I.; LAZĂR, C.; ȘTEFAN, A.; VLAD, Ș.: Metallogeny related to laramian magmatism in
the Bihor Mountains (Northern Apuseni-Romania), 1-12.
CSONTOS LÁSZLÓ; VÖRÖS ATTILA 2004: Mesozoic plate tectonic reconstruction of the Carpathian region-
Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 210, 1–56. URL: www.elsevier.com/
locate/palaeo.
DALLMEYER, R. D.; PANĂ, D. I.; NEUBAUER, F.; ERDMER, P. 1999: Tectonothermal Evolution of the Apuseni
Mountains, Romania: Resolution of Variscan versus Alpine Events with 40Ar/39Ar Ages. - The Journal of
Geology,107, 329–352.
DINU CORNELIU; CALOTĂ CONSTANTIN; MOCANU VICTOR; CIULAVU DANIEL 1991: Geotectonic setting and
the particular structural features of the Beiuș basin, on the basin of geological and geophysical data
synthesis. - Rev.Roum. Géophysique, 35, 77-87.
DINU PANĂ; BALINTONI IOAN 2000: Igneous protoliths of the biharia lithotectonic assemblage: timing of
intrusion, geochemical considerations, tectonic setting. - Studia universitatis Babeş-Bolyai, geologia,
XLV, 1, 3-14.
DUPONT ALAIN; AUWERA VANDER JACQUELINE; PIN CHRISTIAN; MARINCEA ȘTEFAN; BERZA TUDOR 2002:
Trace element and isotope (Sr, Nd) geochemistry of porphyry - and skarn-mineralising Late Cretaceous
intrusions from Banat, western South Carpathians, Romania. - Mineralium Deposita 37, 568–586. URL:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281466706.
FAN GUANGWEI; WALLACE C. TERRY; ZHAO DAPENG 1998: Tomographic imaging of deep velocity structure
beneath the Eastern and Southern Carpathians, Romania: Implications for continental collision. –
Journal of Geophysical Research, 103/ B2, 2705-2723.
GALLHOFER DANIELA 2015: Magmatic geochemistry and geochronology in relation to the geodynamic and
metallogenic evolution of the Banat Region and the Apuseni Mountains of Romania. - DISS. ETH NO.
22888, 5-145.
GAVAT IULIAN; AIRINEI STEFAN; BOTEZATU RADU; SOCOLESCU MIRCEA; STOENESCU SCARLAT; VENCOV ION:
The deep geological structure of the territory of the romanian people's republic according to the
present geophysical data (gravimetric and magnetic data).
HAAS JÁNOS; PÉRÓ CSABA 2004: Mesozoic evolution of the Tisza Mega-unit. - Int J Earth Sci (Geol. Rundsch),
93:297–313.
HAAS JÁNOS, SÁNDOR KOVÁCS, HANS-JÜRGE N GAWLICK, EUGE N GRĂDINARU, STEVAN KARAMATA, MILAN
SUDAR5, CSABA PÉRÓ, JÁN MELL O, MILAN POLÁK, BOJAN OGORELEC & STANKO BUSER, 2011: Jb.
Geol. B.-A., ISSN 0016-7800, Band 151, Heft 3+4 S. 281–354.
HANS-GERT LINZER; WOLFGANG FRISCH; PETER ZWEIGEL; RADU GIRBACEA; HORST-PETER HANN; FRANZ
MOSER 1998: Kinematic evolution of the Romanian Carpathians. - Tectonophysics 297, 133 –156.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
HORVÁTH, F.; MUSITZ, B.; BALÁZS, A.; VÉGH, A.; UHRIN, A.; NÁDOR, A.; KOROKNAI, B.; PAP, N.; TÓTH, T.;
WÓRUM, G. 2015: Evolution of the Pannonian basin and its geothermal resources. - Geothermics 53,
328-352. www.elsevier.com/locate/geothermics.
IANOVICI V., BORCOȘ M., BLEAHU M., PATRULIUS D., LUPU M., DIMITRESCU R., SAVU H., 1976 Geologia
Munților Apuseni, Editura Academiei RSR.
ILINCA G. 2012: Upper cretaceous contact metamorphism and related mineralization in Romania. – Acta
Mineralogica-Petrographica, Abstract Series, Szeged, 7, 59-63.
ILINCA GHEORGHE 2014: Contact metamorphism and mineralization related to late cretaceous magmatism
in Romania. Rom. J. Mineral Deposits, 87, No. 1, 15-20.
IONESCU CORINA; HOECK VOLKER 2010: Mesozoic ophiolites and granitoids in the Apuseni Mountains. - Acta
mineralogica-petrographica, field guide series, 20, 1–44.
IONESCU CORINA; HAR NICOLAE 2001: Geochemical considerations upon the banatites from Budureasa-
Pietroasa area (Apuseni Mountains, Romania). - Studia universitatis Babeş-Bolyai, Geologia, XLVI,1,59-
80.
IONESCU CORINA; HAR NICOLAE 2001: Geochemical considerations upon the banatites from Budureasa-
Pietroasa area (Apuseni Mountains, Romania). - Studia Universitatis Babeş-Bolyai, Geologia, XLVI,1,59-
80.
ISTRATE GHEORGHE; UDUBAȘA GHEORGHE 1977-1978: Contribuții la cunoașterea metalogenezei masivului
banatitic de la Budureasa (Munții Apuseni). - D.S.Inst. geol. geofiz. vol. LXV, 2. Zăcăminte, 5-19.
KOUNOV ALEXANDRE; SCHMID M. STEFAN 2013: Fission-track constraints on the thermal and tectonic
evolution of the Apuseni Mountains (Romania). - Int J Earth Sci (Geol Rundsch) 102, 207–233.
KOUNOV ALEXANDRE; SCHMID STEFAN 2011: Alpine thermotectonic evolution of the Apuseni Mountains
(Romania). - Geophysical Research Abstracts, 13, EGU2011-2580, 455-457.
KOVÁČ MICHAL; GRIGOROVICH-SERGEYEVA AIDA; BRZOBOHATÝ ROSTISLAV; FODOR LÁSLÓ; HARZHAUSER
MATHIAS; OSZCZYPKO NESTOR; PAVELIĆ DAVOR; RÖGL FRED; SAFTIĆ BRUNO; SLIVA LUBOMIR; STÁNÍK
ZDENĚK 2003: Karpatian Paleogeography, tectonics and eustatic changes. - The Karpatian - a lower
Miocene stage of the Central Paratethys, eds 2003, Masaryk, University Brno, 49-72.
KOVÁCS SÁNDOR, SUDAR MILAN, GRĂDINARU EUGEN, GAWLICK HANS-JÜRGEN, KARAMATA STEVAN, JÁNOS
HAAS, PÉRÓ CSABA, GAETANI MAURIZIO, JÁN MELLO, MILAN POLÁK, DUNJA ALJ INOVIĆ, BOJAN
OGORELEC, TEA KOLAR-JURKOVŠEK, BOGDAN JURKOVŠEK & STANKO BUSER, 2011: Triassic Evolution
of the Tectonostratigraphic Units of the Circum-Pannonian Region, Jb. Geol. B.-A., Heft 3+4, 199–280.
LELKES-FELVÁRI GYÖNGYI; FRANK WOLFGANG; SCHUSTER RALF 2003: Geochronological constraints of the
Variscan, Permian-Triassic and eo-alpine (cretaceous) evolution of the great hungarian plain
basement. - Geologica Carpathica, 54, 5, 299-315.
M.SC. GRINC MICHAL 2013: Détermination d’un modèle lithosphérique en Europe centrale: modélisation
géophysique intégrée. - Ecole doctorale MIPEGE 534 Modélisation et Instrumentation en Physique,
Energies, Géosciences et Environnement. 15-34.
MAFTEIU MIHAI; MARINESCU MIHAI; BUGIU SANDA; STANCIU CHRISTIAN 2010: Determinarea grosimii
copertei zăcământului de granodiorit Valea Lazului-Pietroasa, Județul Bihor, prin metoda sondajului
electric vertical. Centrul de cercetare – MRMMI- Universitatea București - AGIR - Singro-Bucureşti.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
MARINCEA ȘTEFAN 2001: New data on szaibelyite from the type locality, Băița Bihor, Romania. – The
Canadian Mineralogist 39, 111-127.
MARINCEA STEPHAN 1998: Cristallochimie et propriétés physiques des borates magnésiens des skarns de la
province banatitique de Roumanie. - Earth Sciences. Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Mines de Saint -
Etienne, French. https://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/
MARINCEA ȘTEFAN; CIULAVU MAGDA; VANGHELIE IULIAN 1997: Palygorskite in magnesian skarns from Băița
Bihor (Rézbanya): A second Romanian occurrence and a review. - Rom.J. Mineralogy,75,69-85.
MARINCEA ȘTEFAN, 1992: New data concerning szaibelyte from Romania: The Gruiului Hill occurrence
(Aleului Valley, Bihor Mountains). - Rom. J. Mineralogy,75, 69-85.
MARINCEA ȘTEFAN, 2004: A contribution to the study of kotoite: data on three Romanian occurrences. N.Jb.
Miner.Mh., 253-274.
MARINCEA ȘTEFAN, 2006: Suanite in two boron-bearing magnesian skarn from Romania: data on a longtime
ignored mineral species. - N.Jb. Miner.Abh.,182/2,183-192.
MATENCO, L.; RADIVOJEVIĆ, D. 2012: On the formation and evolution of the Pannonian Basin: Constraints
derived from the structure of the junction area between the Carpathians and Dinarides, Tectonics an
Agu Journal, 31, Issue 6. URL: http://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/agu/issue/10.1002/tect.v31.6.
MERTEN, S.; MATENCO, L.; FOEKEN T. P. J.; ANDRIESSEN, P. A. M. 2011: Toward understanding the
post‐collisional evolution of an orogen influenced by convergence at adjacent plate margins: Late
Cretaceous–Tertiary thermotectonic history of the Apuseni Mountains. - Tectonics, 30, 1-28.
MERTEN, S.; MATENCO, L.; FOEKEN, J. P. T.; ANDRIESSEN, P. A. M. 2011: Toward understanding the
post‐collisional evolution of an orogen influenced by convergence at adjacent plate margins: Late
Cretaceous–Tertiary thermotectonic history of the Apuseni Mountains. - Tectonics, 30,1-28.
MIŠIK, M.; MOCK, R.; RAKÚS, M.; BIELY, A.: The area of Mesosoic sedimentation of the Mecsek and Northern
Apuseni Mountain was not situated in the west Carpathians. - Structure and Tectonics: The Slovakian
interpretation of Tisza. IGCP Project 198, 69-79.
NEUBAUER FRANZ; HEINRICH CHRISTOPH; TOMEK CESTMIR; LIPS ANDOR; NAKOV RADOSLAV; ALBRECHT
VON QUADT; PEYTCHEVA IRENA; HANDLER ROBERT; BONEV IVAN; IVASCANU PAUL; ROSU EMILIAN;
IVANOV ZIVKO; KAISER-ROHRMEIER MAJKA, 2003: Late Cretaceous and Tertiary geodynamics and ore
deposit evolution of the Alpine-Balkan-Carpathian-Dinaride orogen. - Mineral exploration and
sustainable development, eliopoulos et al.(eds) Millpress, Rotterdam, 1133-1136.
OLAH STEFAN: Geothermal energy for the benefit of inhabitants of Beius town, County Bihor-Romania.
ORAȘEANU IANCU 1996: Contribution to the hydrogeology of the karst areas of the Bihor-Vlădeasa
Mountains (Romania). - Theoretical and Applied Karstology, 9,185-214.
ORĂȘEANU IANCU; IURKIEWICZ ADRIAN 2010: Karst hidrogeology of Romania, Oradea, 181-245.
PANA ION DlNU 1998: Petrogenesis and tectonics of the basement rocks of the Apuseni Mountains:
significance for the alpine tectonics of the Carpathian - Pannonian region. - Department of Earth and
Atmospheric Sciences Edmonton, Alberta Fall.
PANĂ, D. I.; HEAMAN, L. M.; CREASER, R. A.; ERDMER, P. 2002: Pre-Alpine Crust in the Apuseni Mountains,
Romania: Insights from Sm-Nd and U-Pb Data. - Journal of Geology, 110, 341–354.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
PĂTRAȘCU STEFAN; BLEAHU MARCIAN; PANAIOTU CRISTIAN 1990: Tectonic implications of paleomagnetic
research into Upper Cretaceous magmatic rocks in the Apuseni Mountains, Romania. –
Tectonophysics, 180, 309-322, Elsevier Science Publishers.
PĂTRAȘCU, ST.; PANAIOTU C.; ȘECLĂMAN, M.; PANAIOTU, C.E. 1994: Timing of rotational motion of Apuseni
Mountains (Romania): paleomagnetic data from Tertiary magmatic rocks. -Tectonophysics 233, 163-
176.
PAUCA MIRCEA: Le bassin neogene de Beiuș, 134-220.
R. DAVID DALLMEYER; FRANZ NEUBAUER; ROBERT HANDLER; HARRY FRITZ; WOLFGANG MÜLLER; DINU
PANA; MARIAN PUTIS 1966: Tectonothermal evolution of the internal Alps and Carpathians: evidence
from 40Ar/39Ar mineral and whole-rock data. - Eclogae geol. Helv. 89/1, 203-227.
URL:http://retro.seals.ch.
RĂDULESCU DAN; SĂNDULESCU MIRCEA; BORCOȘ MIRCEA 1993: Alpine magmatogenetic map of Roumania:
An approach to the systematization of the igneous activity. - Rev.Roum. Géologie, 37, 3-8.
REISER KASPAR MARTIN; SCHUSTER RALF; SPIKINGS RICHARD; TROPPER PETER; FÜGENSCHUH BERNHARD
2016: From nappe stacking to exhumation: Cretaceous tectonics in the Apuseni Mountains (Romania).
http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00531-016-1335-y/fulltext.html#CR52.
REISER KASPAR MARTIN; SCHUSTER RALF; SPIKINGS RICHARD; TROPPER PETER; FÜGENSCHUH BERNHARD
2016: From nappe stacking to exhumation: Cretaceous tectonics in the Apuseni Mountains
(Romania).- International Journal of Earth Sciences, 1-27.
REISER, M. K.; FÜGENSCHUH, B.; SCHUSTER, R. 2012: Thermotectonic evolution of the Apuseni Mountains
(Romania) based on structural and geothermochronological data. - Geophysical Research Abstracts,
EGU General Assembly, 14, EGU2012 4278-1.
ROMOCEA TAMARA; GHERGHELES CARMEN; PANTEA EMILIA 2012: The Study of Carbon Steels Corrosion in
Geothermal Systems of Lower Enthalpy. - Rev. Chim. (Bucharest) 63 No.6.,
http://www.revistadechimie.ro.
SĂNDULESCU, M.; DIMITRESCU, R. 2004: Geological Structure of the Romanian Carpathians. - Field Trip
Guide Book - B12, Vol. n° 1 - from PR01 to B15, 32nd International Geological Congress, 13-14.
SCHULLER V. 2004: Evolution and geodynamic significance of the Upper Cretaceous Gosau basin in the
Apuseni Mountains (Romania). - Eberhard Karls Universität Tübingen, TGA, A70.
SCHULLER VOLKER 2009: The emplacement age of the Muntele Mare Variscan granite (Apuseni Mountains,
Romania). - Geologica Carpathica, 60, 6, 495—504.
SCHULLER VOLKER; FRISCH WOLFGANG; DANIŠÍK MARTIN; DUNKL ISTVÁN; MELINTE CARMEN MIHAELA
2009: Upper Cretaceous Gosau deposits of the Apuseni Mountains (Romania) – Similarities and
differences to the Eastern Alps. - Austrian Journal of Earth Sciences,102, 133-145.
SCHULLER VOLKER 2009: The emplacement age of the Muntele Mare Variscan granite (Apuseni Mountains,
Romania). - Geologica Carpathica, 60/6, 495—504.
SCHULLER VOLKER; FRISCH WOLFGANG 2006; Heavy mineral provenance and paleocurrent data of the
Upper Cretaceous Gosau succession of the Apuseni Montain (Romania). - Geologica Carpathica, 57,1,
29-39.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
SCHULLER, V.; RAINER, T.: The upper cretaceous Gosau basins of the Apuseni Mts./Romania, provenance
analysis and thermal history.
SEBEŞAN MIOARA; STĂNĂŞEL OANA; SEBEŞAN RADU 2005: Chemical characterization of geothermal water
produced by 4699 CIGHID well and its behaviour under inhibitor treatment. - Proceedings World
Geothermal Congress 2005 Antalya, Turkey, 24-29.
SEBESAN, M.; BADEA, G.E.; SEBESAN, R.; STĂNĂȘEL, O.; SETEL, A. 2010: Estimation the reservoir Temperature
by using the silica - enthalphy model of geothermal water resulting from four wells situated in the
west Roumania, 1-4.
SEBEŞAN, M.; GAVRIŞ, G.; SEBEŞAN, R. 2008: Chemical modelling programs for predicting scaling of
geothermal water - Chem. Bull. "POLITEHNICA" Univ. (Timişoara), 53(67), 1-2.
SEBEŞAN, M.; IOVI, A.; STĂNĂŞEL, O. 2008: Chemical analysis of the solid depositions which formed in
utilization geothermal water. - Buletinul Ştiinţific al Universităţii “Politehnica” din Timisoara, România,
53 (67), 1-2.
SEGHEDI ANTONETA; POPA MIHAI; OAIE GHEORGHE; IONEL NICOLAE 2001: The Permian system in Romania.
- «Natura bresciana» Ann. Mus. Civ. Sc. Nat., Brescia, Monografia N.25, 281-293.
SEGHEDI IOAN 2004: Geological evolution of the Apuseni Mountains with emphasis on the neogene
magmatism – a review. - Romanian Academy, Institute of Geodynamics "Sabba S. Stefanescu" N. J., 5-
23.
SEGHEDI IOAN; BOJAR ANA-VOICA; DOWNES HILARY; ROŞU EMILIAN; TONARINI SONIA; MASON PAUL, 2007:
Generation of normal and adakite-like calc-alkaline magmas in a non-subductional environment: An
Sr–O–H isotopic study of the Apuseni Mountains neogene magmatic province, Romania. Chemical
Geology 245, 70–88. URL: www.elsevier.com/locate/chemgeo.
SEGHEDI IOAN; DOWNES HILRY; HARANGI SZABOLCS; MASON R.D. PAUL; PÉCSKAY ZOLTÁN 2005:
Geochemical response Neogen – Quaternary continental collision in the Carpathian-Pannonian region:
Areview. -Tectonophysics 410, 485-499. URL: www.elsevier.com/locate/tecto.
SEGHEDI IOAN; DOWNES HILRY; SZAKCS ALEXANDRU; MASON R.D. PAUL; THIRLWALL F. MATTHEW; ROȘU
EMILIAN; PÉCSKAY ZOLTÁN; MÁRTON EMÖ; PANAIOTU CRISTIAN 2004: Neogen – Quaternary
magmatism and geodynamics in the Carpathian-Pannonian region: A sinthesis. - Lithos 72, 117-146.
URL: www.elsevier.com/locate/lithos.
STOICOVICI EUGEN; SELEGEAN ION, 1970: Contribuții la cunoașterea magmatismului banatitic din Munții
Bihorului, Studia Universitatis Babes Bolyai, XV nr. 2, -15.
STOENESCU, S.; AIRINEI, ȘT. 1966: Evoluția, stadiul actual și direcțiile noi în studiul geofizic al teritoriului
României, Studiul geofizic al teritoriului României, 201-214.
STOICI S.D., 1983: Districtul metalogenetic Băița Bihorului. Editura Academiei RSR, 1-183.
STOICI SLOBODAN D., 1974: Studiul geologic și petrografic al Bazinului Superior al Crișului Negru – Băița
Bihor, cu privire specială asupra mineralizației de bor și a skarnelor magneziene, Institutul Geologic,
Studii Tehnice si Economice, nr. 7, 1-198.
STOICI S.D., 1981: Borul, Editura Tehnică, 1-168.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.3
STRUTINSKI CAROL; PUŞTE ADRIAN; STAN RODICA 2006: The metamorphic basement of Romanian
Carpathians: a discussion of K-Ar and 40Ar/39Ar ages. - Studia Universitatis Babeş-Bolyai, Geologia, 51
(1-2), 15 – 21.
ŞTEFAN AVRAM; ROŞU EMILIAN; ANDĂR ANCA; ROBU LUCIA; ROBU NICOLAE; BRATOSIN IRINA; GRABARI
GABRIELA; STOLA MARIA; VÂJDEA ELEONORA; COLIOS ELENA 1992: Petrological and geochemical
features of banatitic magmatites in northern Apuseni Mountains. - Rom. J. Petrology, 75, 97-115.
ȘTEFAN AVRAM; LAZĂR CONSTANTIN; BERBELEAC ION; UDUBAȘA GHEORGHE 1985; 1986, 1988: Evolution of
banatitic magmatism in the Apuseni Mts. and associated metallogenesis,). - D.S. Inst. geol. geofiz. 72-
73/2, 195-213.
TUDOR BERZA; CONSTANTINESCU EMIL; VLAD NICOLAE -ȘERBAN 1998: Upper Cretaceous Magmatic Series
and Associated Mineralisation in the Carpathian - Balkan Orogen. - Resource Geology, 48/ 4, 291–306.
VISARION MARIUS, VELICIU SERBAN, CONSTANTINESCU PETRE, ȘTEFĂNESCU MIHAI, 1978: Crusta
temperature –Depth Profile across Romaniaderived from Heat Flow and Other Geophysical Data,
Rev.Roum.Geol.Geohys.et Geogr. – GEOPHYSIQUE, 22, 33-38.
VLAD NICOLAE -ȘERBAN; BERZA TUDOR 2003: Banatitic magmatic and metallogenetic belt: metallogeny of
the Romanian carpathians segment. - Studia Universitatis Babeş-Bolyai, Geologia, XLVIII, 1,113-122.
VLAD, Ș.N. 1997: Calcic skarns and transversal zoning in the Banat mountains, Romania: indicators of an
Andean-type setting. - Mineralium Deposita, 32, 446 – 451.
VOZÁR JOZEF; EBNER FRITZ; VOZÁROVÁ ANNA; HAAS JÁNOS; † KOVÁCS SÁNDOR; SUDAR MILAN; BIELIK
MIROSLAV; PÉRÓ CSABA 2010: Variscan and Alpine terranes Variscan and Alpine terranes of the
Circum-Pannonian Region. - Geologica Carpathica, Geological Institute Bratislava, 51-86. URL: www.
geologicacarpathica.sk
VOZÁROVÁ ANNA, EBNER FRITZ, KOVÁCS SÁNDOR, KRÄUTNER HANS-GEORG, SZEDERKENYI TIBOR, KRSTIĆ
BRANISLAV SREMAC, JASENKA, ALJINOVIČ DUNJA, NOVAK MATEVŽ and SKABERNE DRAGOMIR, 2009:
Late Variscan (Carboniferous to Permian) environments in the Circum Pannonian Region, GEOLOGICA
CARPATHICA, FEBRUARY 2009, 60, 1, 71—104.
WIESINGER MARIA; NEUBAUER FRANZ; BERZA T.; HANDLER ROBERT; GENSER HANS 2004: 40Ar/39Ar
amphibole dating of romanian banatites: preliminary results. - ©Institut f. Erdwissensch., Geol. u.
Paläont., Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz, 455-457. www.biologiezentrum.at.
ZAJZON NORBERT; SZENTPÉTERI KRISZTIÁN; SZAKÁLL SÁNDOR; KRISTÁLY FERENC 2015: The origin of the
Avram Iancu U–Ni–Co–Bi–As mineralization, Băiţa (Bihor) metallogenic district, Bihor Mts., Romania. –
Article in International Journal of Earth Sciences. https:// www.researchgate.
net/publication/275272266.
(A1.2.4)- 1 / 49
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D 1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.4
REPORT ON DATA AVAILABILITY: SWEDEN
Summary:
This report aims to provide a brief overview of three major ore districts in Sweden,
including description of the geological setting, and on-going efforts in geophysics in
seeing deeper and increasing resolution for detecting mineralised zones at depth, as
well as attempting to estimate their low to mid enthalpy geothermal potential.
Authors:
Magnus Ripa, geologist, Gerhard Schwarz, geophysicist, Bo Thunholm, hydrogeologist
(Geological Survey of Sweden)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 2 / 49
Table of contents
1 Executive summary .................................................................................................................................... 5
2 Introduction and outline of work ............................................................................................................... 7
2.1 Country specific issues ....................................................................................................................... 7
2.2 Goals .................................................................................................................................................. 7
3 Previous research and available data ....................................................................................................... 10
3.1 Structural settings inferred from geology and geophysics (incl. drilling) ......................................... 10
3.2 Geometry and composition of ore deposits .................................................................................... 14
3.3 Structural evolution, deep-seated faults and fracture zones, their alignment ................................ 17
3.4 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow ............................................................................................... 18
3.5 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters ..................................................................................... 23
3.6 Thermal properties and heat flow ................................................................................................... 25
3.7 Current metallogenic models (2D- and 3D-) .................................................................................... 29
4 Identifying target sites for future CHPM .................................................................................................. 30
4.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km .................................. 30
4.2 Knowledge gaps and limitations ...................................................................................................... 31
5 Concluding remarks ................................................................................................................................. 32
6 Acknowledgements .................................................................................................................................. 32
7 References ............................................................................................................................................... 32
8 Appendix .................................................................................................................................................. 42
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 3 / 49
List of figures
Figure 1. a) Bedrock geology of Sweden (SGU data). Insert shows the geographical and tectonic setting of
Fennoscandia. b) (next page) The map of (a), where major ore districts, potential sites for nuclear waste
disposal (SKB test site) and sites of deep drill holes (COSC, Siljan, DGE-1) are noted. Presently active mines
are marked by + ................................................................................................................................................. 8
Figure 2. Geological map of the Skellefte district (SD), where, e.g., reflection seismic investigations of the
upper crust were done (Dehgannejad et al. 2012a) within the GEORANGE3D and the VINNOVA4D projects 12
Figure 3. 3D views and geological models around the Kristineberg mine in the Skellefte district down to larger
depth (Malehmir et al. 2009b). A combination of seismic reflection data (a) and geological cross sections (b),
and final models (c, d) where all geological and geophysical information available was combined for targeting
new prospecting areas ..................................................................................................................................... 13
Figure 4. The location of mines, known deposits and prospects in Sweden as named in text and in table 1
(according to SGU databases) .......................................................................................................................... 15
Figure 5. Boreholes in Sweden mostly drilled for prospection purposes which can provide relevant data for
the CHPM studies (locations from the SGU drilling database) ......................................................................... 19
Figure 6. The Gravberg hole in the Siljan ring of central Sweden (cf. with fig. 1b). a) Lithology with two types
of granites; b) Measured temperature at depth; c) Residual temperature, the difference between measured
– and constant gradient temperature (data measured in 1997 and 2004, with an artificial offset of 0.5°C
introduced); d, e) temperature gradients as running mean values of depth intervals of 20 and 500 m.
Gradient data of section d) are implying the presence of fractures in the bedrock (Balling 2013) ................. 21
Figure 7. Orientation of the maximum horizontal compressive stress in Scandinavia (Heidbach et al. 2008) . 22
Figure 8. Approximately NW-SE/W-E cross-section through the Laxemar-Simpevarp area (SKB 2009). Shown
are: a) the location of boreholes and sections which have undergone hydro-geochemical sampling, b) the
main fracture groundwater types (colour coded) which characterise the site, and c) the chloride distribution
with depth along the major deformation zones. Dotted lines in different colours represent the approximate
depths of penetration of the various fracture groundwater types along hydraulically active deformation
zones ................................................................................................................................................................ 24
Figure 9. Temperature of the uppermost crust in Sweden, at 500 m and 1000 m depth (Hurter and Haenel
2002) ................................................................................................................................................................ 26
Figure 10. Heat production calculated from airborne radiometric data from outcrops all over Sweden (except
of the mountain areas), in µW/ m3 (Schwarz et al. 2010) ................................................................................ 27
Figure 11. Map with corrected surface heat flow in Fennoscandia (Balling 2013), based on measurements at
more than 250 sites (marked by dot)............................................................................................................... 28
Figure 12. The location of seismic reflectors owing to a massive sulphite deposit at about 1200 m depth, and
its position in the 2D- and 3D interpretation (Malehmir et al. 2010): A warning example, demonstrating the
need for proper data coverage and processing to avoid misinterpretations ................................................... 31
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 4 / 49
Figure A.1. Map of the anomalous total magnetic field over Sweden derived from airborne magnetic measurements (SGU 2016). Typical distance between flight lines is 200 m, measuring altitude either, 30 or 60 m, with data points along flight pass every 17 m.
Figure A.2. Coverage of Sweden by airborne very low frequency (VLF) measurements (SGU 2016). Areas in colour where electrical resistivity of the uppermost surface could be obtained while data of areas in grey represent older data not being methodologically applicable for deriving resistivity.
Figure A.3. Map of Sweden with areas where airborne measurements of natural gamma radiation were done (SGU 2016). Shown here is the concentration of uranium (238 U in ppm) in the uppermost soil and bedrock of the Earth. The other two isotope elements observed are potassium and thorium making it possible, e.g., to identify bedrock units close to the surface and calculate their heat production rate.
Figure A.4. Gravity anomaly map (Bouguer anomaly in mGal) of Sweden (SGU 2016) based on the SGU database with contributions from third parties. Measuring sites account to about 183000, with gridding of data done for areas of 500 x 500 m2.
List of tables
Table 1. Listing of prospects, deposits and mines mentioned in text. Tonnage includes known or estimated
production, reserves and resources. Grades are approximate. N.d.: No data available .................................. 16
Table 2. Boreholes in Sweden with relevant data. X indicates availability of data. X* indicates available data of
various quality and quantity within this group of boreholes ........................................................................... 20
Table A.1. Summary of databases held by SGU and relevant for the CHPM2030 project.
Table A.2. Summary of data in web map services (WMS) – as from the Map Viewer, held by SGU and relevant for CHPM2030. In accordance with INSPIRE access is free of charge.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 5 / 49
1 Executive summary
There are four major ore districts in Sweden. These are Bergslagen, the Skellefte field, Northern Norrbotten
and the Caledonides. The latter one is not assessed in this report. A number of mineralisations are hosted by
rocks of the Palaeoproterozoic Karelian Greenstone group, but the tectonic setting of the majority of
occurrences in the Precambrian is a Svecokarelian (c. 1.9 - 1.8 Ga) magmatic arc; most of these are early-
tectonic, but late- to post-tectonic mineralisations occur as well. A number of mineralisations were formed in
relation to the Sveconorwegian (c. 1.0 Ga) and Caledonian (c. 0.4 Ga) continent-continent collisions,
respectively. In addition, greisens-style vein mineralisations in some felsic plutonic rocks (at both c. 1.7 and
1.45 Ga) of anorogenic or unclear relation to tectonic processes and Fe mineralisations in Jurassic
sandstones occur.
Since their formation large volumes of the bedrock in Sweden have been subjected to intense tectonic
deformation and subsequent erosion, and rocks, including mineralisations, and structures originally formed
at some depth in the crust are locally accessible for study at or close to the present surface. Examples of
such mineralisations are structurally controlled iron oxide-copper-gold (IOCG), skarn, porphyry and, possibly,
some rare earth element (REE). In contrast, several mineralisations in Sweden that presently are being mined
at and evaluated to some depths were originally formed at or close to the Earth’s surface, and genetical data
from these may have limited relevance to the present task.
For most of the bedrock in Sweden, the last metamorphic event with regional ductile deformation occurred
at c. 1.8 Ga. Between 1.8 and 1.7 Ga the temperature of the bedrock presently exposed was such low that
brittle deformation has taken place. Locally, rocks were affected by ductile deformation in relation to later
events such as the Blekinge-Bornholm (Danopolonian; 1.5–1.4 Ga), Sveconorwegian and Caledonian
orogenies. Outside these orogens and local shear zones, the bedrock of Sweden has mainly reacted as far-
field brittle response to tectonic events since c. 1.7 Ga.
The Geological Survey of Sweden has a long standing tradition in geological mapping of the country,
especially with the support from airborne geophysics which is motivated by the low degree of bedrock
exposures. Early geophysical investigations at crustal scales or even deeper were mainly done by other
research groups for understanding deep geology and the tectonic evolution of Fennoscandia and its
surroundings. The European Geotraverse (Fennolora), the BABEL project, test profiles in the Skellefte field
and in Norrbotten are all examples of such research projects.
Electrical conductivity studies at crustal and upper mantle scales reported a highly conductive belt in the
Skellefte district, extending laterally more than 150 km and having total conductance of more than 1000
Siemens. This is interpreted as shallow graphitic shales embedded in otherwise resistive crust.
During the last decade reflection seismic investigations were introduced in some pilot studies of larger
extent in Sweden for prospecting after minerals and ores in the Earth’s uppermost crust. The seismic survey,
competing with other geophysical exploration methods was judged as economically more justified. The
Kristineberg area in the western Skellefte district was chosen as well suited for these studies. The chosen
area was in addition well documented by earlier investigations, including boreholes drilled to greater depths
than 1000 m. High resolution reflection seismic data provided detailed images of an ore body of
volcanogenic massive sulphides and associated structures. It´s habit had not been as detailed, and visible in
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 6 / 49
previous studies. The seismic experiments have also shown that considerable efforts need to be undertaken
in geologically complex areas to properly acquire data, i.e., preferably as 3D- instead of 2D surveys.
Boreholes of several kilometres in depth are fairly rare in Sweden. The deepest boreholes reaching a depth
of 6779 m and of 6529 m are located in the Siljan ring structure in central Sweden. One of these two holes is
still accessible down to about 5500 m. The third deepest borehole was drilled in southernmost Sweden,
close to the city of Lund and reached a depth of 3702 m. This borehole penetrates a thick sedimentary
succession of Mesozoic strata before entering the crystalline basement at 1946 m depth. A large number of
deep boreholes are performed by the Swedish Nuclear Fuel and Waste Management Company (SKB) in their
study and research fields. The deepest hole of 1700 m depth is located in south-eastern Sweden. Recently, a
deep borehole reaching a depth of 2496 m has been drilled in the Scandes within the project Collisional
Orogeny in the Scandinavian Caledonides (COSC). A very large number of boreholes, some of these still
accessible, are located in the ore bearing districts of Sweden, mainly in Bergslagen, Skellefte and Northern
Norrbotten. Few of these holes are reaching depths greater > 1000 m. Over 8000 holes were drilled to > 100
m in depth. SGU is hosting an archive where about 33000 of these boreholes are documented and more
than 3000 km of drill cores are stored (see even tables A.1, A.2 in the appendix).
Our understanding of deep seated fluids in the crystalline bedrock is still rudimentary. In recent years,
extensive studies of hydraulic properties of the basement in Sweden have mainly been done by SKB. The
hydraulic conductivity decreases with depth with a high degree of variability. Investigations in boreholes
indicate that hydraulic conductivity below 650 m depth varies between 10-7 and 10-12 m/s. Data on the
composition of fluids indicate that brines (> 5 % TDS/l) occur far inland at several 1000 meters depth. Their
residence time was estimated to the order of some hundreds of millions years by the analysis of He-isotopes.
In coastal areas down to about 1000 m depth meteoric waters (about 1.5 Ma in age) account for about 80 %
of the total fluid content. Below that depth brines represent 60 – 80 % of the fluid volume. The corrected
geothermal heat flow ranges between 30 and 70 mW/m2 with the lowest values in the northern part of
Sweden. Data on heat production show obvious differences between rock types related to their content in
radioactive elements.
The generally low geothermal gradient of less than 20 oC/km in the crystalline basement of the Fenno-
scandian Shield in Sweden should allow for low- to mid-enthalpy geothermal systems as part of a possible
CHPM unit.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 7 / 49
2 Introduction and outline of work
2.1 Country specific issues
Available data on the bedrock geology of Sweden (fig. 1) derive mainly from observations at the Earth’s
surface. The overall low degree of bedrock exposure (on average < 10 % due to Quaternary till and sediment
cover) in the country means that most bedrock maps are based on results from geophysical investigations.
At best, the maps should therefore be considered as probable two-dimensional (2D) models of possible rock
configuration and structures. Locally, e.g., in some coastal areas, higher degrees of exposure of the bedrock
allow for more accurate models.
From certain sites in Sweden, underground bedrock data are also available. Examples are mines, areas with
infrastructure projects (mainly cities), deep drilling projects and site-investigations for nuclear waste material
(fig. 1).
Large volumes of the bedrock in Sweden have been subject to intense tectonic deformation and subsequent
erosion, and rocks, including mineralisations, and structures originally formed at considerable depths in the
crust are locally accessible for study at or close to the present surface. Examples of such mineralisations are
structurally controlled iron oxide-copper-gold (IOCG), skarn, porphyry and, possibly, some rare earth
element (REE). In contrast, several mineralisations in Sweden that presently are being mined at and
evaluated to some depths (e.g., Garpenberg and Zinkgruvan) were however originally formed at or close to
the Earth’s surface, and genetical data from these have limited relevance to the present task.
2.2 Goals
This report aims on providing an inventory of three major ore districts in Sweden, namely, Bergslagen in
central Sweden, and further north the Skellefte district, and Northern Norrbotten. Where possible, based on
geophysical data and borehole records, the work includes subsurface information aiming on the occurrence,
composition and location of potential deep ore bodies in the Fennoscandian Shield area. We also shed some
light on spatial variations in crustal heat production, heat flow and temperature and discuss to which extent
these parameters may be affected by convection related to groundwater flow. The big challenge is to predict
fracture geometry and permeability at depth in the crystalline bedrock by combining geological and physical
techniques. Though sub-surface information in mining areas in Sweden has increased during the last years,
the work will be more conceptual as large data gaps still exist and much of the information is based on few
data points of regional character.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 8 / 49
Figure 1. a) Bedrock geology of Sweden (SGU data). Insert shows the geographical and tectonic setting of Fennoscandia
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 9 / 49
Figure 1. b) The map of (a), where major ore districts, potential sites for nuclear waste disposal (SKB test site) and sites of deep drill holes (COSC, Siljan, DGE-1) are noted. Presently active mines are marked by +
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 10 / 49
3 Previous research and available data
3.1 Structural settings inferred from geology and geophysics (incl. drilling)
General overviews of the tectonic setting, geology and mineralisations of the major ore districts in Sweden
(fig. 1) are presented in Bergman et al. (2001) and Martinsson et al. (2016) for Northern Norrbotten, Kathol
and Weihed (2005) for the Skellefte district, Stephens et al. (2009) for Bergslagen, and Grenne et al. (1999)
and Corfu et al. (2014) for the Caledonides. A review on geodynamics and ore formation in the
Fennoscandian shield is presented in Weihed et al. (2005). A comprehensive description of the of
Fennoscandian deposits is given in an edited work by Eilu (2012). The most recent overviews on Swedish
metallogeny are the excursion guide books to the SGA meeting in 2013 (12th Biennial SGA meeting, excursion
guide books SWE1-7). The SGA excursion guide books include an up to date general description of the
geological and tectonic evolution of Sweden. Regarding Northern Norrbotten deposits there is also the paper
by Martinsson et al. (2016). The above mentioned works all contain references to specific deposits and their
type.
The Geological Survey of Sweden has a long standing tradition in geological mapping of the country,
especially with the support from airborne geophysics, which is necessary due to the low degree of bedrock
exposures. Since the early 1960’s airborne surveys were performed covering almost entire Sweden, except
for the range of the Scandes. These surveys have acquired data on the Earth magnetic field, gamma radiation
and the VLF electromagnetic field. In addition to these surveys the gravity field of the Earth was measured
using ground based techniques (see appendix, figs. A.1, A.2, A.3, and A.4).
In Norrbotten, a number of base metal (e.g., the Viscaria Cu deposit), skarn iron and banded iron formations
are hosted by the Karelian Greenstone group, but the tectonic setting of the vast majority of mineralisations
in the Precambrian of Sweden is a Svecokarelian (c. 1.9-1.8 Ga) magmatic arc; most are early-tectonic but
late- to post-tectonic mineralisations occur as well. A number of mineralisations were formed in relation to
the Sveconorwegian (c. 1.0 Ga) and Caledonian (c. 0.4 Ga) continent-continent collisions, respectively. In
addition, greisens-style vein mineralisations in some felsic plutonic rocks (at both c. 1.7 and 1.45 Ga) of
anorogenic or unclear relation to tectonic processes and Jurassic sandstone-hosted Fe mineralisations occur.
Early geophysical investigations at crustal scales or even deeper were mainly done for understanding deep
geology and the tectonic evolution of Fennoscandia and its surroundings. To name here some of these
projects, including seismic refraction experiments, like, e.g., the European Geotraverse (Fennolora)
(Guggisberg et al. 1991; Lund and Heikkinen 1987), the BABEL project (BABEL working group 1990), a test
profile in the Skellefte field of 100 km in length (Elming and Thunehed 1991), and another one in Norrbotten
close to Luleå, being about 30 km long (cf. Juhlin et al. 2002). But, already in the 1950’s Båth and Tryggvason
(1962) conducted seismic experiments around Kiruna, using the blastings of the mine as seismic source to
study upper crustal structures connected to the ore body. In the following decades only some few seismic
reflection experiments aiming on exploring ores and minerals, were done in Scandinavia.
Electrical conductivity can tell us something about structures, but the method can also indicate processes in
the crust and mantle. This parameter was studied at larger scales by, e.g., Jones et al. (1983) and Rasmussen
et al. (1987). As a result of magnetotelluric investigations within the Fennolora project, Rasmussen et al.
(1987) reported a crustal zone of higher electrical conductivity, extending laterally more than 150 km,
centered on the Skellefte district (SD) and having at least thickness of 15 km. New magnetotelluric data were
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 11 / 49
acquired on a larger scale in north-west Fennoscandia by Cherevatova et al. (2014, 2015a, b) and Korja et al.
(2008). These studies confirmed the highly conductive belt in the Skellefte district (total conductance > 1000
Siemens) which is interpreted as shallow graphitic shales embedded in the otherwise resistive crust. Along
the Caledonian Thrust Front in the Caledonides highly conductive alum shales have been identified between
the resistive Proterozoic basement and the overlying nappes, marking the ramp of overthrusting.
For a long time applying reflection seismic surveys for prospecting after minerals and ores in the Earth’s
uppermost crust, was looked upon as economically unjustified. Potential and electrical resistivity methods
were seen as being more powerful and cost efficient in exploring for ore deposits. Since the experiments of
Båth and Tryggvason (1952) it took some decades, until reflection seismics was used in Sweden to any larger
extend for proving its feasibility in exploring ore deposits: Tryggvason et al. (2006) and Rodriguez-Tablante et
al. (2007) studied the Kristineberg area in the western Skellefte district while Malehmir et al. (2006)
extended these investigations further to the East. This part of the SD is well documented by boreholes
reaching depths greater than 1000 m, high resolution potential field data, i.e., magnetic and gravity, as well
as by petrophysical data. The investigations in the Kristineberg area were followed up by employing
magnetotellurics (MT) on one of the seismic lines allowing for the joint interpretation of velocity and
electrical resistivity data (Hübert et al. 2009). Malehmir (2007) has summarized the outcome of this pilot
study: A strong N dipping reflection in conjunction with higher electrical conductivity is interpreted as the
structural basement for the rocks of the Skellefte group (for a map see fig. 2). Postorogenic granitoids were
modeled down to various depths between one and five km (fig.3). Among others , e.g., Garcia Juanatey
(2012), Bauer et al. (2014) and Tavakoli et al. (2012a, 2012b, 2016a, 2016b) further studied the subsurface of
the central Skellefte district, in order to delineate the structures related to volcanogenic massive sulphide
deposits and to model lithological contacts down to various depths, of some hundreds to some thousands of
meters.
In Bergslagen, the areas around Dannemora, Grängesberg and Garpenberg mines were targeted for the
reflection seismic experiments with the purpose to screen the sub-surface for potential zones of higher
mineralization (Malehmir et al. 2011, Place et al. 2014, and Ahmadi et al. 2013). Recently, the Geological
Survey of Sweden conducted temperature measurements in prospection boreholes in these mining areas
(unpublished data).
In Northern Norrbotten, around the Kiruna iron ore mine, Båth and Tryggvason (1962), Juhohunti et al.
(2014), and Holmgren (2013) have reported from seismic reflection experiments, having the objective of
imaging bedrock contacts and the geometry of structures at depth. These studies were accomplished by
reprocessing of VLF airborne data (Abtahi et al. 2016) and by magnetotellurics (Bastani et al. 2016a, 2016b).
The resistivity models show low resistivity zones at various depths and locations almost over the entire study
area, which may be related to occurrences of graphite or sulfide mineralizations in the uppermost crust.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 12 / 49
Figure 2. Geological map of the Skellefte district (SD), where, e.g., reflection seismic investigations of the upper crust were done (Dehgannejad et al. 2012a) within the GEORANGE3D and the VINNOVA4D projects
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 13 / 49
Figure 3. 3D views and geological models around the Kristineberg mine in the Skellefte district down to larger depth (Malehmir et al. 2009b). A combination of seismic reflection data (a) and geological cross sections (b), and final models (c, d) where all geological and geophysical information available was combined for
targeting new prospecting areas
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 14 / 49
The interpretation of structural settings of individual mineralisations or districts is normally based on
combinations of surface data, core-drilling, geophysical data and 3D- and 4D-modelling. For deeper
structures and mineralisations, geophysical data are often the only available means for 3D evaluation unless
drilling has been performed. Examples of 3D- (and 4D-) modelling that relate to Swedish bedrock conditions
are Bauer (2013), Bauer et al. (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Malehmir et al. (2009), Carranza and Sadeghi
(2010), Kampmann (2015), Skyttä et al. (2009, 2012, 2013), Wareing (2011) and Weihed (2014) (see even fig.
3).
Data on deep drilling projects in Sweden were presented by Erlström and Sivhed (2003), Lorenz (2010) and
Gee et al. (2010). Predictions of structures at depth (c. 500 m) were to some extent evaluated by the
Swedish Nuclear Fuel and Waste Management Company (SKB) at the test sites in Forsmark (Stephens et al.
2007) and Äspö (Wahlgren et al. 2008).
3.2 Geometry and composition of ore deposits
The prospects and deposits that are mentioned by name in the following text are shown in figure 4 and listed
in Table 1. Most pre- and early-orogenic Svecokarelian metal deposits in Sweden were originally formed as
volcanogenic or sedimentary, stratabound (Fe oxide and base metal skarn) or stratiform (Fe oxide and base
metal) mineralisations at or close to the palaeosurface (see references in section 2.1). Their present shape,
position and orientation are, however, mainly controlled by subsequent polyphase tectonic deformation. In
general, they have been affected by two phases of folding and ductile shearing and by brittle faulting.
In contrast, the present shape of the Tallberg Cu-Mo-Au porphyry deposit in the Skellefte district is
controlled by its host rocks, the isotropic to weakly deformed early-orogenic Jörn intrusive complex (Weihed
et al. 1987, Weihed 2001). A weakly porphyry-style mineralised and slightly deformed quartz monzodiorite in
the footwall of the Aitik Cu-Au-Ag deposit in Norrbotten has also an early-orogenic Svecokarelian age
(Bergman et al. 2001; Wanhainen 2005).
In both Bergslagen and the Skellefte district, early-orogenic mafic intrusive rocks locally carry subeconomic
Ni-mineralisations (Weihed et al. 2005). The rocks are variably deformed to almost undeformed.
Many late- to post-orogenic Svecokarelian and younger mineralisations are epigenetic formations in and
related to deformation zones. Such mineralisations, e.g., Nautanen c. 1.8 Ga IOCG (Bergman et al. 2001;
Martinsson et al. 2016); Björkdal c. 1.8 Ga orogenic Au (Weihed et al. 2005) and Harnäs c. 1.0 Ga orogenic Au
(Alm et al. 2003), are largely vein-hosted, and the orientation and shape of the veins are controlled by the
orientation of the deformation zone and their tectonic emplacement in time.
Outside obvious deformation zones, late-orogenic orthomagmatic mineralisations and skarn and porphyry
mineralisations as well as post- to anorogenic greisen veins occur. Associated with the c. 1.8 Ga phase of
mafic igneous activity in the Transscandinavian Igneous Belt (e.g., Högdahl et al. 2004), some orthomagmatic
Ni-Cu mineralisations occur (e.g., Bjärnborg et al. 2015). The late-orogenic Yxsjöberg W-Cu-F skarn deposit
was described by Ohlsson (1979a) and Romer and Öhlander (1994) and the late-orogenic porphyry-style,
Mo-bearing Pingstaberg granite was described by Billström et al. (1988).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 15 / 49
Figure 4. The location of mines, known deposits and prospects in Sweden as named in text and in table 1 (according to SGU databases)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 16 / 49
Name District Type Tonnage Grade(s) Status Deepest level
Reference(s)
Aitik Norrbotten Porphyry + IOCG >1300 Mt Cu 0.25 %, Au 0.14 g/t, Ag 2 g/t
Active mine Open pit, 450 m
12th SGA Excursion Guidebook SWE5
Bastnäs Bergslagen Orogenic? 4.5 kt Ce ? % Closed mine 120 m Geijer 1921
Björkdal Skellefte Orogenic gold 50 Mt Au 1.7 g/t Active mine 350 m? 12th SGA Excursion Guidebook SWE2
Garpenberg Bergslagen Skarn 160 Mt Zn 4.6 %, Pb 2 %, Au 0.3 g/t, Ag 130 g/t
Active mine 1250 m Rodney Allen pers. com. 2014; SGU
Grängesberg Bergslagen Orthomagmatic-hydrothermal
>156 Mt Fe 60 %, P 0.81 % Closed mine 650 m 12th SGA Excursion Guidebook SWE4
Harnäs Orogenic gold 60 kt Au 2 g/t Closed mine n.d. Alm et al. 2003
Kiruna Norrbotten Orthomagmatic-hydrothermal
>2000 Mt Fe 60-68 %, P 0.04-0.32 %
Active mine 1540 m 12th SGA Excursion Guidebook SWE5
Laisvall Caledonides Sediment-hosted 110 Mt Zn 0.3 %, Pb 3.8 %, Ag 11 g/t
Closed mine <200 m SGU; Eilu 2012
Malmberget Norrbotten Orthomagmatic-hydrothermal
930 Mt Fe 51 %, P 0.5 % Active mine 1385 m Eilu 2012
Nautanen Norrbotten IOCG 16 Mt Cu 1.5 %, Au 0.7 g/t, Ag 5.5 g/t, Mo 64 g/t
Closed mine and prospect
180 m www.boliden.com
Norra Kärr Orthomagmatic 58 Mt REE-oxides 0.59 %, ZrO2 1.7 %
Prospect 12th SGA Excursion Guidebook SWE3
Pingstaberg Bergslagen Porphyry n.d. Mo <<0.3 % Prospect Ohlsson 1979b
Stekenjokk-Levi
Caledonides VHMS 26 Mt
Cu 1.35 %, Zn 2.93 %, Pb 0.31 %, Au 0.27 g/t, Ag 48 g/t
Closed mine Circa 500 m
Stephens 1986
Tallberg Skellefte Porphyry 44 Mt Cu 0.27 % Prospect Weihed et al. 1987
Viscaria Norrbotten VMS 64 Mt Cu 1.05 % Closed mine and prospect
Circa 650 m
avalonminerals.com.au/
Yxsjöberg Bergslagen Skarn 5 Mt Cu 0.4 %, WO3 0.4 %, CaF2 <5 %
Closed mine 300 m SGU; Magnusson 1970; Tegengren 1924
Zinkgruvan Cu
Bergslagen Skarn? 9 Mt Cu 3 %, Zn 0.4 %, Ag 30 g/t
Active mine 1125 m SGU
Zinkgruvan Zn
Bergslagen SEDEX 74 Mt Zn 9 %, Pb 3.5 %, Ag 75 g/t
Active mine 1125 m SGU
Table 1. Listing of prospects, deposits and mines mentioned in text. Tonnage includes known or estimated production, reserves and resources. Grades are approximate. N.d.: No data available
Along the so-called REE line in Bergslagen, REE mineralisations associated with sulphide-bearing and skarn-
altered banded iron formations and limestone-/skarn-hosted Fe-oxide ores occur; the most prominent
example is Bastnäs (Andersson 2004; Jonsson and Högdahl 2013). The age of the REE-mineralising event is
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 17 / 49
debatable, but a preliminary interpretation of geophysical data from the ongoing EuRare-project suggests
that it may be late-orogenic Svecokarelian.
Associated with the c. 1.7 Ga phase of felsic igneous activity in the Transscandinavian Igneous Belt (Högdahl
et al. 2004), some greisen-type veins occur, but are of no economic value (e.g., Ahl et al. 1999).
A REE-Zr bearing c. 1.5 Ga alkaline nepheline syenite complex at Norra Kärr in southern Sweden, east of and
close to lake Vättern, (see map, fig. 4) is described in the 12th biennial SGA meeting, excursion guidebook
SWE3.
In Dalsland and Värmland, in southwestern Sweden, some post-tectonic Sveconorwegian (c. 1.0-0.9 Ga)
either mainly Cu- or Pb-bearing quartz veins occur. A description of the mineralised veins is given by
Johansson (1985). In this region, sediment-hosted Cu-mineralisations also occur. They are most likely
epigenetic in relation to their host rocks, which formed between c. 1.3 and 1.1 Ga.
The autochthonous Ediacaran (c. 590-570 Ma) to Lower Cambrian sandstones at the present eastern
erosional front of the Scandinavian Caledonian Mountains host several Pb-Zn deposits, one world class
example is the deposit at Laisvall (Saintilan et al. 2015). The mineralisations are epigenetic and formed
during the Middle Ordovician in response to early far-field Caledonian deformational events (Saintilan et al.
2015). Allochthonous Ediacaran sedimentary rocks in the Caledonian nappes locally contain Ni-bearing
serpentinites, some of which are or recently have been evaluated for exploitation (see
www.nickelmountain.se). The uppermost Caledonian nappes (Köli) are exotic terranes with local minera-
lisation such as the Ordovician Stekenjokk-Levi Zn-Cu(-Pb) volcanogenic massive sulphide deposit (Stephens
1986).
3.3 Structural evolution, deep-seated faults and fracture zones, their alignment
The majority of the bedrock and mineralisations in Sweden were formed at c. 1.9 to 1.8 Ga during the
Svecokarelian orogeny. The last Svecokarelian metamorphic event with regional ductile deformation
occurred at c. 1.8 Ga, and sometime between 1.8 and 1.7 Ga the temperature of the bedrock that presently
is exposed was low enough for brittle deformation to occur (e.g., Stephens 2010). Locally, mainly in the
south-easternmost and south-western parts of the country, rocks have been affected by ductile deformation
in relation to later events such as the Blekinge-Bornholm (Danopolonian; 1.5 - 1.4 Ga) , Sveconorwegian (1.1
- 0.9 Ga) and Caledonian (c. 0.4 Ga) orogenies (see e.g., the 12th SGA meeting excursion guide books for a
general description of the tectonic evolution in Sweden). Thus, outside these orogens and in local shear
zones, the bedrock of Sweden has mainly reacted as far-field brittle responses to tectonic events since c. 1.7
Ga.
Dating of minerals in fractures at the test sites for nuclear waste disposal at Forsmark (e.g., Stephens 2010)
and Äspö (Drake et al. 2007) gives variably reliable ages of between about 1.6 and 0.28 Ga for their
emplacement. These age intervals may be correlated to the intrusion of Rapakivi rocks and the
Danopolonian, the Sveconorwegian, the Caledonian and the Hercynian (or Variscan) orogenies, respectively.
The Phanerozoic evolution in Skåne in southernmost Sweden, in terms of sedimentation, dyke intrusions,
basaltic volcanism and structures was discussed by Sivhed et al. (1999). Effects of the Caledonian, Hercynian
(Variscan) and Alpine orogenies were identified by these authors in this area.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 18 / 49
3.4 Hydraulic properties, deep fluid flow
Several kilometres deep boreholes are rare in Sweden. Consequently, data from deep parts of the crust are
available only from a few sites (fig. 5). The following boreholes or groups of boreholes have been selected as
relevant for presentation in this study (see even table 2):
The deepest boreholes are located in the county of Dalarna where drillings have been done at
Gravberg and Stenberg down to a total depth of 6779 m and 6529 m, respectively. The objective was
to find mantle derived hydrocarbons (Gold 1992). At present, the Gravberg hole is accessible down
to about 5500 m, while the Stenberg hole to unknown reasons is dropped at c. 2500 m (Balling, priv.
comm.).
The third deepest borehole is located close to the city of Lund in southern Sweden. Two boreholes
were drilled to a total depth of 3701.8 m and 1927 m. The objective was to investigate prerequisites
for heat extraction. Both holes penetrate a thick sedimentary succession on top of the basement.
The shallower borehole reached only the top of the crystalline basement while the deep one
penetrated crystalline rocks from 1946 m to the total depth of 3701,8 m.
A larger number of boreholes are located at the study and research sites of the Swedish Nuclear Fuel
and Waste Management Company (SKB). In addition, a number of boreholes are located at the SKB
research site at Äspö and a few other sites, too. The deepest borehole is located at Laxemar with a
total depth of 1700 m.
A borehole reaching a depth of 2496 m has been drilled in the Collisional Orogeny in the
Scandinavian Caledonides (COSC) project in the Scandes, close to the village of Åre (e.g., Gee et al.
2010, Lorenz et al. 2015). The objective is focused on investigating the structure and composition of
the Scandes, deep fluid flow, temperature at depth and reconstructing palaeoclimate.
A large number of boreholes are located in the ore bearing districts of Sweden. Usually, the depth of
these holes is not exceeding 1000 m, about 100 holes have reached depths larger than 500 m, and
more than 8000 holes were drilled deeper than 100 m in depth. SGU hosts a database on boreholes
drilled in Sweden where about 33000 drillings are documented and ca 3000 km of drill cores are
archived. Only recently, about 200 km of drill cores from the Skellefte field and from Northern
Norrbotten, as well as ca. 33 km of cores from Bergslagen were photographed and scanned by IR
techniques. Prospecting companies, after having finished the investigations in their respective claims
are obliged to report about their activities. Information provided varies considerably between
companies. Boreholes related to on-going mining activities normally are not reported to the SGU
databases (see table A.1 in the appendix).
The deepest bore holes so far drilled in Sweden, Gravberg and Stenberg are located in the Siljan ring, an
impact structure about 377 Ma old (Devonian age). No data on hydraulic properties and flow measurements
of these boreholes have been found in the literature. But, changes in the temperature gradient at depth (fig.
6) give some indications of fractures in the bedrock where increased flow of water and transporting of heat
may occur (Balling 2013).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 19 / 49
Figure 5. Boreholes in Sweden mostly drilled for prospection purposes which can provide relevant data for the CHPM studies (locations from the SGU drilling database)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 20 / 49
Name of borehole or site
North, Sweref99TM
Eeast, Sweref99TM
Depth (m)
Single (S) Group (G)
Objective of drilling
Hydraulic properties
Thermal properties Fluids
Gravberg 6778640 499550 6779 S Hydrocarbons X X X
Stenberg 6769480 494240 6529 S Hydrocarbons - - -
Lund 6172560 388230 3702 S Heat extraction X X X
COSC 7031850 410260 2496 S Research X X X
Laxemar (SKB) 6365800 696500 1700 S Research site X X X
Laxemar (SKB) 6365800 696500 <1000 G Research site X X X
Äspö (SKB) 6699000 676800 <1000 G Research site X X X
Stripa (SKB) 6366000 601000 <1000 G Research site X X X
Forsmark (SKB) 6618700 505400 <1000 G Study site X X X
Finnsjön (SKB) 6692400 660000 <1000 G Study site X X X
Kråkemåla (SKB) 6370600 599000 <1000 G Study site X X X
Sternö (SKB 6221900 490200 <1000 G Study site X X X
Fjällveden (SKB) 6535400 612000 <1000 G Study site X X X
Gideå (SKB) 7045600 698700 <1000 G Study site X X X
Kamlunge (SKB) 7342600 855900 <1000 G Study site X X X
Svartboberget (SKB) 6807200 531000 <1000 G Study site X X X
Björkö 6577771 645519 900 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Blötberget 6664148 503967 730 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Dannemora 6679258 659056 700 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Floholm 6729264 523059 852 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Garpenberg 6691586 570801 923 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Kokträsk 7249682 678532 961 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Kristineberg 7219078 664659 1401 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Långban 6636326 459263 701 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Långträsk 7200667 750541 1421 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Stollberg 6675012 515577 951 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Zinkgruvan 6517785 504815 1349 S Reserch (SGU) - X -
Ore bearing areas Various G Prospecting X* X* X*
Table 2. Boreholes in Sweden with relevant data. X indicates availability of data. X* indicates available data of various quality and quantity within this group of boreholes
The borehole close to the city of Lund in southern Sweden is located in an area with sedimentary bedrock.
The crystalline basement is encountered at 1946 m. Hydraulic conductivity, storage coefficient and water
flow were measured (Rosberg 2006, 2010). Hydraulic conductivity in the sedimentary bedrock at various
sections from 1427 to 1853 m was estimated from drawdown data and recovery data with obvious
differences depending on the methods. Hydraulic conductivity estimated from drawdown data varied
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 21 / 49
between 1.1·10-6 m/s and 1.2·10-5 m/s whereas estimations from recovery tests provided values between
4.9·10-7 and 7.2·10-6 m/s.
Figure 6. The Gravberg hole in the Siljan ring of central Sweden (cf. with fig. 1b). a) Lithology with two types of granites; b) Measured temperature at depth; c) Residual temperature, the difference between measured
– and constant gradient temperature (data measured in 1997 and 2004, with an artificial offset of 0.5°C introduced); d, e) temperature gradients as running mean values of depth intervals of 20 and 500 m.
Gradient data of section d) are implying the presence of fractures in the bedrock (Balling 2013)
Available data on hydraulic properties from other deep boreholes are mostly related to studies carried out
by SKB. These investigations of SKB were concentrated at the study sites of Forsmark and Laxemar (SKB
2008; 2009) and even done at the Äspö Hard Rock Laboratory (SKB 2006a). In addition, the study sites at
Finnsjön, Kråkemåla, Sternö, Fjällveden, Gideå, Kamlunge and Svartboberget (Ahlbohm 1995; Laurent 1982)
as well as the Stripa research site (Carlsson 1986) provide a lot of data of interest. The investigations at the
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 22 / 49
SKB sites were generally very extensive, though the depths of boreholes usually do not exceed 1000 m below
surface. The deepest borehole (KLX02), however, at Laxemar was drilled down to a depth of 1700 m.
Hydraulic tests in these holes provide data on transmissivity at different depth intervals (SKB 2001).
Hydraulic conductivity below 650 m depth varies between 10-7 and 10-12 m/s (Réhn et al. 2008).
The underground part of the Äspö Hardrock Laboratory in southern Sweden consists of a main tunnel,
accessible by vehicle from the surface reaching almost 500 m depth below ground level, and additionally, of
some short blind tunnels at various depths. The laboratory has been used by SKB for extensive tests and
research for the development of a repository of nuclear waste. Finally, it was decided to locate the waste
deposit at Forsmark in central Sweden.
Figure 7. Orientation of the maximum horizontal compressive stress in Scandinavia (Heidbach et al. 2008)
Data from the COSC borehole were evaluated, e.g., by Hedin (2015). An overview of the investigations is
provided by Lorenz et al. (2015). The borehole did not penetrate the bottom of the thrust zone. It was drilled
by using the Swedish National Scientific Drilling Infrastructure, Riksriggen, that has a maximum capacity in
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 23 / 49
drilling length of 2 500 m. The rig and the equipment around is primarily available for scientific work, but can
also be used in commercial projects. Country wide hydraulic properties of the bedrock down to about 200 m
depth below the ground surface can be calculated by using data from the Swedish Well Archives (Pousette
1988). At present, data from more than 600 000 wells are included in archive. Based on these well data the
calculated hydraulic conductivity is found to have a spatial variability with obvious differences between
regions (Berggren 1998). However, extrapolation of hydraulic properties of the upper part of the bedrock
down to several kilometres depth would most likely provide results with unacceptable uncertainty. Close to
the ground surface the average hydraulic conductivity of the crystalline bedrock is estimated to 10-5 m/s and
at 100 m depth the hydraulic conductivity is assessed to be about10-8 m/s.
The occurrence of fractures in the bedrock is related to the stress field (fig. 7). The magnitude and the
orientation of the components in the stress field govern the size and the directions of the fractures. It should
be emphasized that the hydraulic properties of the bedrock depend on a number of properties of the
fractures (spacing, porosity, direction, dispersivity, and aperture).
3.5 Fluid composition, brines, meteoric waters
Many stratabound and stratiform mineralisations in Sweden are spatially and, in many cases, genetically
related to local, semi-regional and region scale hydrothermal alteration zones (e.g., Frietsch 1982; Lagerblad
and Gorbatschev 1985; Trägårdh 1988; Ripa 1994; Frietsch et al. 1997; Kathol and Weihed 2005). In general,
the hydrothermal systems were based on seawater (variably mixed with magmatic fluids) and led to Na-
enrichment at deeper and K-Mg-Si enrichments at shallower levels in surrounding volcanic strata. In the
same processes, base metals, Mn and Fe were leached from the volcanics and deposited as oxides and
sulphides at the palaeo-seafloor, in favourable horizons or at contacts between strata.
Data on fluids, brines and meteoric waters from deep boreholes are fairly uncommon. Most of the
investigations have been made by SKB down to a few 100 m depth. The borehole KLX02 at the Laxemar site
was extensively investigated including analysis of chemical properties of the fluid (SKB, 2001; 2006b). The Cl-
isotope composition of the brine from 1000 m depth indicates a residence time of approximately 1.5 Ma
(Louvat et al. 1999). The fluid composition in the borehole at Gravberg indicates that the brine (> 50 000
mg/l) occurs at 6000 m depth, corresponding to about 5700 m below sea level (Juhlin and Sandstedt 1989;
Juhlin, et al. 1998), with a maximum salinity of 150 000 mg/l at the deepest level. By analyzing He-isotopes,
the brine’s residence time at depth was estimated to some hundreds of millions of years (Juhlin et al. 1981).
Close to the coastal area of Sweden brines occur at about 1300 m below sea level, which is indicated by data
from the borehole KLX02 (SKB 2001). Salinity at the deepest level of this borehole was 75 000 mg/l.
According to this study, no brines were found at any other borehole in the crystalline basement in Sweden.
However, in the sedimentary bedrock brine was found in a number of boreholes.
The chemical composition of the fluid has been extensively analysed in the borehole at KLX02 borehole at
Laxemar. Meteoric water accounts for about 80 percent of the water down to about 1000 m depth. At
deeper levels, below 1000 m, the brine accounts for 60 – 80 % of the total content (Laaksoharju 1995). The
salinity of the formation fluid in the Laxemar area is visualised in a cross section down to 2000 m depth (fig.
8). At deeper levels in the cross section the salinity values are largely supported by the data from the KLX02
borehole.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 24 / 49
Figure 8. Approximately NW-SE/W-E cross-section through the Laxemar-Simpevarp area (SKB 2009). Shown are: a) the location of boreholes and sections which have undergone hydro-geochemical sampling, b) the
main fracture groundwater types (colour coded) which characterise the site, and c) the chloride distribution with depth along the major deformation zones. Dotted lines in different colours represent the approximate
depths of penetration of the various fracture groundwater types along hydraulically active deformation zones
Data from the borehole close to Lund with a depth down to 3 701.8 m provide no detailed information about
the chemical composition of the fluid (Rosberg 2006; Marsic and Grundfelt 2013). The total dissolved solids
(TDS) at the deepest part of borehole were higher than 20 % (200 000 mg/l). However, this borehole was
largely located in sedimentary rocks with the crystalline bedrock found below 1946 m depth.
In the crystalline bedrock brines were only proved in the boreholes at Gravberg and Laxemar. The brine in
the borehole close to Lund is hosted in sedimentary bedrock. This indicates that brine occurs inland at very
deep levels of several 1000 meters, while in coastal areas brines occur at levels closer to the Earth’s surface
(Juhlin, et al. 1998). In comparison, in the deepest borehole in Finland having 2500 m in depth, brines were
found close to the bottom of the hole (Kukkonen 2007; Nyyssönen et al. 2014).
Countrywide data on groundwater chemistry derive mainly from private wells (Aastrup et al. 1995). The data
reflect the chemistry of the bedrock down to a depth of about 100 m below ground level. Extrapolating
these relatively shallow data to deeper levels of several kilometres depth needs to be investigated.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 25 / 49
3.6 Thermal properties and heat flow
Country wide estimations of the temperature at 500 and 1000 m depth have been presented by Hurter and
Haenel (2002). The pattern reflects differences in the temperature gradient and heat production at depth
(fig. 9), but even climatic effects.
Temperature measurements in the deep borehole at Gravberg have given a gradient of 15–18°C/km with a
temperature of 87.5°C at a depth of 5050 m (Balling 2013). Thermal conductivity was estimated to about
3 W/m K corresponding to values of the corrected geothermal heat flow ranging from 66 mW/m2 at ground
level to 46 mW/m2 at 5000 m depth. Radiogenic heat production in the upper 4700 m of the borehole is
estimated to range from 3.3 to 5.2 µW/m3, while below 4700 m heat production was estimated to reach
2.3 µW/m3.
The deep borehole close to Lund yields a much greater temperature gradient than elsewhere in Sweden,
reaching values between 16 and 27°C/km. Maximum temperature was measured to 85.1°C at a depth of 3
666 m (Alm and Bjelm 2006).
Measurements of temperature and thermal properties in boreholes outside the ore districts were made by
SKB at the study sites of Forsmark and Laxemar (Sundberg et al. 2009). The deepest borehole is located at
Laxemar (1 700 m). The depth of the other boreholes at the two sites does not exceed 1 000 m. The
corrected surface heat flow at Forsmark and Laxemar was estimated to be 61 and 56 mW/m2 respectively.
The temperature gradient at both sites was about 15°C/km. Heat production for different granites in the
Laxemar area ranged from 2.07 to 4.45 µW/ m3.
Temperature measuremenst in the COSC borehole show a geothermal gradient close to 20°C/km with the
bottom hole temperature reaching about 55°C (Lorenz et al. 2015). Heat generation varies considerably
downhole. Further measurements of thermal and hydraulic properties are planned.
Measurements of temperature and thermal properties were made in 17 boreholes in the ore districts of Aitik
and Skellefte (Parasnis 1975). The vertical depth of these holes is ranging between 365 and 780 m and
corrected heat flow was estimated to 50 mW/m2 for Aitik and to 49 mW/m2 for the Skellefte area.
In eight boreholes in the iron ore district of Malmberget and Kiruna, with depth ranging from 287 to 1 100 m
below ground level the corrected heat flow was estimated to 51 mW/m2 (Parasnis 1981).
Heat production of outcrops all over Sweden was estimated using airborne as well as ground based
radiometric measurements provided from the databases of the Geological Survey of Sweden (Schwarz et al.
2010). The map derived from airborne data only connected to known outcrops (fig. 10) shows obvious
differences between bedrock types. The extrapolation of data to deeper levels was not yet tested. The
differences in heat production reflect differences in radioactivity of the bedrock.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 26 / 49
Figure 9. Temperature of the uppermost crust in Sweden, at 500 m and 1000 m depth (Hurter and Haenel 2002)
Within a research project at the Geological Survey of Sweden sub-surface temperature and geothermal heat
flow in Sweden is re-investigated, in an attempt to up-grade older data (e.g., Eliasson et al. 1991). Heat flow
is estimated from the temperature gradient measured in existing deep prospecting boreholes and thermal
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 27 / 49
conductivity measured on drill cores of these holes. The data are used to improve the earlier estimations of
the geothermal heat flow in Sweden (Hurtig et al. 1992; Balling 2013), fig. 11.
Figure 10. Heat production calculated from airborne radiometric data from outcrops all over Sweden (except of the mountain areas), in µW/ m3 (Schwarz et al. 2010)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 28 / 49
Figure 11. Map with corrected surface heat flow in Fennoscandia (Balling 2013), based on measurements at more than 250 sites (marked by dot)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 29 / 49
3.7 Current metallogenic models (2D- and 3D-)
Most metal deposits in Sweden were originally formed as volcanic-hosted, largely synvolcanic or slightly
epigenetic, stratabound or stratiform mineralisations at or close to the palaeosurface (e.g., Bergman et al.
2001; Kathol and Weihed 2005; Stephens et al. 2009). Their present shapes, positions and orientations are
mainly controlled by subsequent tectonic deformation. Apart from dominantly stratigraphically underlying
hydrothermal alteration zones (see section 2.5) their style of formation has little or no bearing on present
day deep-seated processes. Some of these deposits are or have been mined at or evaluated to considerable
depths (> 1000 m). Major examples are the sulphide mineralisations in the mines at Zinkgruvan and
Garpenberg in Bergslagen (cf. with tab. 1).
The depth and style of formation for the apatite-bearing iron ores is a matter of debate (see e.g., Bergman et
al. 2001; Martinsson et al. 2016). The mineralisations are in part hosted by volcanic and in part by
subvolcanic rocks and thus epigenetic. The actual depth of the mineralising process is however unclear. The
responsible fluids were at least in part orthomagmatic (magmatic hydrothermal), which suggests some depth
in the crust. Deposits of this kind may thus represent fossil analogues to deep-seated hydrothermal activity
in present day corresponding settings. The more prominent Swedish examples are Kiruna and Malmberget in
Norrbotten and Grängesberg in Bergslagen.
Some Svecokarelian late- to post-tectonic and younger mineralisations formed through and in relation to
metamorphic processes. Thus, these mineralised systems also represent fossil, variously deep-seated
analogues to what may be occurring in corresponding present day tectonic settings, and thorough and
detailed descriptions of them may have relevance to the present task. The most promising Swedish examples
in this respect are those mentioned in section 2.2.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 30 / 49
4 Identifying target sites for future CHPM
4.1 Extending existing models to greater depth, integrating data down to 7 km
In recent years, ore prospecting campaigns in Sweden have not only increased by number but even by their
depth of investigation. Efforts are undertaken looking deeper into the sub-surface and enhancing resolution
for detecting mineralised zones, ore bodies and imaging faults, fracture zones and lithological contrasts. This
is not only based on using traditional potential field methods, like gravity and magnetic methods, but also
applying deep electromagnetic-, e.g., magnetotelluric (MT) and reflection seismic methods. Because of an
often suitable contrast in electrical resistivity between the host rock and the mineralised zone, MT and
especially AMT measurements, make it possible to identify such zones, though depth resolution may not be
satisfying. Reflection seismics, instead, can provide high-resolution images of the underground and sufficient
depth of investigation. Several studies where high resolution seismics was used for mineral exploration and
site characterization were published, e.g., Juhlin and Palm (1999), Malehmir et al. (2006, 2007, 2009a, b,
2011), Tryggvason et al. (2006), Schmelzbach et al. (2007). The limiting factor in applying high resolution
reflection seismic waves, and, in a powerful combination, also electromagnetics (AMT) to screen the sub-
surface is the economy of such investigations.
In the addressed mining areas of Sweden, especially in the Skellefte district combined reflection seismic and
electromagnetic investigations were performed, e.g. within two larger projects, namely GEORANGE3D (e.g.,
Malehmir et al. 2009a, b; Hübert et al. 2009) and VINNOVA4D (e.g., Dehgannejad et al. 2012a, b; Bauer et al.
2011). The technical parameters for the acquisition of reflection seismic data were adopted to explore
structures at even greater depths, though not being exploitable with present day techniques. High resolution
reflection seismic profiles provided detailed images of an ore body and structures around (Dehghannejad et
al. 2010), not being visible in that detail in earlier data collected by Tryggvason et al. (2006). The latter work
resolved structures down to a depth of 12 kilometres and was complemented by electrical resistivity studies
(García Juanatey 2012). Malehmir et al. (2010) give an example of 2D and 3D interpretation of reflection
seismic data, where reflections owing to a massive sulfite deposit at about 1200 m depth are interpreted
with a laterally misfit of about 700 m (fig. 12).These examples show that considerable efforts need to be
undertaken in geologically complex areas to properly acquire data, i.e., preferably having 3D- instead of 2D
seismic surveys – though again limited by economical issues. It should be noted that in 2010 the Skellefte
district was suggested being the location for a deep drilling project. The borehole should provide the
possibility to constrain the established models for the ore district (Weihed 2010) by penetrating the upper
crust down to at least 2500 m. This pre-proposal was a part of the then Swedish Deep Drilling Program
(SDDP, Lorentz et al. 2010).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 31 / 49
Figure 12. The location of seismic reflectors owing to a massive sulphite deposit at about 1200 m depth, and its position in the 2D- and 3D interpretation (Malehmir et al. 2010): A warning example, demonstrating the
need for proper data coverage and processing to avoid misinterpretations
4.2 Knowledge gaps and limitations
This project, CHPM2030, requires the prediction of structures and lithologies in complex environments at
depth down to 7 km. Predicting fracture geometry and permeability at depth in the crystalline bedrock is a
crucial point as well and highly challenging. With the present knowledge and data availability this task is not
easily to fulfill. For pilot areas within CHPM2030, further intensive multi-disciplinary studies must be
considered, e.g., three-dimensional electromagnetic and seismic surveys, as well as better predictions of
temperature, heat flow and permeability at depth. The 3D integration of geological and geophysical results
will then better allow for planning and conducting of exploration and possibly later-on production drillings.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 32 / 49
5 Concluding remarks
Mineral deposits in Sweden that may have bearing on the present task are those that originally formed at
some depth in the crust as they may represent fossil analogues to ongoing processes. Examples of such
mineralisations are Tallberg, Aitik, Nautanen, Yxsjöberg, Pingstaberg, Bastnäs, Harnäs and Laisvall. The
apatite-bearing iron deposits of Kiruna-type may also be relevant. The generally low geothermal gradient
being less than 20 oC/km in the crystalline basement of the Fennoscandian Shield in Sweden (Eliasson et al.
1991) will allow for low- to mid-enthalpy geothermal systems as part of a possible CHPM unit.
6 Acknowledgements
We thank our colleagues at SGU, Uppsala and Luleå universities and mining companies for valuable input to
this report. Mikael Erlström is thanked for critical reading the manuscript.
7 References1
12th Biennial SGA Meeting 2013, Uppsala, Sweden, Excursion Guidebook SWE1. The Skellefte district,
volcanostratigraphy and structures related to Palaeoproterozoic base metal deposits.
12th Biennial SGA Meeting 2013, Uppsala, Sweden, Excursion Guidebook SWE2. The gold line and gold
deposits in the Skellefte district.
12th Biennial SGA Meeting 2013, Uppsala, Sweden, Excursion Guidebook SWE3-6-7. The Norra Kärr REE-Zr
project and the birthplace of light REEs; The historic Sala silver deposit; The island of Utö.
12th Biennial SGA Meeting 2013, Uppsala, Sweden, Excursion Guidebook SWE4. Bergslagen: Geology of the
volcanic- and limestone-hosted base metal and iron oxide deposits.
12th Biennial SGA Meeting 2013, Uppsala, Sweden, Excursion Guidebook SWE5. Fe oxide and Cu-Au deposits
in the northern Norrbotten ore district.
Aastrup, M., Thunholm, B., Johnson, J., Berntell, A. and Bertills, U. 1995: Groundwater Chemistry in Sweden.
Swedish Environmental Protection Agency, Report 4416, 52 p.
Abtahi, S.M., Pedersen, L.B., Kamm, J., Kalscheuer, T. 2016. Extracting geoelectrical maps from vintage very-
low-frequency airborne data, tipper inversion, and interpretation: A case study from northern
Sweden. Geophysics, 81, B135-B147
Ahl, M., Sundblad, K. and Schöberg, H. 1999: Geology, geochemistry, age and geotectonic evolution of the
Dala granitoids, central Sweden. Precambrian Research 95, 147–166.
1 With additional literature, not cited in text.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 33 / 49
Ahlbom, A., Olsson, O. and Sehlstedt, S. 1995. Temperature Conditions in the SKB Study Sites. SKB Technical
report TR-95-16. 19 p.
Ahmadi, O., Juhlin, C., Malehmir, A., Munck, M. 2013. High-resolution 2D seismic imaging and forward
modeling of a polymetallic sulfide deposit at Garpenberg, central Sweden. Geophysics, 78(6): B339-
B350
Alm, E., Broman, C., Billström, K., Sundblad, K. and Torssander, P. 2003. Fluid characteristics and genesis of
early Neoproterozoic orogenic gold-quartz veins in the Harnäs area, southwestern Sweden. Economic
Geology 98, 1311-1328.
Alm, P.-G. and Bjelm, L. 2006. Proceedings, Thirty-first Workshop on Geothermal Reservoir Engineering,
Stanford University, Stanford, CA, 30 January – 1 February 2006. SGP-TR-179, 6 p.
Andersson, U.B. (ed.) 2004. The Bastnäs-type REE mineralisations in north-western Bergslagen, Sweden.
Sveriges geologiska undersökning Rapporter & Meddelanden 119, 34 p.
Babel Working Group 1990. Evidence for early Proterozoic plate tectonics from seismic reflection profiles in
the Baltic shield. Nature 348, 34 – 38.
Balling, N. 2013. The Lithosphere Beneath Northern Europe: Structure and Evolution Over Three Billion
Years: Contributions from Geophysical Studies. Doctoral Dissertation, Aarhus University, 191 p.
Båth, M., Tryggvason, E. 1962. Deep seismic reflection experiments at Kiruna. Geofisica Pura e Applicata 51:
79.
Bauer, T. 2013: The Crustal Architecture of the Central Skellefte District, Sweden – Structural analysis, setting
of VMS deposits and 3D-modelling. PhD thesis, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden, 22 p.
Bauer, T., Skyttä, P., Allen, R.L. and Weihed, P. 2009. 3-D modelling of the Central Skellefte District, Sweden.
Smart science for exploration and mining: Proceedings of the 10th biennial SGA meeting, Townsville,
Australia, 394-396.
Bauer, T., Tavakoli, S., Dehghannejad, M., Garcia, M. and Weihed, P. 2010. 4-dimensional geological
modelling of the Skellefte district, Sweden. The international archives of the photogrammetry, remote
sensing and spatial information sciences. XXXVIII-4., 93-96.
Bauer, T.E., Skyttä, P., Tavakoli, S., Dehghannejad, M. and Weihed, P. 2011. From deposit to regional scale: 4-
dimensional geological modeling in the Skellefte Mining District, Sweden. [email protected], International
workshop on 3D Geological Modeling, Copenhagen, Denmark.
Bauer, T.E., Skyttä, P., Hermansson, T. and Weihed, P. 2012. The comparison of ore body shapes and regional
deformation patterns as a base for prospectivity mapping in the Skellefte Mining District, Sweden.
Mineral resources potential maps workshop, Nancy, France.
Bauer, T.E., Skyttä, P., Hermansson, T., Allen, R.L. and Weihed, P. 2014. Comparison of provenance, ore body
shape and regional deformation patterns of VMS deposits for mapping the prospectivity in the
Skellefte district, Sweden. Mineralium Deposita 19, 555-573.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 34 / 49
Bellefleur, G., Schetselaar, E., White, D., Miah, K., Dueck, P. 2015. 3D seismic imaging of the Lalor
volcanogenic massive sulphide deposit, Manitoba, Canada. Geophysical Prospecting, 63: 813–832.
doi:10.1111/1365-2478.12236
Berggren, M. 1998. Hydraulic conductivity in Swedish bedrock estimated by means of geostatistics. A study
based on data recorded in the Archive on Wells at the Geological Survey of Sweden. Royal Institute of
Technology, Dept. Civil & Environmental Engineering. Thesis Report, Series 1998:9, 48 p.
Bergman, S., Kübler, L. and Martinsson, O. 2001. Description of regional geological and geophysical maps of
northern Norrbotten county (east of the Caledonian orogen). Geological Survey of Sweden Ba 56, 110
p.
Billström, K., Åberg, G. and Öhlander, B. 1988. Isotopic and geochemical data on the Pingstaberg Mo-bearing
granite in Bergslagen, south central Sweden. Geologie en Mijnbouw 67, 255-263.
Bjärnborg, K., Schersten, A., Söderlund, U. and Maier, W.D. 2015. Geochronology and geochemical evidence
for a magmatic arc setting for the Ni-Cu mineralised 1.79 Ga Kleva gabbro-diorite intrusive complex,
southeast Sweden.
Carlsson, H. 1986. Update: The international Stripa project. A progress report from the test station in an old
Swedish iron mine. IAEA Bulletin, 25 - 28.
Carranza, E.J.M. and Sadeghi, M. 2010: Predictive mapping of prospectivity and quantitative estimation of
undiscovered VMS deposits in Skellefte district (Sweden). Ore Geology Reviews 38, 219–241.
Cassard, D., Bertrand, G., Billa, M., Serrano, J.J., Tourlière, B., Angel, J.M. and Gaál, G. 2015: ProMine Mineral
Databases: New Tools to Assess Primary and Secondary Mineral Resources in Europe. In: Weihed, P.
(ed.). 3D, 4D and predictive modelling of major mineral belts in Europe. Springer Int. publishing, p. 9-
59.
Cherevatova, M., Smirnov, M., Korja, T., Kaikkonen, P., Pedersen, L., Hübert, J., Kamm, J., Kalscheuer, T. 2014.
Crustal structure beneath southern Norway imaged by magnetotellurics. Tectonophysics 628, 55–70.
Cherevatova, M., Smirnov, M.Yu., Jones, A.G., Pedersen, L.B., MaSca WG 2015a. Magnetotelluric array data
analysis from north-west Fennoscandia. Tectonophysics 653, 1–19
Cherevatova, M., Smirnov, M.Yu., Korja, T., Pedersen, L.B., Ebbing, J., Gradmann, S., Becken,M. and MaSca
Working Group 2015b. Electrical conductivity structure of north-west Fennoscandia from three-
dimensional inversion of magnetotelluric data. Tectonophysics 653, 20-32
Corfu, F., Andersen, T.B. and Gasser, D. 2014. The Scandinavian Caledonides: main features, conceptual
advances and critical questions. In Corfu, F., Gasser, D. and Chew, D. M. (eds.): New Perspectives on
the Caledonides of Scandinavia and Related Areas. Geological Society, London, Special Publications,
390, 9–43.
Dehghannejad, M. 2014. Reflection seismic investigation in the Skellefte ore district: A basis for 3D/4D
geological modeling. Diss., Uppsala Univ., 68 p.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 35 / 49
Dehghannejad, M., Juhlin, C., Malehmir, A., Skyttä, P., Weihed, P. 2010. Reflection seismic imaging of the
upper crust in the Kristineberg mining area, northern Sweden. Journal of Applied Geophysics, 71: 125-
136
Dehghannejad, M., Bauer, T., Malehmir, A., Juhlin, C., Weihed, P. 2012a. Crustal geometry of the central
Skellefte district, northern Sweden – constraints from reflection seismic investigations.
Tectonophysics, Elsevier. 524: 87-99
Dehghannejad, M., Malehmir, A., Juhlin, C., Skytta, P. 2012b. 3D constraints and finite-difference modeling of
massive sulfide deposits: The Kristineberg seismic lines revisited, northern Sweden. Geophysics, 77:
WC69-WC79
Ehsan, S., Malehmir, A., Dehghannejad, M. 2012. Re-processing and interpretation of 2D seismic data from
the Kristineberg mining area, northern Sweden. Journal of Applied Geophysics, 80: 43-55
Eilu, P. (ed.) 2012. Mineral deposits and metallogeny of Fennoscandia. Geological Survey of Finland, Special
Paper 53, 401 p.
Eliasson, T., Eriksson, K.G., Lindquist, G., Malmquist, D. and Parasnis, D. 1991. Sweden. In: Hurtig, E., Cermák,
V., Haenel, R. and Zui, V. (eds.), Gothermal Atlas of Europe, Herman Haack Verlagsgesellschaft, Gotha,
p. 78.
Erlström, M. and Sivhed, U. 2003: Well site report, DGE1/1b. Geological descriptions and composite litho-log.
Deep geothermal energy project – Skåne. SGU diarienummer 08-1112/2002.
Frietsch, R. 1975. Alkali metasomatism in the ore-bearing metavolcanics of central Sweden. Sveriges
geologiska undersökning C 791, 54 p.
Frietsch, R., Tuisku, P., Martinsson, O. and Perdahl, J.-A. 1997. Cu-(Au) and Fe ore deposits associated with
Na-Cl metasomatism in early Proterozoic rocks of northern Fennoscandia: A new metallogenic
province. Ore Geology Review 12, 1-34.
García Juanatey, M. 2012. Seismics, 2D and 3D Inversion of Magnetotellurics. Jigsaw pieces in understanding
the Skellefte Ore District. Diss., Uppsala Univ. 55 p.
García Juanatey, M., Hübert, J., Tryggvason, A., Pedersen, L. 2013. Imaging the Kristineberg mining area with
two perpendicular magnetotelluric profiles in the Skellefte Ore District, northern Sweden. Geophysical
Prospecting, 61: 200-219. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2478.2011.01040.x
García Juanatey, M., Hübert, J., Tryggvason, A., Pedersen, L. 2013. Imaging the Kristineberg mining area with
two perpendicular magnetotelluric profiles in the Skellefte Ore District, northern Sweden. Geophysical
Prospecting, 61: 200-219. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2478.2011.01040.x
Gee, D., Juhlin, C., Pascal, C., Robinson, P. 2010. Collisional Orogeny in the Scandinavian Caledonides (COSC).
GFF, 132(1): 29-44
Geijer, P. 1921: The cerium minerals of Bastnäs at Riddarhyttan. Sveriges geologiska undersökning C 304, 24
p.
Gharibi, M. 2000. Electromagnetic Studies of the Continental Crust in Sweden. Diss., Uppsala Univ., 24 pp.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 36 / 49
Gold, T. 1992. The deep, hot biosphere. Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA. Vol 89 pp 6045 – 6049.
Grenne, T., Ihlen, P.M. and Vokes, F.M. 1999. Scandinavian Caledonide metallogeny in a plate tectonic
perspective. Mineralium Deposita 34, 422-471.
Guggisberg, B., Kaminski, W., Prodehl, C. 1991. Crustal structure of the Fennoscandian Shield: a traveltime
interpretation of the long-range FENNOLORA seismic refraction profile. Tectonophysics 195, 105–137.
Hedin, P. 2015. Geophysical studies of the upper crust of the central Swedish Caledonides in relation to the
COSC scientific drilling project. Diss., Uppsala Univ., 87 pp.
Hedin, P., Almqvist, B., Berthet, T., Juhlin, C., Buske, S. et al. 2016. 3D reflection seismic imaging at the 2.5 km
deep COSC-1 scientific borehole, central Scandinavian Caledonides. Tectonophysics, in press.
Heidbach, O., Tingay, M., Barth, A., Reinecker, J., Kurfeß, D. and Müller, B. 2008: The World Stress Map
database release 2008 doi:10.1594/GFZ.WSM.Rel2008.
Högdahl, K., Andersson, U.B. and Eklund, O. (eds.) 2004: The Transscandinavian Igneous Belt (TIB) in Sweden:
a review of its character and evolution. Geological Survey of Finland, special paper 37, 125 p.
Holmgren, J. 2013. Seismic modeling of reflection survey near Kiruna. BSc thesis, Luleå university, 41 p.
Hübert J., Malehmir A., Smirnow M., Tryggvason A. and Pedersen L.B. 2009. MT measurements in the
western part of the Paleoproterozoic Skellefte Ore District, Northern Sweden: A contribution to an
integrated geophysical study. Tectonophysics 475, 493–502.
Hübert, J. 2012. From 2D to 3D Models of Electrical Conductivity based upon Magnetotelluric Data.
Experiences from two Case Studies. Diss., Uppsala Univ., 55 pp.
Hübert, J., García Juanatey, M., Malehmir, A., Tryggvason, A., Pedersen, L. 2013. The upper crustal 3-D
resistivity structure of the Kristineberg area, Skellefte district, northern Sweden revealed by
magnetotelluric data. Geophysical Journal International 192, 500-513
Hurter, S., and Haenel, R. (eds.) 2002. Atlas of Geothermal Resources in Europe, Office for Official
Publications of the European Communities, Luxemburg, 91 p., 89 plates.
Hurtig, E., Cermak, V., Haenel, R. and Zui, V. (eds.) 1991. Geothermal Atlas of Europe. Herman Haack
Verlagsgesellschaft, Gotha, 156 p.
Jensen, M., Kashubin, A., Juhlin, C., Elming, S. 2012. Multidisciplinary study of the hanging wall of the
Kiirunavaara iron ore deposit, northern Sweden. Geophysics, 77: B269-B285
Johansson, Å. 1985. The Dalslandian sulphide-bearing quartz veins of Dalsland and Värmskog southwest
Sweden. Geological Survey of Sweden C 809, 48 p.
Jones, A.G., Olafsdottir, B. and Tiikkainen, J. 1983. Geomagnetic induction studies in Scandinavia. Ill.
Magnetotelluric observations. J. Geophys. 54, 35-50.
Jonsson, E. and Högdahl, K. 2013. New evidence for the timing of formation of Bastnäs-type REE
mineralisation in Bergslagen, Sweden. Abstract, proceedings 12th SGA biennial meeting, 1724–1727
(volume 4).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 37 / 49
Juhlin, C., A. A. Aldahan, J. Castano, B. Collini, T. Gorody, and H. Sandstedt 1991. Scientific Summary Report
for the Deep Gas Drilling Project in the Siljan Ring Impact Structure. Naturgas. Älvkarleby, Sweden:
Vattenfall Research & Development.
Juhlin, C. and Sandstedt, H. 1989. Storage of nuclear waste in very deep boreholes: Feasibility study and
assessment of economic potential. SKB Technical Report TR-89-39, 92 p.
Juhlin C., Wallroth T., Smellie J., Eliasson T., Ljunggren C., Leijon B. and Beswick J. 1998. The Very Deep Hole
Concept: Geoscientific appraisal of conditions at great depth. SKB Technical Report TR 98-05
Juhlin, C., Hedin, P., Gee, D., Lorenz, H., Kalscheuer, T. et al. 2016. Seismic imaging in the eastern
Scandinavian Caledonides: Siting the 2.5 km deep COSC-2 borehole, central Sweden. Solid Earth, in
press.
Juhlin, C., Wallroth, T., Smellie, J., Eliasson, T., Ljunggren, C., Leijon, B. and Beswick, J. 1998. The Very Deep
Hole Concept – Geoscientific appraisal of conditions at great depth. SKB Technical Report TR-98-05,
124 p.
Juhojuntti, N., Olsson, S., Bergman, S., Antal Lundin, I. 2014. Reflexionsseismiska mätningar vid Kiruna –
preliminär tolkning, SGU-rapport 2014:05, 26p.
Kampmann, T.C. 2015. 3D structural framework and constraints on the timing of hydrothermal alteration
and ore formation at the Falun Zn-Pb-Cu-(Au-Ag) sulphide deposit, Bergslagen, Sweden. Licentiate
thesis, Luleå University of Technology, 37 p.
Kathol, B. and Weihed, P. (eds.) 2005. Description of regional geological and geophysical maps of the
Skellefte district and surrounding areas. Geological Survey of Sweden Ba 57, 197 p.
Klonowska, I., Pascal, C., Pedersen, K., Roberts, N. M. W. and Tsang, C.-F. 2016. COSC-1 – drilling of a
subduction-related allochthon in the Palaeozoic Caledonide orogen of Scandinavia. Scientific drilling,
1-11,
Kukkonen, I. T. 2007. Outokumpu Deep Drilling Project. Second International Workshop. Geological Survey of
Finland, Report Q10.2/2007/29, Espoo, 86 p.
Laaksoharju, M., Smellie, J., Nilsson, A.-C. and Skårman, C. 1995. Groundwater sampling and chemical
characterisation of the Laxemar deep borehole KLX02. SKB Technical Report TR-95-05, 74 p.
Lagerblad, B. and Gorbatschev, R. 1985. Hydrothermal alteration as a control of regional geochemistry and
ore formation in the central Baltic Shield. Geologische Rundschau 74, 33-49.
Laurent, S. 1982. Analysis of groundwater from deep boreholes in Kråkemåla, Sternö and Finnsjön. SKBF/KBS
Report 82-23.
Lehnert, O., Meinhold, G., Bergstroem, S., Calner, M., Ebbestad, J. et al. 2012. New Ordovician-Silurian drill
cores from the Siljan impact structure in central Sweden: an integral part of the Swedish Deep Drilling
Program. GFF, 134: 87-98
Lorenz, H. 2010. The Swedish deep drilling program: for science and society. GFF 132, 25-27.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 38 / 49
Lorenz, H. et al. 2010. The Swedish Deep Drilling Program. Science and Technology Plan. Dept. of Earth
Sciences, Uppsala University, 89p. (unpublished).
Lorenz, H., Gee, D. and Juhlin, C. 2011. The Scandinavian Caledonides-scientific drilling at mid-crustal level in
a Palaeozoic major collisional orogen. Scientific Drilling, 60-63
Lorenz, H., Rosberg, J.-E., Juhlin, C., Bjelm, L., Almqvist, B.S. G., Berthet, T., Conze, R., Gee, D. G.,
Klonowska, I., Pascal, C., Pedersen, K., Roberts, N. M. W. and Tsang, C.-F. 2015. COSC-1 – drilling of a
subduction-related allochthon in the Palaeozoic Caledonide orogen of Scandinavia. Scientific drilling,
1-11.
Louvat, D., J. L. Michelot, and J. F. Aranyossy 1999. Origin and residence time of salinity in the Äspö
groundwater system. Applied Geochemistry 14, 917-925. doi:10.1016/S0883-
Lundberg, E. 2014. 2D and 3D Reflection Seismic Studies over Scandinavian Deformation Zones. Diss.,
Uppsala Univ., 57 pp.Lund, C.E., Heikkinen, P. 1987. Reflection measurements along the EGT POLAR-
profile,northern Baltic Shield. Geophys. J. R. Astron. Soc. 89, 361–364.
M. and MaSca Working Group 2015b. Electrical conductivity structure of north-west Fennoscandia from
three-dimensional inversion of magnetotelluric data.
Magnusson, N.H. 1970. Malm i Sverige 1. Mellersta och södra Sverige. Almqvist & Wiksell, Stockholm, 320 p.
Malehmir, A. 2007. 3D Geophysical and Geological Modeling in the Skellefte Ore District: Implications for
Targeting Ore Deposits. Diss., Uppsala Univ., 84 pp.
Malehmir, A., Tryggvason, A., Juhlin, C., Rodriguez-Tablante, J. and Weihed, P. 2006. Seismic imaging and
potential field modeling to delineate structures hosting VHMS deposits in the Skellefte Ore District,
northern Sweden. Tectonophysics, 426: 319-334
Malehmir, A., Schmelzbach, C., Bongajum, E., Bellefleur, G., Juhlin, C. et al. 2009a. 3D constraints on a
possible deep > 2.5 km massive sulphide mineralization from 2D crooked-line seismic reflection data in
the Kristineberg mining area, northern Sweden. Tectonophysics 479: 223-240
Malehmir, A., Thunehed, H., Tryggvason, A. 2009b. The Paleoproterozoic Kristineberg mining area, northern
Sweden: Results from integrated 3D geophysical and geologic modeling, and implications for targeting
ore deposits. Geophysics 74: B9-B22
Malehmir, A., Dahlin, P., Lundberg, E., Juhlin, C., Sjöström, H. 2011. Reflection seismic investigations in the
Dannemora area, central Sweden: Insights into the geometry of polyphasedeformation zones and
magnetite‐skarn deposits. Journal of Geophysical Research, 116: B11307-
Malehmir, A., Durrheim, R., Bellefleur, G., Urosevic, M., Juhlin, C. et al. 2012a. Seismic methods in mineral
exploration and mine planning: A general overview of past and present case histories and a look into
the future. Geophysics, 77: WC173-WC190
Malehmir, A., Urosevic, M., Bellefleur, G., Juhlin, C., Milkereit, B. 2012b. Seismic methods in mineral
exploration and mine planning - Introduction. Geophysics, 77(5): WC1-WC2
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 39 / 49
Malehmir, A., Andersson, M., Lebedev, M., Urosevic, M., Mikhaltsevitch, V. 2013. Experimental estimation of
velocities and anisotropy of a series of Swedish crystalline rocks and ores. Geophysical Prospecting, 61:
153-167
Malehmir, A., Wang, S., Lamminen, J., Brodic, B. and Bastani, M. et al. 2015. Delineating structures
controlling sandstone-hosted base-metal deposits using high-resolution multicomponent seismic and
radio-magnetotelluric methods: a case study from Northern Sweden. Geophysical Prospecting, 63:
774-797
Marsic, N. and Grundfelt, B. 2013. Review of geoscientific data of relevance to disposal of spent nuclear fuel
in deep boreholes in crystalline rock. SKB report P-13-12, 31 p.
Martinsson, O., Billström, K., Broman, C., Weihed, P. and Wanhainen, C. 2016. Metallogeny of the Northern
Norrbotten Ore Province, northern Fennoscandian Shield with emphasis on IOCG and apatite-iron ore
deposits. Ore Geology Reviews, doi: 10.1016/j.oregeorev.2016.02.011.
Milkereit B., Berrer E.K., King A.R., Watts A.H., Roberts B., and Adam E. et al. 2000. Development of 3-D
seismic exploration technology for deep nickel-copper deposits— A case history from the Sudbury
basin, Canada. Geophysics 65, 1890–1899.
Muhamad, H., Juhlin, C., Lehnert, O., Meinhold, G., Andersson, M. et al. 2015. Analysis of borehole
geophysical data from the Mora area of the Siljan Ring impact structure, central Sweden. Journal of
Applied Geophysics, 115: 183-196
Nyyssönen, M., Hultman, J., Ahonen, L., Kukkonen, I., Paulin, L., Laine, P., Itävaara, M. and Auvinen, P. 2014.
Taxonomically and functionally diverse microbial communities in deep crystalline rocks of the
Fennoscandian shield. ISME Journal 8, 126–138.
Ohlsson, L.-G. 1979a. Tungsten occurrences in central Sweden, Economic Geology 74, 1012-1034.
Ohlsson, L.-G. 1979b. Geologiska bladet 12E Säfsnäs 1j Pingstorp. Prospecting report Grb 72, 8 p.
Parasnis, D.S. 1975. Temperature Phenomena and Heat Flow Estimates in Two Precambrian Ore-bearing
Areas in North Sweden. Geophysical Journal of the Royal Astronomical Society 43, 531 - 554.
Parasnis, D.S. 1981. Geothermal flow and phenomena in two Swedish localities north of the Arctic circle.
Geophysical Journal of the Royal Astronomical Society 71, 545 - 554.
Place, J., Malehmir, A., Högdahl, K., Juhlin, C. and Nilsson, K. 2015. Seismic characterization of the
Grängesberg iron deposit and its mining-induced structures, central Sweden. Interpretation, 3(3):
SY41-SY56
Pousette, J. 1988. Groundwater documentation in Sweden. Water Quality Bulletin, vol 13, no. 4, pp 138 –
147.
Rhén, I., Forsmark, T., Jackson, P., Roberts, D., Swan, D. and Gylling, B. 2008. Hydrogeological
conceptualization and parameterization. Site descriptive modeling SDM-Site Laxemar. SKB Report R-
08-78, 306 p.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 40 / 49
Ripa, M. 1994. The mineral chemistry of hydrothermally altered and metamorphosed wall-rocks at the
Stollberg Fe-Pb-Zn-Mn(-Ag) deposit, Bergslagen, Sweden. Mineralium Deposita 29, 180-188.
Rodriguez-Tablante, J., Tryggvason, A., Malehmir, A., Juhlin, C., Palm, H. 2007. Cross-profile acquisition and
cross-dip analysis for extracting 3D information from 2D surveys, a case study from the western
Skellefte District, northern Sweden. Journal of Applied Geophysics, 63: 1-12
Romer, R.L. and Öhlander, B. 1994. U‐Pb age of the Yxsjöberg tungsten‐skarn deposit, Sweden. GFF 116, 161-
166.
Rosberg J.-E. 2006. Flow test of a perforated deep dual cased well. Proceedings, Thirty-first Workshop on
Geothermal Reservoir Engineering, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, 30 January – 1 February 2006.
SGB-TR-179, 8 p.
Rosberg, J.-E. 2010. Well testing, methods and applicability. Doctoral Thesis, Department of Engineering
Geology, Lund University, 78 p.
Saintilan, N.J., Schneider, J., Stephens, M.B., Chiaradia, M., Kouzmanov, K., Wälle, M. and Fontbote, L. 2015.
A Middle Ordovician age for the Laisvall sandstone-hosted Pb-Zn deposit, Sweden: a response to Early
Caledonian orogenic activity*. Economic Geology 110, 1779-1801.
Schellschmidt, R. and Hurter, S. 2002. Atlas of Geothermal Resources in Europe, Office for Official
Publications of the European Communities, Luxemburg.
Schmelzbach, C., H. Horstmeyer, and Juhlin, C. 2007. Shallow 3D seismic reflection imaging of fracture zones
in crystalline rock. Geophysics, 72, B149–B160, doi: 10.1190/1.2787336.
Schwarz, G., Göransson, M., Thunholm, B. and Förster, A. 2010. Mapping thermal conductivity of the
Swedish bedrock. 29th Nordic Geological Winter Meeting, Oslo. NGF abstracts and proceedings 1, p.
177.
Sivhed, U., Wikman, H. and Erlström, M. 1999: Description to the maps of solid rocks Trelleborg NV and NO,
Malmö SV, SO, NV and NO. Sveriges geologiska undersökning Af 191, 192, 193, 194, 196, 198, 143 p.
SKB 2001. Project Deep Drilling KLX02 – Phase 2 Methods, scope of activities and results. SKB Technical
Report TR-01-11, 188 p.
SKB 2006a. Äspö Hard Rock Laboratory. Annual report 2005. SKB Technical Report TR-06-10, 217 p.
SKB 2006b. Hydrogeochemical evaluation. Preliminary site description, Laxemar subarea – version 2.1. SKB
Report R-06-70, 337 p. 2008. Site description of Forsmark at completion of the site investigation phase
SDM-Site Forsmark. SKB Technical Report, TR-08-05, 545 p.
SKB 2009. Site description of Laxemar at completion of the site investigation phase - SDM-Site Laxemar. SKB
Technical Report TR-09-01, 644 p.
Skyttä, P., Bauer, T., Hermansson, T., Dehghannejad, M., Allen, R., Juhlin, C., Weihed, P., Tavakoli, S., Hübert,
J. and Garcia Juanatey, M. 2013. Crustal 3D-geometry of the Kristineberg area (Sweden) with
implications on VMS deposits. Solid Earth 4, 387-404.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 41 / 49
Skyttä, P., Bauer, T., Tavakoli, S., Hermansson, T., Andersson, J. and Weihed, P. 2012: Evolution of early-
orogenic deformation zones and their significance for the development of contrasting structural
domains within the Palaeoproterozoic Skellefte District, Sweden. Geophysical Research Abstracts 14,
EGU2012-14180, EGU General Assembly 2012.
Skyttä, P., Hermansson, T. and Bauer, T. 2009. Three Dimensional Structure of the VMS-hosting
Palaeoproterozoic Kristineberg Area, Northern Sweden. Smart science for exploration and mining:
Proceedings of the 10th biennial SGA meeting, Townsville, Australia, 909–911.
Stephens, M.B. (ed.) 1986. Stratabound sulphide deposits in the central Scandinavian Caledonides. 7th
IAGOD symposium, excursion guide 2. Sveriges geologiska undersökning Ca 60, 68 p.
Stephens, M.B. 2010. Bedrock geology – overview and excursion guide. Forsmark site investigation. Svensk
Kärnbränslehantering AB report R-10-04, 52 p.
Stephens, M.B., Fox, A., La Pointe, P., Simeonov, A., Isaksson, H., Hermanson, J. and Öhman, J. 2007: Geology
Forsmark, Site descriptive modelling Forsmark stage 2.2. SKB report R-07-45, 224 p.
Stephens, M.B., Ripa, M., Lundström, I., Persson, L., Bergman, T., Ahl, M., Wahlgren, C.-H., Persson, P.-O. and
Wickström, L. 2009. Synthesis of the bedrock geology in the Bergslagen region, Fennoscandian Shield,
south-central Sweden. Geological Survey of Sweden Ba 58, 259 p.
Sundberg, J., Back, P.-E., Ländell, M. and Sundberg, A. 2009. Modelling of temperature in deep boreholes and
evaluation of geothermal heat flow at Forsmark and Laxemar. SKB Technical Report TR-09-14, 95 p.
Tavakoli, S., Bauer, T. E., Rasmussen, T. M., Weihed, P. and Elming, S.-Å. 2016. Deep massive sulphide
exploration using 2D and 3D geoelectrical and induced polarization data in Skellefte mining district,
northern Sweden. Geophysical Prospecting. doi:10.1111/1365-2478.12363
Tegengren, F.R. et al. 1924. Sveriges ädlare malmer och bergverk. Sveriges geologiska undersökning Ca 17,
406 p.
Thomas, M.D., Ford, K.L. and Keating, P. 2016. Review paper: Exploration geophysics for intrusion-hosted
rare metals. Geophysical Prospecting, 64: 1275–1304. doi:10.1111/1365-2478.12352
Trägårdh, J. 1988: Cordierite-mica-quartz schists in a Proterozoic volcanic iron ore-bearing terrain,
Riddarhyttan area, Bergslagen, Sweden. Geologie en Mijnbouw 67, 397-409.
Tryggvason, A., Malehmir, A., Rodriguez-Tablante, J., Juhlin, C., Weihed, P. 2006. Reflection seismic
investigations in the western part of the paleoproterozoic VHMS-bearing Skellefte district, northern
Sweden. Economic geology and the bulletin of the Society of Economic Geologists, 101: 1039-1054
Wahlgren, C.-H., Curtis, P., Hermanson, J., Forssberg, O., Öhman, J., Fox, A., La Pointe, P., Drake, H., Triumf,
C.-A., Mattsson, H., Thunehed, H. and Juhlin, C. 2008. Geology Laxemar, Site descriptive modelling,
SDM-Site Laxemar. SKB report R-08-54, 276 p.
Wanhainen, C. 2005. On the origin and evolution of the Palaeoproterozoic Aitik Cu-Au-Ag deposit, northern
Sweden. PhD thesis, Luleå University of Technology 2005:36, 38 p.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 42 / 49
Wareing, S. 2011. Predictive prospectivity mapping of sulphide mineral deposits in north-west Bergslagen,
Sweden. Analysis and integration of geoscience datasets in ArcGis. Master thesis, Stockholm
University, 105 p.
Weihed, P 2001. A review of Palaeoproterozoic intrusive hosted Cu-Au-Fe-oxide deposits in northern
Sweden'. in P Weihed (ed.), Economic geology research: 1999-2000. vol. 1, Sveriges Geologiska
Undersökning, Uppsala, pp. 4-32. Research Paper C, no. 833.
Weihed, P. 2010. Palaeoproterozoic mineralised volcanic arc systems: the Skellefte district (PaMVAS). In
Lorenz et al. 2010, The Swedish Deep Drilling Program. Science and Technology Plan. Dept. of Earth
Sciences, Uppsala University, p. 47 – 50 (unpublished).
Weihed, P. (ed.) 2015. 3D, 4D and predictive modelling of major mineral belts in Europe. Springer Int.
publishing. 331 p. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-17428-0
Weihed, P., Arndt, N., Billström, K., Duchesne, J.-C., Eilu, P., Martinsson, O., Papunen, H. and Lahtinen, R.
2005. Precambrian geodynamics and ore formation: The Fennoscandian Shield. Ore Geology Reviews
27, 273-322.
Weihed, P., Isaksson, I. and Svensson, S.-Å. 1987. The Tallberg porphyry copper deposit in northern Sweden:
a preliminary report. Geologiska Föreningens i Stockholm Förhandlingar 109, 47-53.
8 Appendix
Figure A.1. Map of the anomalous total magnetic field over Sweden derived from airborne magnetic
measurements (SGU 2016). Typical distance between flight lines is 200 m, measuring altitude either, 30 or
60 m, with data points along flight pass every 17 m.
Figure A.2. Coverage of Sweden by airborne very low frequency (VLF) measurements (SGU 2016). Areas in
colour where electrical resistivity of the uppermost surface could be obtained while data of areas in grey
represent older data not being methodologically applicable for deriving resistivity.
Figure A.3. Map of Sweden with areas where airborne measurements of natural gamma radiation were done
(SGU 2016). Shown here is the concentration of uranium (238 U in ppm) in the uppermost soil and bedrock
of the Earth. The other two isotope elements observed are potassium and thorium making it possible, e.g.,
to identify bedrock units close to the surface and calculate their heat production rate.
Figure A.4. Gravity anomaly map (Bouguer anomaly in mGal) of Sweden (SGU 2016) based on the SGU
database with contributions from third parties. Measuring sites account to about 183000, with gridding of
data done for areas of 500 x 500 m2.
Table A.1. Summary of databases held by SGU and relevant for the CHPM2030 project.
Table A.2. Summary of data in web map services (WMS) – as from the Map Viewer, held by SGU and relevant
for CHPM2030. In accordance with INSPIRE access is free of charge.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 43 / 49
Figure A1.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 44 / 49
Figure A.2.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 45 / 49
Figure A.3.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 46 / 49
Figure A.4.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 47 / 49
Datasets Short description Scale Coverage Access cost Link Source/Contact [email protected]
Access cost http://www.sgu.se/produkter/kundtjanst/avgifter-for-sgus-material/ (in Swedish). Remark: Data covered by INSPIRE or for scientific research are free of charge.
Bedrock, Mineral Resources
Dating, isotope analysis See web
Drill cores
Bedrock, observations
Drill cores Drill core archive c. 18000 cores, c. 3000000 m
Drill cores, hyperspectral scanning, IR data
Drill core archive 233 000 m (Sept 2016)
Quaternary geology
Quaternary deposits different scales
Sedimentary thickness
Hydrogeology
Groundwater
Wells
Geochemistry
Biogeochemistry
Soil geochemistry
Geophysics
Gravity Land, sea based and airborne point data, grid 500 x 500 m2
c. 186000 measuring sites
See web-page
Magnetic Field
Airborne total magnetic field data, Profile density mostly 200 m, data points every 18 m.
Grid data 200 by 200 m, 200 by 40 m, or less.
Gamma radiation Airborne survey data for the radioactive isotopes U, K and Th.
Grid resolution as above.
ElectromagneticField
Airborne Very Low Frequency (VLF) data. Slingram data partly available.
Grid data 200 by 18 meters.
Petrophysics Density and magnetic properties of rocks. Content of U, K, Th..
c. 75000 samples. 5900 outcrop data.
Table A.1.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 48 / 49
Datasets Short description Scale Cove-
rage
Access
cost Link
Source/Contact
Web map services (datasets):
http://www.sgu.se/en/products/data/data-in-web-map-services-wms/
Maps: http://apps.sgu.se/kartgenerator/maporder_en.html;
http://www.sgu.se/en/products/maps/map-viewer/
Access cost These datasets are covered by INSPIRE and free of charge.
Bedrock, ores and minerals
Bedrock 1:1 M See above See
above
Drill cores
Ores and mineralizations
Mineral resources
Mineral permits
Mineral deposits of national
interest
Groundwater, wells and groundwater monitoring
Wells
Groundwater 1:1 M Sweden
Environmental monitoring
Springs
Geophysics
Geophysical ground
measurements, prospecting
areas
Airborne geophysics, magnetic
field
Airborne survey data
showing variation in
the total magnetic
field.
Airborne geophysics, gamma
radiation uranium, potassium,
thorium
Airborne survey data
for the radioactive
isotopes U, K and Th.
Resolution
information
on website
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE 1.2. APPENDIX 1.2.4
(A1.2.4) 49 / 49
Footnote: * Other scales available (e.g., 1:200000; 1:250000; 1:750000).
Table A.2.
Datasets Short description Scale Cove-
rage
Access
cost Link
Geophysical ground
measurements, gravity
Airborne survey data
showing variation in
the magnetic field.
Resolution
information
on website
Geochemistry
Biogeochemistry, copper
Ground geochemistry, copper
Quaternary deposits
Ground stability properties free
Ground permeability free
Quaternary deposits At scales from 1:25000
to 1:1 M* free
Landslides and gullies free
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
REPORT ON DATA COLLECTION
BY THE EFG LINKED THIRD PARTIES
(EUROPEAN DATA INTEGRATION AND EVALUATION)
Authors:
Vanja Bisevac, Isabel Fernandez (European Federation of Geologists)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 2 / 30
Table of contents 1 Executive summary .......................................................................................................................... 4
2 Introduction and the scope of the survey ........................................................................................ 5
3 European outlook ............................................................................................................................ 6
3.1 Survey data overview ............................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Availability of the data and number of the drill holes per country .......................................... 8
3.2.1 AUSTRIA ........................................................................................................................... 8
3.2.2 BELGIUM .......................................................................................................................... 8
3.2.3 CROATIA ........................................................................................................................... 9
3.2.4 GERMANY ........................................................................................................................ 9
3.2.5 GREECE ............................................................................................................................ 9
3.2.6 HUNGARY ....................................................................................................................... 10
3.2.7 IRELAND ......................................................................................................................... 10
3.2.8 ITALY .............................................................................................................................. 10
3.2.9 LUXEMBOURG ............................................................................................................... 10
3.2.10 NETHERLANDS ............................................................................................................... 11
3.2.11 POLAND ......................................................................................................................... 11
3.2.12 PORTUGAL ..................................................................................................................... 11
3.2.13 SERBIA ............................................................................................................................ 11
3.2.14 SLOVAK REPUBLIK .......................................................................................................... 11
3.2.15 SLOVENIA ....................................................................................................................... 11
3.2.16 SPAIN ............................................................................................................................. 12
3.2.17 SWEDEN ......................................................................................................................... 12
3.2.18 SWITZERLAND ................................................................................................................ 12
3.2.19 UNITED KINGDOM ......................................................................................................... 12
3.3 Identification of the metal enrichment .................................................................................. 13
3.3.1 AUSTRIA ......................................................................................................................... 13
3.3.2 BELGIUM ........................................................................................................................ 13
3.3.3 CYPRUS .......................................................................................................................... 14
3.3.4 HUNGARY ....................................................................................................................... 14
3.3.5 POLAND ......................................................................................................................... 15
3.3.6 SERBIA ............................................................................................................................ 18
3.3.7 SLOVAK REPUBLIC .......................................................................................................... 21
4 Conclusions .................................................................................................................................... 23
5 References ..................................................................................................................................... 23
5.1.1 BELGIUM ........................................................................................................................ 23
5.1.2 CYPRUS .......................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.3 GREECE .......................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.4 HUNGARY ....................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.5 LUXEMBOURG ............................................................................................................... 24
5.1.6 POLAND ......................................................................................................................... 24
5.1.7 PORTUGAL ..................................................................................................................... 25
5.1.8 SERBIA ............................................................................................................................ 25
5.1.9 SLOVAK REPUBLIK .......................................................................................................... 25
5.1.10 SLOVENIA ....................................................................................................................... 26
5.1.11 UK .................................................................................................................................. 26
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 3 / 30
6 Appendix 1. LTPs contact list: ........................................................................................................ 28
7 Appendix 2. Template for data collection by the EFG Linked third Parties in the frame of Task
1.2.5 - European data integration and evaluation CHPM2030, Work-package 1 - Methodology
framework definition ..................................................................................................................... 29
7.1 Background ............................................................................................................................ 29
7.2 Data on drilling programmes ................................................................................................. 30
7.3 Data on deep metal enrichments .......................................................................................... 30
7.4 Personal data ......................................................................................................................... 31
List of tables
Table 1. Data Overview: Please note that some of the LTPs reported also on metal enrichments which
do not satisfy the CHPM2030 criteria. See text for further explanations. y – yes; n - no
Table 2. List of Belgian deep wells crossing the 100°C isotherm depths. Balmatt-2 is not incorporated
since the drilling is still in progress. The wells of both St-Ghislain and Havalange have partially been
closed. * Temperature extrapolated from 105°C at 2155 m to the depth of 2195 m
List of figures
Figure 1. Distribution of the drillholes in Slovenia
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 4 / 30
1 Executive summary
The information reported here has been obtained by reviewing information from 24 European
Countries reporting by the European Federation of Geologists, EFG, Linked Third Parties, LTPs. EFG
LTPs collected publicly available data at national level on deep drilling programs, geophysical and
geochemical explorations and any kind of geo-scientific data related to the potential deep metal
enrichments. The task provides a “European outlook” on data availability in order to identify data
gaps. In this survey we used the term “metal enrichment” considering the geological formations in
which the metal content is at least five times higher than the average in the given formation type.
This term also includes the “real ore bodies” which have economic value on their own. The LTPs were
asked to consider the following metals: Cu, Zn, Pb, Fe, As, Sb, Ag, Au, Co, Cr, Ni, U, Sn, W and Mo, but
were also invited to report on any other metal enrichment they find important and relevant in their
countries.
The 19 countries out of 23 which participated in this survey reported that drillholes with temperatures
exceeding 100°C exists in their country (Table 1). The number of such drillholes varies from 1 (Ireland)
to 2809 (Germany) (Table 1). The data are publicly available for drillholes in Belgium, Greece,
Netherlands, Poland and Portugal, while only partly available in Austria, Hungary, Ireland, Serbia,
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and UK. Unfortunately, the drillholes data are not publicly available in Croatia,
Germany and Switzerland. The Czech Republic, Finland and Luxembourg did not report the existence
of the drillholes with temperatures exceeding 100°C and are not considered in further discussion.
Among them, eight countries mentioned the identification of metal enrichment (Austria, Belgium,
Cyprus, Hungary, Poland, Serbia, Slovak Republic and UK, while five of those (Belgium, Hungary,
Poland, Serbia and Slovak Republic) provided more detailed insight into these metal enrichments
providing some data on geographical, geological, geochemical and geophysical data. These countries
could be of further interest of the CHPM2030 interest. Since the data of the project’s interest only
partly publicly available or not available at all, further cooperation with National experts and possible
contact to organizations in charge/owning the data will be necessary to obtain all relevant
information.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 5 / 30
2 Introduction and the scope of the survey
Since the objective of CHPM2030 WP1 is to prepare the conceptual framework for a novel enhanced
geothermal system (EGS) for the production of energy and the extraction of metals from ore deposits
located at great depths, first step was to synthesize our knowledge on deep metal enrichments that
could be converted into an “orebody EGS”, and to investigate the characteristics of these bodies. We
aimed to discover and examine the geological, tectonic, geochemical, and petrologic factors that
define the boundary conditions of such novel EGS both in terms of energy and potential for metal
recovery.
The information reported here has been obtained by reviewing past investigations in Europe that have
resulted in public access geological and geothermal datasets. In addition to these data, associated
publications and studies have been also reviewed. EFG Linked Third Parties collected publicly available
data at national level on deep drilling programs, geophysical and geochemical explorations and any
kind of geo-scientific data related to the potential deep metal enrichments. They also collected data
on the national geothermal potential. The task provides a “European outlook” on data availability in
order to identify data gaps. A horizontal task is to connect two insofar unconnected communities:
mining and geothermal earth science professionals for a common goal on EU and national levels. In
the third year of the project implementation, within WP6 – Roadmapping and Preparation for Pilots,
the EFG Linked Third Parties will assess the geological data on suitable ore-bearing formations and
geothermal projects, which were collected in this Survey, in relation with the potential application of
the CHPM technology.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 6 / 30
3 European outlook
As we want to apply an EGS system, in the data collection we were looking for the depths where the
temperature is above 100°C. The TLPs were asked to use the average geothermal gradient in their
country and during the data collection to consider only drillholes which reached at least this depth. If
such drillholes are available, LTPs were asked to provide the number of the drillholes, availability of
the data, to specify the metal enrichment in such drillholes if identified.
For each metal enrichment they were asked to provide additional and specific information, if available,
such as:
a) Geographical data of metal enrichment (metal, locality, coordinates)
b) The depth in meters where the metal bearing formation was reached
c) The extent of the metal enrichment known in the sense of width, length and height
d) To specify many drillholes identified the given metal enrichment
e) The geological data from the metal enrichment regarding stratigraphy, lithology and structure
f) The geochemical data - rock chemistry and fluid chemistry
g) The geophysical data - Normal resistivity logs, Fluid resistivity logs, Spontaneous-potential
logs, Acoustic logs and Gamma logs together with information on any other surface or
airborne geophysical surveys which provide additional data related to the metal enrichment.
Additionally, LTPs were asked to provide the list of references for the data they specified together with
any other remark they considered important for this data collection.
3.1 Survey data overview
The Table 1 shows the data overview collected during the survey with some basic information on data
on drilling programs and detected metal enrichment.
Note that some of the LTPs reported also on metal enrichments which do not satisfy the CHPM2030
criteria.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 7 / 30
Table 1. Data collection overview
DATA ON DRILLING PROGRAMMES METAL ENRICHMENT(S)
Country
Drillholes with
temperatures
exceeding 100°C
reported (y/n)
Number of
such
drillholes
Data from
drillholes
publicly available
(y/n)
Identified
(y/n)
Reported
(y/n)
Elements
reported
Austria y ca. 100 y, partly y n Ni
Belgium y 4 y y y Cu, Pb, Zn,
U, Th
Croatia y ca. 1000 n n n -
Czech
Republic n - - - - -
Cyprus n - - y n Cu
Finland n - - - - -
Germany y 2809 n - - -
Greece y 5 y n n -
Hungary y 100 y, partly y y Cu, Zn, Pb,
Ireland y 1 y, partly n n -
Italy y 694 y n n -
Luxembourg n - - - - -
Netherlands y >800 y n n -
Poland y a few
dozens y y y
Cu, Ag, Au,
Pt-Pd, Se,
Pb, Zn, Mo,
V, Ni, Co,
W, Bi, Ag,
Te, Ni
Portugal y min 18 y n n -
Serbia y min 3 y, partly y y Cu, Au
Slovak
Republic y 3 y y y
Fe, Cu, Mo,
Bi, Pb, Zn,
Au, Ag, Te,
Sb, Hg, and
As
Slovenia y 41 y, partly n n -
Spain y 33 y, partly n n -
Sweden y 3 y, partly n n -
Switzerland y 2 n n n -
Ukraine n - - - - -
UK y 27 y, partly y y Sn, W, Cu,
Li, Rb, Cs
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 8 / 30
3.2 Availability of the data and number of the drill holes per country
The 19 countries out of 23 which participated in this survey reported that drillholes with temperatures
exceeding 100°C exists in their country (Table 1). The number of such drillholes varies from 1 (Ireland)
to 2809 (Germany) (Table 1). The data are publicly available for drillholes in Belgium, Greece,
Netherlands, Poland and Portugal, while only partly available in Austria, Hungary, Ireland, Serbia,
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and UK. Unfortunately, the drillholes data are not publicly available in Croatia,
Germany and Switzerland.
Please find below the detailed overview per country (listed alphabetically) from the 19 countries
which reported existence of drillholes with temperatures exceeding 100°C. Countries which provided
additional data which could be of the project interest are also mentioned in this section. The Czech
Republic, Finland and Luxembourg did not report the existence of the drillholes with temperatures
exceeding 100°C and are not considered in further discussion, if not stated otherwise.
3.2.1 AUSTRIA
According to the available data, Austria could have a large geothermal potential throughout its’ deep
(alkali) metal enrichment zones. The Geological Survey of Austria reported that around 100 drilling
programmes reached the +100°C isotherm of which some with known Ni-enriched reservoir(s) (P.C.
Gregor Goetzl, 2016).
Nevertheless, most of the data requested is not or only partly publicly available since most of the
hydro chemical datasets related to deep aquifers are obtained by the hydrocarbon industry.
Interesting to note is an ongoing research on scaling and erosion at thermal wells in Austria with focus
on geochemical components in deep reservoirs. More information on this could be obtained from the
contact if project consortium decides it is necessary.
3.2.2 BELGIUM
Judging from the data received Belgium could be of CHPM2030 interest. 5 wells reached the 100°C
isotherm depth, in the Table 2 information about 4 wells is presented: Balmatt-1, Havelange, St-
Ghislain and Turnhout. The 5 well is Balmatt-2, not incorporated since the drilling is still in progress.
The Balmatt-1 and Balmmatt-2 wells were drilled for hydrothermal energy exploration (VITO).
Both Havelange and St-Ghislain wells have been sealed at certain depth some time ago. Nevertheless,
reopening of the Havelange well is being considered at the moment. According to geothermal maps
and several temperature logs in deep wells, a temperature of +90°C is found at 2000 m depths in the
northeast of the Campine Basin.
Wells location Depth
(m)
temp gradient
(°C/Km)
Temp (°C) Stratigraphy
Balmatt-1 Mol 3600 35.5 138 Lower-Carboniferous
168W314 Havelange 5648 18.6 115 Mississipian, upper Dev.
150E387 St-Ghislain 5403 30.5 175 Mississipian, upper Dev.
29E144* Turnhout 2195 47.8 115* Lower-Carboniferous
Table 2. List of Belgian deep wells crossing the 100°C isotherm depths
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 9 / 30
3.2.3 CROATIA
Geothermal gradient in Croatia varies significantly between the Dinarides (av. 18°C/km) and the
Pannonian basin (av. 49°C/km). Around 1000 boreholes have a depth greater than 2000 m in Croatia,
but an exact number has not been provided. Those wells, lying in the Pannonian Basin, should reach
around 100°C. However, some of these past drilled wells have been sealed off (P.C. Borovic S., 2016).
Data on deep metal enrichments may exist but are not listed in databases, not examined or have not
been made publicly available.
In Croatia, mostly in period from the 1950s until 1990s, thousands of boreholes were drilled in the
scope of hydrocarbon prospection, mostly in the Pannonian part of Croatia and northern Adriatic by a
public petroleum company INA. INA was later partially privatized and data became unavailable.
Nevertheless, some years ago the Ministry of Economy took charge of this data, which are now in the
ownership of the Ministry. All data is physically placed at HGI-CGS (Croatian Geological Survey). Data
availability will be regulated by a special regulation issued by the same Ministry. However, the Ministry
did not issue the regulation so the data is until now unavailable and, even if data were fully accessible,
it is in a form of scanned reports from 1950s onwards. Only manual scanning and analyzing is possible
on this data since no further digitalization and creation of comprehensive database has been
performed, which means a very time-consuming activity. Moreover, data about metal enrichment
zones would be extremely rare in the reports (P.C. Borovic S., 2016).
3.2.4 GERMANY
The 2809 drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C has been
identified in Germany, although there is not publicly available date for those drillholes, as reported. At
the moment, Germany should be considered as potential interest of the CHPM2030, although
different approach should be used to obtain desired data.
3.2.5 GREECE
The 5 drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C were identified in
Greece, but no metal enrichment has been identified. Despite that fact, additional data related to
drillholes were provided and listed below.
Drillhole 1: WGS84 coordinates: Ε24.448737 Ν36.735608 - The drillhole has a 1163 m total depth and
the temperature reached 308°C.
Stratigraphy: The topmost horizons of the stratigraphy are tuffs reaching a depth of 107 m
followed by an 8 meter thick green lahar. The succession continuous with altered calcite tuffs.
Another interbedded green lahar horizon appears in a depth of 470 m and the series continues
with altered tuffs associated with anhydrite, calcite and pyrite. A 707 m bellow surface, a 50
meter characteristic horizon of Neogene limestone is present and then follows the
stratigraphically lowermost part which is the metamorphic crystalline basement.
Drillhole 2: WGS84 coordinates: E24.487253 N36.704649 - The total drillhole depth is 1101 m and the
higher measured temperature was 310°C.
Stratigraphy: The drillhole initially penetrates alluvial deposits and then in a depth of 100 m
reaches a green lahar volcanic rock. 60 m bellow, there are alternations of silicified and kaolinitic
tuffs. In a depth of 260 m, a series of low-grade schists appears to form the basement in the area,
whereas, the deeper part appears to be layered by sericite chlorite schists with quartz.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 10 / 30
Drillhole 3: WGS84 coordinates: E24.50093 N36.710754 - The drillhole is 1017 m deep and the
temperature of the surrounding rocks exceeded 250°C.
Stratigraphy: A relatively thin layer of green lahar is underlain by 100 m of altered volcanic rocks.
The succession continuous with Neogene sediments. The 172 m below the surface is the contact
with the low-grade metamorphic basement.
Drillhole 4: WGS84 coordinates: E27.172702 N36.581755 - The total borehole depth is 1800 m and the
temperature exceeds 350°C.
Stratigraphy: The borehole penetrates series of volcanic rocks comprising basaltic andesite,
andesite, dacite to trachydacite and rhyolites, associated with different phases of past volcanic
eruptions.
Drillhole 5: WGS84 coordinates: E24.622379 N40.956164 - The drillhole has a depth of 1377 m and
the rock temperature reaches 122°C.
Stratigraphy: The 250 m of mainly deltaic sediments are followed by 300 m of impermeable
marly-argillaceous Pliocene sediments. The succession continuous with a transitional
sedimentary zone of calcarenites and oolithic limestones. In a depth of 690 m, a basal
conglomerate and breccia appears. A lower amphibolitic series and schists with marble
intercalations forms the lowermost lithologies.
3.2.6 HUNGARY
Around 100 drillholes, which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C, were
identified in Hungary. For more than 10 of them the data, which could be useful for the future actions
of the project, are publicly available via database of National Office of Mining and Geology, in
concession database of Oil researches. Unfortunately, no metal enrichment important for the scope of
projects was identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C. Nevertheless, the
other metal enrichments were reported (see 3.3. for detail explanation).
3.2.7 IRELAND
One drillhole which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C was identified in
Ireland. It was drilled in 1965 for hydrocarbon exploration with no mineral enrichment noted. The data
from the drillhole is only partly publicly available. Additionally, there is regional geophysical data
(magnetics, radiometrics and EM) for approximately one third of the country available on
www.tellus.ie
3.2.8 ITALY
Exact 694 drillholes, which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C, were identified
in Italy managed by the Ministry of Economic Development in the frame of "Geothermal Resources
National Inventory". The inventory comprise data for 948 geothermal wells (the first one was drilled in
1900 and the last one being drilled yet). At the moment the 268 are free for consultation. Among all
the geothermal wells included in the inventory, 694 of them can be distinguished as those with
T > 100°C. Unfortunately, none of the geothermal wells provide any metal enrichment information.
3.2.9 LUXEMBOURG
According to the information obtained from the Service Géologique du Luxembourg, no drillholes
which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C exists neither metal enrichment
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 11 / 30
were identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C. The deepest well has a
depth of +700 m with a bottom temperature of 25°C.
Schintgen (2015) expects temperatures of +90°C to around 120°C at depths of respectively 3.5 km to 5
km based on 2D models. Quartzite-rich Lochkovian deposits, near the western Eifel region in
Luxembourg, could prospectively enable combined geothermal heat production and power
generation.
3.2.10 NETHERLANDS
More than 800 drillholes, mostly drilled for the purposes of oil/gas industry, which reached the depths
where the temperature exceeds 100°C has been identified in Netherlands. There are data publicly
available for each drillhole (www.nlog.nl). No metal enrichment has been identified below the depths
where the temperature exceeds 100°C. Most of the data about the subsurface is freely available via
various web portals with regards to subsurface models, drillhole descriptions and geothermal
potential like www.thermogis.nl, www.nlog.nl and www.dinoloket.nl.
3.2.11 POLAND
A few dozen of drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C were
identified in Poland with publicly available data and metal enrichment identified (see 3.3. for detail
explanation).
3.2.12 PORTUGAL
The 8 drillholes in Continental Portugal and at least 10 geothermal wells in Azores were reported
which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C. The data are publicly available for 8
drillholes. The metal enrichment below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C was not
identified.
3.2.13 SERBIA
The 3 drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C were identified in
Serbia. A few more (5) are close to this temperature, and will be probably reached if drilling go deeper.
For 4 of these drillholes the data are publicly available and metal enrichment identified (see 3.3. for
detail explanation).
3.2.14 SLOVAK REPUBLIK
Total of 3 drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C together with
metal enrichment identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C were identified
in Slovak Republic. Data for all 3 drillholes are publicly available (see 3.3. for detail explanation).
3.2.15 SLOVENIA
Total of 41 drillholes reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C exists in Slovenia
(+additional 24 drillholes where 100°C would be reached certainly if measured) All drillholes in
Slovenia in which temperature exceeds 100°C belongs to exploration oil & gas drillholes, drilled in
Tertiary sediments and its basement in the eastern part of Pannonian basin.
Most of data from these drillholes are not public available, but many data were published in the scope
of EU funded projects T-JAM and TRANSENERGY. The data is available on internet: akvamarin.geo-
zs.si/t-jam_boreholes/ and www.arcgis.com/home/webmap/viewer.html?
webmap=f82fe0f737174219a354f4209ea7448a&extent=12.1518,45.3238,20.2487,49.1158.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 12 / 30
There is currently neither one drillhole in Slovenia where metal enrichment would be found and which
exceeds 100°C. The problem is that large part of Slovenian territory is not investigated deeper than
500 m yet as is seen from the figures below.
Figure 1. Distribution of the drillholes in Slovenia
3.2.16 SPAIN
The 33 drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C were identified in
Spain. For 8 of them the data are publicly available. The metal enrichment below the depths where
the temperature exceeds 100°C were not identified.
3.2.17 SWEDEN
As an active partner of the CHPM2030 project and coordinator of taskforce 1.2 in WP1 the Geological
Survey of Sweden will deliver a full report on the Swedish CHPM potential in taskforce 1.2.4.
Information given here is thus very briefly. Sweden has 3 deep cores crossing the 100°C isotherm
(Räby (Skania) 3702 m, Gravberg (Siljan) 6957 m and Stenberg (Siljan) 6529 m). Unfortunately, no
deep metal enrichment zones have been identified. Data of these drillholes are partially public
available.
3.2.18 SWITZERLAND
The two drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C were identified in
Switzerland with no mineral enrichment identified. Unfortunately,, both projects (Basel and St Gall)
are are abandoned and the data from these drillholes are not publicly available at this moment.
3.2.19 UNITED KINGDOM
The UK and British Geological Survey is an active partner of the CHPM2030 project and will analyze
several samples. A full report on the potential of the UK is most likely published during the next
project years.
At least 27 offshore North Sea hydrocarbon fields where temperatures exceed 100°C have been drilled
with multiple wells per field, and some with 10s of wells. Data is partly available. Since these are
hydrocarbon wells, older ones have more openly available information, but newer well may still be
under restricted access. Geochemical data points out that some sulphide minerals are present
(reducing circumstance of hydrocarbons). Nevertheless, no economic metallic mineralization is noted
or expected.
Boreholes deeper than 1 km Boreholes deeper than 2 km
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 13 / 30
Deep onshore wells exist, e.g. Rosemanowes site with a 2180, 2350 and 2800 km deep well) but
bottom hole temperatures do not reach the CHPM restrictions. Above mentioned cores were part of a
Hot Dry Rock (HDR) geothermal project from the 1970s to the 1990s in southwest England (see HDR-
references). One well is still available for bottom hole testing. The HDR potential of southwest England
originates from several granite batholiths and intrusions (e.g. Cam Brea granite and Cammenellis
granite).
The Cornubian orefield, or other orebodies in SW England (Cornwall, Devon & part of Somerset), are
related to high heat productivity and stress history of these granite batholiths. The whole region is
enriched with a variety of metals, the primary ones of which occur in zones around bodies of granite.
Typically initial (higher temperature) mineralization consisted of Sn, W (± others). This was followed by
later (i.e. lower temperature) precipitation of Cu (± others), and finally at even lower temperatures Zn,
Pb (± others). Locally, enrichment is generally concentrated within 500m of the contact between
granite and surrounding sediments. Such ore deposits are mined until depths up to 790m (South
Crofty deep mine) and consist almost certain at depths reaching 100°C (BGR). Since the metals are
mineralized in fractures of thermally metamorphosed Devonian mudstones, no estimation of the real
size of this ore body at such depths is available.
Borehole measurements, geophysical logs and geophysical airborn data (TELLUS-project, 2013) can be
consulted at GSB or in several HDR reports. Underground observations in South Crofty deep mine
(790m) by Bromley and Thomas (1988), summarized in Smedley et al. (1989), suggested the presence
of intermediate salinity circulating water in crosscourse fractures and veins, distinct from high salinity
waters trapped in cavities along the lodes. ongoing alteration phenomena associated with the
circulation of warm saline water (up to 45°C) is observed. Here the brine consists of iron oxy-
hydroxides and calcium silicate (Thomas and Milodowski, 1988). Hydrogeochemical analysis of the
shallow groundwater’s of the Cammenellis granite prove the presence of trace alkali metals Li, Rb an
Cs (Smedley 1989) but no mention is made of the exact quantity of these alkali metals. Even so, the
granite batholith may have caused some alkali metal enrichments, true ore deposits caused by
hydrothermal fluid flow linked with these granites are of a bigger importance for CHPM.
3.3 Identification of the metal enrichment
Eight countries mentioned the identification of metal enrichment: Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Hungary,
Poland, Serbia, Slovak Republic and UK, while five of them (Belgium, Hungary, Poland, Serbia and
Slovak Republic) provided more detailed insight into these metal enrichments providing some data on
geographical, geological, geochemical and geophysical data. See further text for more details,
countries listed alphabetically).
3.3.1 AUSTRIA
Although Austria possesses a large number of wells crossing the 100°C isotherm little data on deep
metal enrichment zones is publicly available, apart from the occurrence of interesting amounts of Ni in
some deep aquifers. No details were provided on those aquifers.
3.3.2 BELGIUM
The two metal enrichment zones, with a hypothetical occurrence around depths reaching 100°C or
more, are expected in some areas:
1. The U and Th enriched Chokier and Souvré Formations occur in the Campine Basin, Liege Basin
and Mons Basin. Only the most north-eastern part of the Campine Basin has modelled Chokier
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 14 / 30
and Souvré depths reaching up to 5000 m, thus crossing the +100°C isotherm. The U and Th
enrichments have been measured during logging and reached respectively 18 and 17 ppm. Both
formations consist of shales deposits of Visean-Serpukhovian age. The thickness of the combined
formations increases towards 100 m thick in this north-eastern Campine area. Nevertheless, it
should be noted that thick underlying Under-Carboniferous carbonate aquifers are a target for
deep geothermal energy, geological storage of natural gas and CO2 and the Chokier and Souvré
Formation are a possible target for unconventional extraction of shale gas.
2. A mineralized fault systems comprising Cu-Pb-Zn sulphide type hydrothermal deposits with minor
Au and Ag in central to NW Belgium. The enrichments have been identified in several drillholes
going up to 400 m depth (St-Pieters-Kapelle wells). Low-angle and high-angle faults have been
tracked by aeromagnetic prospection and faults dip towards the northeast. The existing steep
dipping mineralized faults are thought to cross the 100°C isotherm. Pyrite veinlets and quartz
mineralized veins have at measured depths maximum 0.25, 0.25 and 1.6 wt% of Cu, Pb and Zn in
the cored low-angle faults. The degree of ore mineralization might increase at greater depths.
More information about the two metal enrichments on stratigraphy, lithology, structure and
geochemical data could be provide if it is required by CHPM2030.
3.3.3 CYPRUS
Although, no drillholes which reached the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C exists neither
any metal enrichment were identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C on
Cyprus, some general information on metal enrichment were collected.
Regarding Cu and associated Ag and Au, the massive sulphide deposits (Cyprus type) are very well
known how they are formed. They are located between the upper and lower pillow lava horizons and
all on or near the surface deposits have been explored and extensively exploited since antiquity. In
fact, the mining wastes of the past are currently exploited with the recovery of Cu from wastes with
concentration of Cu as low as 0.1% by using hydrometallurgy. In addition to this, in-situ leaching is also
carried out in ore deposits with concentration of Cu as low as 0.05%.
Please note that the Cyprus Crustal Study Project run in 1984 and Geological Survey Department (GSD)
was involved. Its’ framework included deep borehole drilling in different places in Europe. In Cyprus,
five deep boreholes were drilled at the Ophiolite near Palaichori, Mitsero, Ayio Epiphanio and Klirou
(two boreholes) with 2263 m, 701 m, 689 m, 485 m and 226 m depth respectively. Finally, a large
number of parameters were measured like Resistivity and Temperature.
3.3.4 HUNGARY
The Cu, Zn, Pb with a few Ag and Au polymetallic metal enrichment in shallow hydrothermal dykes:
160–400 m, skarn type polymetallic ores in 600–1100 m depth (Recsk, Hungary; 47°55'48.9"N
20°04'55.5"E). The estimated width and length of the body is more than 500 m while height is about
200–600 m with separated dykes. This metal enrichment was identified by more than 100 drillholes.
Geological data:
Triassic limestone over burned by Eocene andesitic subvolcanic material. The documentation is in
manuscript in National Archive of Mining, Geology and Geophysics in Budapest.
a) Stratigraphy - Shallow ore deposit: Eocene andesitic dykes, skarn deposits: Triassic limestones,
silicified
b) Lithology - Andesitic dykes and silicified limestones
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 15 / 30
c) Structure - Complicate, as a subvolcanic body
Geochemical data:
It was measured, published in nationwide and international periodics. The last summary is in a
manuscript made by Hungarian Geological Institute (Scharek 2004).
Geophysical data:
Drillhole geophysics during the geological investigation. Data are in National Archive of Mining,
Geology and Geophysics, Budapest. Normal resistivity logs as well as Spontaneous-potential and
Gamma logs are available for all drill holes. Additional data related to the possible metal enrichment
are in Helsinki, Finland.
3.3.5 POLAND
In a few drillholes in SW Poland (Foresudetic Monocline): Cu-Ag mineralization, 100°C at the depth ca.
2500-3000 m, drillholes depth 2430–3860 m, geothermal degree 28-33 m/1°C, e.g. drillholes: Mozów
(2537 m), Wilcze (2432 m), Paproć (2609 m), Kaleje (3136 m), Żerków (3548 m), Florentyna (3865 m)
the metal enrichment has been identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C.
METAL ENRICHMENT 1:
Copper-silver ore of the stratiform type, a dozen occurrences in the Foresudetic Monocline, from
western border of Poland to SE part of Wielkopolskie voivodeship on the different depths 900–3700 m
at lower Zechstein Kupferschiefer ore series. All occurrences are divided on two group, first to the
depth 2000 m and second on the depth below 2000 m. The extent of the metal enrichment is known
as follows:
First group of the occurrences - up to depth 2000 m:
1. KULÓW - prognostic area 132 km2, depth 1500-2000 m in 8 wells
2. LUBOSZYCE - prognostic area 91 km2, depth 17460-1550m in 7 wells
3. ŚCINAWA WEST - prognostic area 16 km2, depth1200-1368 in 4 wells
4. ŚCINAWA NE - perspective area 25 km2, depth 1338 at 1 well
5. BORZĘCIN - perspective area 9 km2, depth 1496m in 1 well
6. MIRKÓW - perspective area 35 km2, depth 1176 m in 1 well
7. ŚLUBÓW - perspective area 25 km2, depth 1384m in 1 well
8. ŻARKÓW - perspective area 9km2, depth 1359 m in 1 well
9. CZEKLIN - hypothetical area 31 km2, depth 1733m, 1 well
10. HENRYKOWICE – hypothetical area 17 km2, depth 1466-1602,5m 4 wells
11. JANOWO - hypothetical area 50km2, depth 1712,7m in 1well
12. MILICZ - hypothetical area 15 km2, depth 1646,6m in 1 well
13. SULMIERZYCE - hypothetical area 261 km2, depth 1580,2-1909,1m in 4 wells
14. WARTOWICE WEST - prognostic area 6 km2, depth 941,3-1463,0 m in 4 wells
Second group of occurrences below depth 2000 m:
1. MOZÓW - depth 2176-2537m in 4 wells
2. WILCZE - depth 2431,9 1 well
3. PAPROĆ - depth 2609m 1 well
4. KALEJE - depth 3136m 1 well
5. ŻERKÓW - depth 3548,5m 1 well
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 16 / 30
6. FLORENTYNA - depth 3865, 5m 1 well
The size of the body: Width - E.g. ŚCINAWA WEST 2-3 km; Length - E.g. ŚCINAWA WEST 4-10 km;
Height - First group of occurrences up to the depth 2000 m:
KULÓW - av. 1,41 m with av. 2,98% Cu and 96 ppm Ag,
LUBOSZYCE - av. 1,66 m with av.1,76% Cu and 57 ppm Ag,
SCINAWA WEST - av. 3,4 m with av. 1,47 % Cu and 54 ppm Ag,
ŚCINAWA NE - av. 2,0 m with av. 0,93%Cu and 88 ppm Ag,
BORZECIN - av. 0,51 m with av. 4,91% Cu,
MIRKÓW - av. 1,17 m with 1,56% Cu,
ŚLUBÓW - av. 0,2 m with av. 10,73% Cu and 164 ppm Ag,
ŻARKÓW - av. 1,13 m with av. 3,07 % Cu,
CZEKLIN - av. 0,23 m with av. 10,54% Cu
HENRYKOWICE - av. 1,18 m with av. 2,14% Cu and 19 ppm Ag,
JANOWO - av. 0,9 m with av. 2,28% Cu,
MILICZ - av. 1,86 m with av. 0,98% Cu,
SULMIERZYCE - av.1,60 m with av. 3,52% Cu
WARTOWICE WEST - 1,9-4,3 m with 0,88-1,5% Cu and 20-160ppm Ag
Second group of occurrences below depth 2000 m:
1. MOZÓW - 0,6-5,25 m with 2,6-4,8% Cu and 11-116 ppm Ag,
2. WILCZE - 0,55 m with 7,75% Cu and 417 ppm Ag,
3. PAPROĆ - 0,1 m with 21,48% Cu and 421 ppm Ag,
4. KALEJE - 1,0 m with 7,07% Cu,
5. ŻERKÓW - 2,8 m with 1,38% Cu and 22 ppm Ag,
6. FLORENTYNA - 1,0 m with 2,99% Cu and 33 ppm Ag.
*Remark: More than 500 wells in all Poland, where Zechstein Kupferschiefer ore series occurring, e.g.
from the Foresudetic Monocline and western border of Poland to SE part of Wielkopolskie
voivodeship, but also Łeba Uplift in Pomorskie voivodeship (N Poland).
Geological data:
Geological data are recorded from middle 1950-ties to present time as a result of huge prospecting
program for Cu-Ag ores which have been realized by Polish Geological Survey-Polish Geological
Institute, KGHM Polish Copper SA, MiedziCopper Ltd., and oil&gas wells too.
a) Stratigraphy - Uppermost part of the Rotliegendes and bottom of the Zechstein
b) Lithology - Sandstones, black shale, dolomites and limestones
c) Structure - Beds and rarely lenses in the southern part of the Foresudetic Monocline
Geochemical data:
Since 1960-ties geochemical data from drillholes and underground works are collected by the KGHM
Polish Copper SA and it subsidiary KGHM Cuprum Ltd., also by Polish Geological Survey-Polish
Geological Institute.
a) Rock chemistry - Au, Pt-Pd, Se, Pb, Zn, Mo, V, Ni, Co
Geophysical data:
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 17 / 30
Regional seismic, gravimetric and magnetic works drillhole as geophysical methods; Seismic profiles
and seismic or micro seismic works.
METAL ENRICHMENT 2:
The Cu-Mo-W ore of the porphyry and skarn type near Myszków in Upper Silesia.
Geological data:
Metal bearing formation in porphyry, granites and different metacontact rocks of Paleozoic and
Proterozoic age have been discovered by the drillhole on the depth 170–1300 m in the middle of
1970-ties. The main occurrence and ore body is Nowa Wieś Zarecka-Myszków-Mrzygłód. Perspective
area are: Mysłów – 11 km2, Żarki-Kotowice – 20 km2, Zawiercie – 1,2 km2, Pilica – 12 km2, and Dolina
Bękowska – 11 km2. These areas were established by the cut-off 0,02% Cu, 0,001% Mo and W, while
metal enrichment were identified in approximately dozen drillholes.
a) Stratigraphy - Mainly Paleozoic rocks, Proterozoic too
b) Lithology - Porphyry, granitoids, diabase, skarn
c) Structure - Ore body, anomalies-occurrences are located near contact zone of two huge
tectonic blocks - Małopolski and Górnośląski. Ores forms are stockwork, veinlets, and
impregnation.
Geochemical data:
Since 1960-ties geochemical data from drillholes and underground works are collected by the KGHM
Polish Copper SA and it subsidiary KGHM Cuprum Ltd., also by Polish Geological Survey-Polish
Geological Institute.
a) Rock chemistry - Cu, Mo, W, Au, Bi, Ag, Te
Geophysical data:
Mainly seismic, gravimetry, magnetic profiles, drillholes geophysics
METAL ENRICHMENT 3:
Uranium, Peribaltic Syneclize, between Piaski on the Wiślana Spit to the north (Baltic Coast) and
Frombork and Pasłęk on a land near Baltic Coast to the south east. The approximate depth in meters
where the metal bearing formation was reached is about 800 m at Wislana Spit (Ptaszkowo, Krynica
Morska), but near Frombork and Pasłęk the depth is 1000–1200 m. Size of the body is: Width - At
Wiślana Spit 10 km, up to 75 km between Frombork – Pasłęk; Length - up to75 km between Pasłęk-
Malbork; Height - Av. 3.4 m with av. 0.34% U. The 23 wells out, of them 13 are located on Wiślana Spit
and 10 wells on the land, identified the given metal enrichment.
Geological data:
Data from investigation works carried on in the late 1970-ties - geophysics and wells. The main
sources of these information are:
Perspective resources of raw material in Poland at the end of 2009, Chapter: Uranium, Editors
S. Wołkowicz, T. Smakowski and S, Speczik (only in Polish version), PGI 2011 Warsaw
Miecznik J.B., Strzelecki R., Wołkowicz S., 2011 – Uranium in Poland – history of the
prospecting and prospects to discovery (only in Polish version). Przegląd Geologiczny
(Geological Review), vol. 59, no. 10., pp. 688-697.
1. Stratigraphy - Buntersandstone (lower or early Triassic)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 18 / 30
2. Lithology - Sandstone, conglomerate
3. Structure - Beds
Geochemical data:
a) Rock chemistry - V, Mo, Pb, Se
METAL ENRICHMENT 4:
Uranium, Rajsk (Bielsk Podlaski county, Podlaskie Voivodeship, NE Poland) where metal bearing
formation was reached from 400 m in the NE part up to 1200 m in the S and W part. The estimated
size of the body where metal enrichment has been identified is ca. 16 km2, av. 250 ppm U. The 62
wells, out of them 30 wells at Rajsk area identified the given metal enrichment.
Geological data:
a) Stratigraphy - Lower Ordovician
b) Lithology - Dictyonema shale
c) Structure - Bed
Geochemical data:
a) Rock chemistry - V 1100–2000 g/t, Mo up to 500 g/t
METAL ENRICHMENT 5:
The Fe-Ti with V ores at mafic and ultramafic rocks massif, Krzemianka and Udryń deposits, Suwalki
area, NE Poland at depth of 850–2700 m. The estimated size of this body is ca. 1340 million t of ore,
av. content 28% Fe, 7% TiO2 and 0.3% V2O5. The mineral enrichment has been identified in over 100
drillholes.
Geological data
The Suwalki Massif has been recognized during 1970-ties. Due to lack of effective technologies of
beneficiations of titanomagnetite ore and environmental problems on the surface, investigation
program was stopped in 1980-ties.
a) Stratigraphy – Proterozoic
b) Lithology - anorthosite, norite
c) Structure - stockwerk, lenses and beds
Geochemical data:
a) Rock chemistry - Ni, Co, Cu, Au
3.3.6 SERBIA
Two metal enrichments were identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C.
METAL ENRICHMENT 1:
Borska reka - Bor, Metals: Cu, Au. Coordinates: X= 4883100 – 4884300 Y= 7587300 – 7588200 Z = 346
m – 465 m. The depth in meters where the metal bearing formation was reached: (-10 m) – (-1005 m).
The extent of metal enrichment in not known. Size of the body: Width - maximum: 650 m (level -455
m), NE-SW; Length - maximum: 1450 m (level -455 m), NW-S; Height - open; >1000 m; the length of
mineralization, along the dip, has not been completely defined. The 63 drillholes including 21 drillhole
deeper then 1000m identified the given metal enrichment.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 19 / 30
Geological data:
These rocks (i.e. the Timok andesites; I phase of volcanic activity) occur in the eastern parts of the
Timok Magmatic Complex (TMC), where overlie Cenomanian and Turonian sediments. Timok
andesites are covered by Senonian sediments (Oštrelj sediments and Bor clastites) and the Metovnica
epiclastite.
a) Stratigraphy - Copper mineralization (metal enrichment) is situated in hydrothermally altered
andesites (predominantly amphibole andesite and high potassium trachyandesites) and their
pyroclasts. According to high precision U/Pb, 40Ar/39Ar age (von Quadt et al., 2002; Clark &
Ullrich, 2004), the Timok andesites ranged from 89.0±0.6 to 84.26±0.67 Ma (Upper Turonian
to Upper Santonian).
b) Lithology - According to their lithological, volcanological and petrographic characteristics, the
andesites are distinguished into the following facies: lava flows (coherent and autoclastic),
shallow intrusions – lava domes, dykes and sills and various volcaniclastic rocks. Volcanic
activity was predominantly subterrestrial in an earlier volcanic phase and subarial to
submarine in later volcanic phase (Drovenik, 1959; Đorđević & Banješević, 1997; Banješević
M., 2006, 2010). Small intercalations of marbles and skarns and mineralized dykes of
quartzdiorite porphyries are present, too. Copper mineralization has been deposited in
intensive hydrothermally altered andesite and their pyroclastites (Jelenković et al., 2016).
Products of K-alteration prevails. In the ore mineralization zone dominant are: silicification,
pyritization, argillization and sulphatization.
c) Structure - Structural setting of the mineralized area is complex. Prevails longitudinal fault
structures of NW-SE directions (parallel to regional structure in the Timok magmatic complex),
transverse (NE-SW) structures and, less represented diagonal E-W faults. According to their
dimensions, one can differentiate regional and local structures and as related to ore
mineralization, structures are of pre-ore, intra-mineralization and post-ore type. The most
dominant fault structure is Bor fault. It represents lower boundary of mineralized area.
Volcanic structures are difficult to recognize today, since, due to multi-stage volcanic activity
and post-volcanic tectonic movements, they have been destroyed.
Geochemical data
Major element variations of all magmatic bodies within the Timok Magmatic Complex follow typical
differentiation trends that are generally consistent with phenocryst assemblages (Kolb M. et al., 2013).
Concentrations of MgO, Fe2O3 total, TiO2, and CaO decrease with increasing SiO2, whereas K2O and
Na2O concentrations increase or remain constant. Concentrations of Al2O3 and P2O5 first remain
constant with increasing SiO2, then decrease at SiO2 >55 wt%. K2O increases slightly with increasing
SiO2, up to 60 wt% SiO2.
a) Rock chemistry - Unaltered hornblende-biotite-pyroxene andesites as phenocrysts contain andesine
(40–52, mean 45% an), hornblende, subordinated biotite or augite, or both. Silica is mostly 54–60%,
Na2O > K2O, lime is in general equal to the sum of alkalies, the rocks correspond to calc-alkaline
magma (Karamata et al., 2002).
Geophysical data
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 20 / 30
1. Gravity Map - Bouguer anomaly map 1 : 500 000, Sheet Belgrade Bilibajkić, P., Mladenović, M.,
Mujagić, S., Rimac, I, 1979., Explanation for the Gravity Map of SFR Yugoslavia – Bouguer Anomalies –
1 : 500 000, Federal Geological Institute, Belgrade.
2. Gravity Map - Bouguer anomaly map 1 : 25 000, Archive of RTB Bor.
3. Gravity Map - Bouguer anomaly map 1 : 5 000 Bilibajkić, P., Bilibajkić, D., 1982, Report on detail
gravity and geomagnetic survey at the site Borska Reka, Geophysical Institute, Belgrade. Surface
geomagnetic surveys
4. Geomagnetic Map – Magnetic field vertical (Z) component map 1 : 500 000, Sheet Belgrade
Stojković, M., Ćirić, B., Damnjanović, K., 1974, Explanation for the Geomagnetic Map of SFR Yugoslavia
– Anomalies of Vertical Intensity – 1 : 500 000, Geomagnetic Institute, Belgrade.
5. Geomagnetic Map – Magnetic field vertical (Z) component map 1 : 25 000, Archive of RTB Bor.
6. Geomagnetic Map – 1 : 5 000 Bilibajkić, P., Bilibajkić, D., 1982, Report on detail gravity and
geomagnetic survey at the locality Borska Reka, Geophysical Institute, Belgrade.
*Remark: Extra surface or airborne geophysical surveys which provide additional data related to the
metal enrichment has been reported:
Aeromagnetic Map - 1 : 200 000 and 1 : 100 000
Vukašinović, S, 1994, Explanation for the Aeromagnetic Maps of the Republic of Serbia 1 : 100
000, Geoinstitut, Belgrade.
Vukašinović, S, 1995, Explanation for the Aeromagnetic Maps of the Republic of Serbia 1 : 200
000, Geoinstitut, Belgrade.
Vukašinović, S, 2005, Anomalous magnetic field and geological setting of the Republic of
Serbia, Geoinstitut, Belgrade.
Vukašinović, S, 2015, Review and interpretation of the Aeromagnetic Map of the Republic of
Serbia 1 : 100 000 (explanation for the map).
Airborne magnetic survey – Timok Project, 2006, Archive of Avala Resources Ltd. (previously
Dundee Precious Metals Inc).
METAL ENRICHMENT 2:
Čukari Peki - Bor; Metals: Cu, Au, Locality: Serbia, Brestovac Coordinates: X= 4875000 – 4877000 Y=
7590000 – 7593000 Z = 300 m – 400 m, approximately 375 m amsl. 44° 01’ 30” N and longitude 22°
08’ 00” E. Mineralization occurs at depths between 400 m below surface to greater than 2000 m (0 m
– > -1500 m). The extent of the metal enrichment is not known, but estimated: Width ca. 1000 m, N-S;
Length - ca. 1500 m, W-S; Height – open >1500 m; the length of mineralization, along the dip, has not
been completely defined. The top of the LZ mineralization occurs at depths below surface ranging
from approximately 1400 meters in the west to 750 meters in the east. More than 50 drillholes
identified the given metal enrichment.
Geological data
In summary, the geology of the Brestovac-Metovnica mineralized area includes first phase andesites,
volcaniclastics and sediments typical of the eastern block, a small area of second-phase pyroxene-
bearing basaltic andesite typical of the western block, and unconformably overlying Miocene
sediments in the centre of the area of exploration (http://www.reservoirminerals.com/).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 21 / 30
a) Stratigraphy - Metal enrichment is situated in hydrothermaly altered andesites of I phase
(predominantly amphibole andesite and high potassium trachyandesites) and their pyroclasts.
This rocks (i.e. the Timok andesites, or I volcanic phase) occur in the eastern parts of the
Timok Magmatic Complex (TMC), where overlie Cenomanian and Turonian sediments. Timok
andesites are covered by Senonian sediments (Oštrelj sediments and Bor clastites) and the
Metovnica epiclastite. According to high precision U/Pb, 40Ar/39Ar age (von Quadt et al.,
2002; Clark & Ullrich, 2004), the Timok andesites ranged from 89.0±0.6 to 84.26±0.67 Ma
(Upper Turonian to Upper Santonian).
b) Lithology - According to their lithological, volcanological and petrographic characteristics, the
andesites are distinguished into the following facies: lava flows (coherent and autoclastic),
shallow intrusions – lava domes, dykes and sills and various volcaniclastic rocks. Volcanic
activity was predominantly sub terrestrial in an earlier volcanic phase and subarial to
submarine in later volcanic phase (Banješević M., 2006, 2010). Small intercalations of marbles
and skarns and mineralized dykes of quartzdiorite porphyries are present, too. The host rocks
to all the mineralization styles consist of various hornblende and hornblende-biotite andesites,
andesite breccias, hydrothermal breccia, and relatively rare diorite porphyry.
c) Structure - A regionally significant NNW-striking fault cutting through the Brestovac river
valley is probably the largest fault in the mineralized area. This fault marks the boundary,
between the first phase andesitic volcanism in the eastern block and the second phase
volcanism in the western block and could represent a major basement suture. There is also at
least one subordinate fault trend which varies in strike from E-W to NE-SW. These faults also
have both apparent sinistral and dextral slip senses.
Geochemical data
Unaltered hornblende-biotite-pyroxene andesites as phenocrysts contain andesine (40-52, mean 45%
an), hornblende, subordinated biotite or augite, or both. Silica is mostly 54-60%, Na2O > K2O, lime is
in general equal to the sum of alkalis, the rocks correspond to calc-alkaline magma (Karamata et al.,
2002).
a) Rock chemistry: Major element variations of all magmatic bodies within the Timok Magmatic
Complex follow typical differentiation trends that are generally consistent with phenocryst
assemblages (Kolb M. et al., 2013). Concentrations of MgO, Fe2O3 total, TiO2, and CaO decrease with
increasing SiO2, whereas K2O and Na2O concentrations increase or remain constant. Concentrations of
Al2O3 and P2O5 first remain constant with increasing SiO2, then decrease at SiO2 >55 wt%. K2O
increases slightly with increasing SiO2, up to 60 wt% SiO2. Incompatible element concentrations (e.g.,
Th, La) generally do not correlate with SiO2 in the TMC. Enrichment in light REE (LREE) and relatively
flat heavy REE (HREE) patterns are general features of the dataset for the TMC. Large ion lithophile
elements (LILE) such as U, Th, and Pb are enriched.
Geophysical data - Induced polarization, DC resistivity, SP and other geoelectrical surveys
3.3.7 SLOVAK REPUBLIC
Two metal enrichment were identified below the depths where the temperature exceeds 100°C in
Slovak Republic.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 22 / 30
METAL ENRICHMENT 1:
Geographical data - As enrichment in geothermal waters in the Durkov geothermal structure in
eastern Slovakia. The structure lies in between the Slanské Mountains and the Slovenske Rudohorie
Mountains (Franko et al. 1995; Vranovská et al., 2015).
The depth in meters where the metal bearing formation was reached:
(1) GTD-1: Q = 56 l.s-1, Tbtm = 144˚C, Twh = 125˚C, TDS = 30 000 mg.l-1 , h = 3210 m.b.t.;
(2) GTD-2: Q = 50 l.s-1, Tbtm = 154˚C, Twh = 129˚C, TDS = 31 000 mg.l-1 , h = 3151 m.b.t.;
(3) GTD-3: Q = 65 l.s-1, Tbtm = 131˚C, Twh = 123˚C, TDS = 31 000 mg.l-1 , h = 2252 m.b.t.
Estimated size of this body - 33.6 km2 where the formation reaches 2000 m of thickness
Detailed dimensions of the deep geothermal reservoir in the Durkov area are accessible true reports
which are available in a manuscript form and are in Slovak language, and can be accessed through the
website of Digital archive of the State geological institute of Dionýz Štúr, or personally at our address
in Bratislava (see Slovak references in the reference list). Here given is only an estimate where the
Durkov structure aquifer dolomites are as thick as 2000 m. Note that the depth and thickness
increases towards the east. More information of the dimension of the whole structure (and not only
the 2000 m area) might be found in Vranovská et al., 2015 & Hók et al. 2001. The geothermal reservoir
is located in Mesozoic carbonates (Middle and Upper Triassic) and also in basal clastics of the
Carpathian.
Geological data:
a) Stratigraphy -Middle and Upper Triassic dolomites (up to 2000 m thick) covered by Neogene
sediments, andesites and vulcanoclastics.
b) Lithology - Secondary As-enrichment in a Triassic sedimentary dolomite deposit in the
reservoir brine. (Vranovská et al., 2015).
c) Structure - The geothermal structure is a part of the Kosice Basin in Eastern Slovakia
(Vranovská et al., 2015). The Kosice Basin is delimited by the volcanic Slaánské Mountains,
which have a strong impact on the genesis of geothermal waters and are the principal source
of trace elements.
Geochemical data:
Infiltration of meteoric water and dissolution of evaporates, especially halite, in the overlying Neogene
formation (b) reaction of the highly mineralized water with Hg–As–Sb type of mineralization, related
to the Neogene volcanism, and, (c) accumulation of As-rich geothermal water in Triassic carbonates
with an additional input of CO2 (Vranovská et al., 2015).
a) Rock chemistry - dolomite
b) Fluid chemistry - Na-Cl type of geothermal water, trace elements: As, Fe, Mn, Cd, Cr, Cu, Li, Pb, Sr,
Zn, F, I, Br. Only As has high concentrations in the Durkov structure. (Table 1, Vranovská et al., 2015).
Geophysical data:
All data of the cores is publicly accessible in manuscripts archived at the State Geological Institute of
Dionýz Štúr in Bratislava (webpage: www.geology.sk). Data are accessible online after registration, or
hand-printed personally in the archive.
*Remark - GeoMaps of subsurface geothermal reservoirs are available in “Geothermal and mineral
water sources” (Fendek et al., 2002)
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 23 / 30
METAL ENRICHMENT 2:
Note that this metal bearing zone is drilled but not at temperatures of > 100°C. At the bottom of the
complex however, temperatures are expected to be close to 100°C in some zone's. Situated in the
Eastern Carpathian metalogenetic region. One drillhole identified the metal enrichment.
Geological data:
a) Stratigraphy - Neogene Volcanoclastic and andesitic deposits
b) Lithology- andesitic, volcanoclastic
Geochemical data - Epigenetic mineralization is characterized by Fe, Cu, Mo, Bi, Pb, Zn, Au, Ag, Te, Sb,
Hg, and As (Vranovska, 2015)
a) Rock chemistry - Cu–Pb–Zn–Mo association are most common (Mello et al. 2005)
4 Conclusions
Data collected from the 23 European countries revealed the potential of some countries for
CHPM2030 EGS application providing the European overview on data availability. The 19 countries out
of 23 which participated in this survey reported that drillholes with temperatures exceeding 100°C
exists in their country (Table 1). The number of such drillholes varies from 1 (Ireland) to 2809
(Germany).
Among them, eight countries mentioned the identification of metal enrichment (Austria, Belgium,
Cyprus, Hungary, Poland, Serbia, Slovak Republic and UK, while five of those (Belgium, Hungary,
Poland, Serbia and Slovak Republic) provided more detailed insight into these metal enrichments
providing some data on geographical, geological, geochemical and geophysical data (see text for more
information). These countries could be of further interest of the CHPM2030 interest. Since the data of
the project’s interest only partly publicly available or not available at all, further cooperation with
National experts and possible contact to Organizations in charge/owning the data will be necessary to
obtain all relevant information.
5 References
5.1.1 BELGIUM
K. Piessens (2001) Metallogenese van de gemineraliseerde schuifzone te Sint-Pieters-Kapelle
(Brabant massief, België). PhD manuscript (KULeuven)
K. Piessens,, P. Muchez, W. Viaene, A. Boyce, W. De Vos, M. Sintubin, T. Debackere (2000). Alteration
and fluid characteristics of a mineralised shear zone in the Lower Palaeozoic of the Anglo-Brabant
belt, Belgium. Journal of Geochemical Exploration 69–70 (2000) 317–32
Petitclerc E. and Vanbrabant Y (2011). Développement de la plate-forme Géothermique de la
Wallonie, Final Report. (2011). Direction Générale Opérationnelle de l’Aménagement du Territoire,
du Logement, du Patrimoine et de l’Energie (DGO4), Département de l’Energie. 228 P.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 24 / 30
5.1.2 CYPRUS
The mineral map of Cyprus (2007)
(http://www.moa.gov.cy/moa/gsd/gsd.nsf/All/95039382098491A6C225744E002172B8/$file/Miner
alGR.jpg?OpenElement)
Bulletin 1 (1963): The Mineral Resources and Mining Industry of Cyprus by L.M. Bear (EN)
Bulletin 3 (1969): An Airborne Magnetic and Electromagnetic Survey in Cyprus by Hunting Geology
and Geophysics Ltd (EN)
5.1.3 GREECE
Fytikas, M. and Kolios, N. (1992): Geothermal exploration in the west of the Nestos delta. Acta
Vulcanologica, Marinelli Volume, 2, 237-246
Fytikas, M. (2014): Geothermy in Greece Resources, Applications, Perspectives. Series Papers
Bioclimatic Design "Geothermy, the great RES missing in Greece" (Athens, January 17-24, 2014)
Kamakaris, V. (2010): Geothermal Research in Milos Island – A review of geothermal Data. National
Technical University of Athens, Honors Thesis, 180 p.
Vrellis, G., Arvanitis, A., and Mpimpou - Mpakoula, A. (2009): Geothermal Drillings: Planning,
Construction and Overcoming Problems. International Forum "Geothermal energy on Stage"
(Thessaloniki, December 11-12, 2009)
5.1.4 HUNGARY
Csaba BAKSA et al, 1984: Összefoglaló jelentés a külszíni mélyfúrási kutatásokról, Vol I-VI -
Manuscript, National Archive of Mining, Geology and Geophysics, 12588, Budapest
Scharek P. (szerk.) 2004: Földtani formációk elemtartalom adatbázisa 2. – Kézirat, Országos
Bányászati Földtani és Geofizikai Adattár – T 21163
5.1.5 LUXEMBOURG
Schintgen T. (2015) Exploration for deep geothermal reservoirs in Luxembourg and the surroundings
– perspectives of geothermal energy use. Geothermal Energy (2015) 3:9 DOI 10.1186/s40517-015-0028-2
5.1.6 POLAND
Perspective resources of raw material in Poland at the end of 2009, Chapter: Copper ores, Editors S.
Wołkowicz, T. Smakowski and S, Speczik (only in Polish version), PGI Warsaw, 2011
Oszczepalski S., Chmielewski A. 2015 - Predicted metallic resources in Poland presented on the
prospective maps at scale 1 : 200 000 - copper, silver, gold platinum palladium in the
Kupferschiefer ore series. Przegląd Geologiczny (Geological Review), vol. 63 (9), pp. 534-545 (in
Polish with English summary) Oszczepalski S., Speczik S., Małecka K., Chmielewski A., 2016 –
Prospective copper resources in Poland. Gospodarka Surowcami Mineralnymi - Mineral Resources
Management, 31 (2) (in print).
Oszczepalski S., Speczik S., Małecka K., Chmielewski A., 2016 – Prospective copper resources in
Poland. Gospodarka Surowcami Mineralnymi - Mineral Resources Management, 31 (2) (in print).
Miecznik J.B., Strzelecki R., Wołkowicz S., 2011 – Uranium in Poland – history of the prospecting and
prospects to discovery (only in Polish version). Przegląd Geologiczny (Geological Review), vol. 59,
no. 10., pp. 688-697.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 25 / 30
Nieć M., 2003 - Geo-economic evaluation of vanadiferous titanomagnetite deposits in Suwałki massif
in Poland. Gospodarka Surowcami Mineralnymi - Mineral Resources Management, 19 (2).
5.1.7 PORTUGAL
http://geoportal.lneg.pt/
5.1.8 SERBIA
von Quadt, A., Peytcheva, I., Cvetković, V., Banješević, M. & Koželj, D. 2002: Geochronology,
geochemistry and isotope tracing of the Cretaceous magmatism of East Serbia as part of the
Apuseni–Timok–Srednogorie metallogenic belt. 17th Congress of Carpathian– Balkan Geological
Association, Geologica Carpathica, Special issue, 175–177.
Clark, H.A. & Ullrich, D.T. (2004): 40Ar/39Ar age data for andesitic magmatism and hydrothermal
activity in the Timok Massif, eastern Serbia: implications for metallogenetic relationships in the Bor
copper-gold subprovince. Mineralium Deposita, 39: 256–262.
Banješević M., 2006: Gornjokredni magmatizam Timočkog magmatskog kompleksa [Upper
Cretaceous magmatism of the Timok magmatic complex – in Serbian, with an English abstract]. PhD
thesis, Faculty of Mining and Geology, Belgrade University, Belgrade, 184 p.
Banješević M., 2010: Upper Cretaceous magmatic suites of the Timok Magmatic Complex. Annales
Géologiques de la Péninsule Balkanique. Belgrade, 71, 13–22.
Đorđević, M. & Banješević, M., 1997: Geologija južnog dela Timočkog magmatskog kompleksa, Tumač
geološke karte 1:50000 [Geology of the southern part of the Timok Magmatic Complex, Booklet
and Geological Map 1:50000 – in Serbian]. Federal Ministry of Economy FR Yugoslavia, Belgrade,
171 p.
Drovenik, M., 1959: Complement to understanding the Timok eruptive massive rocks. Rasprave in
poročila, Geologija, 5: 11–21 (in Slovenian).
Janković S., Jelenković R., Koželj D., 2002: The Bor Copper and Gold Deposit. Mining & Smelting Basin
Bor (RTB Bor) – Copper Institute Bor (CIB). Querty-Bor, Bor, 298.
Jelenković, R., Milovanović, D., Koželj, D., Banješević, M., 2016: The Mineral Resources of the Bor
Metallogenic Zone: A Review. Geologia Croatica, Vol. 69/1. 143-155. doi: 10.4154/gc.2016.11
Karamata S., Knežević-Đorđević V., Milovanović D., 2002: A Review of the evolution of Upper
Cretaceous Paleogene magmatism in the Timok Magmatic complex and the associated
mineralization. Geology and metallogeny of copper and gold deposits in the Bor metallogenic zone.
RTB Bor company and Copper Institute Bor, Querty-Bor, 15-29.
Kolb, M., von Quadt A., Peytcheva, I., Heinrich, C. A., Fowler, S. J. and Cvetković V., 2013: Adakite-like
and Normal Arc Magmas: Distinct Fractionation Paths in the East Serbian Segment of the Balkan-
Carpathian Arc, fluid chemistry, trace elements. Journal of Petrology, Volume 54, Number 3, 421-
451 2013 doi:10.1093/petrology/egs072
http://www.reservoirminerals.com/ NI43-101 PRELIMINARY ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT OF THE
CUKARU PEKI UPPER ZONE DEPOSIT, SERBIA, MARCH 2016
5.1.9 SLOVAK REPUBLIK
Vranocská A.; Bodis D.: Sracek O. & Zenisova Z. (2015). Anomalous arsenic concentrations in the
Durkov carbonate geothermal structure, eastern Slovakia. Environ Earth Sci (2015). 73:7103–7114).
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 26 / 30
Mello J.; Ivanicka J.; Bezak V.; Biely A.; Elecko M.; Grecula P.; Gazdacko L.; Jacko S.; Janocko J. &
Kobulsky J. (2005). Explanations to the geological map 1:200,000, sheet 37, (in Slovak). Kosice,
Bratislava, Ministry of Environment
Hok J.; Kahan S. & Aubrecht R. (2001). Geology of Slovakia (in Slovak). Comenius University Editorial,
Bratislava
Fendek, M.; Porazikova, K.; Stefanovicova, D. & Supukova, M. (2002). Geothermal and mineral water
sources, Map 1:500 000. In: Landscape Atlas of the Slovak Republic. 1st edition. Bratislava –
Ministry of Environment of the Slovak Republic, Banska Bystrica – Slovak Environmental Agency
(2002), 214-215.
MANUSCRIT data of cores and wells and geothermal research (in Slovak language): (1) Vranovská
Andrea; Bondarenková Zora; Král Miroslav and Drozd Vladimir. (1999). Košická kotlina - štruktúra
Ďurkov - hydrogeotermálne zhodnotenie, vyhľadávací prieskum Bratislava: SLOVGEOTERM, Archív
Geofond (ID 83225), 90 str. (2) Vranovská Andrea. (2001). Ďurkov - hydrogeologické a
technologické poznatky z dlhodobej skúšky GTD-1, GTD-2 a GTD-3, podrobný HGP Bratislava:
SLOVGEOTERM, Archív Geofond (ID 84439), 19 pp.
5.1.10 SLOVENIA
Convenio con la empresa nacional Adaro de investigaciones mineras SA para el desarrollo de trabajos
de investigación geotérmica dentro del programa 234. Otras fuentes de energía. 1984. IGME
(http://info.igme.es/SidPDF%5C019000%5C560%5CEstudio%20legal%20y%20administrativo%20de
l%20aprovechamiento%20de%20los%20recursos%20geotermicos%5C19560_0002.pdf) Estudio de
las posibilidades de explotación de energía geotérmica en almacenes profundos de baja y media
entalpia del territorio nacional. IGME. 1981
http://www.igme.es/Geotermia/Ficheros%20PDF/3%20Bajamedia%20entalp%EDa.pdf Inventario
general de manifestaciones geotérmicas en el territorio nacional (1976).
http://www.igme.es/Geotermia/IGMEinventario.htm Estimación de los recursos y reservas
geotérmicos de España.
http://www.idae.es/uploads/documentos/documentos_11227_e9_geotermia_A_db72b0ac.pdf
Documentos sobre la Geologia del Subsuelo de España. J.L. Martínez Abad y R. Querol Muller.
http://info.igme.es/geologiasubsuelo/GeologiaSubsuelo/Documents.aspx Contribución de la
exploración petrolífera al conocimiento de la geología de España. J. Mª Lanaja.
http://info.igme.es/sidPDF/065000/081/Informes/65081_0001.pdf Columnas de Sondeos de la
Cuenca Vasco Cantábrica. CIEPSA 1966
http://info.igme.es/geologiasubsuelo/docs/CIEPSA_1966_Columnas_Sondeos_Cuenca_Vasco_Cant
abrica.pdf
http://akvamarin.geo-zs.si/t-jam_boreholes/ and
http://www.arcgis.com/home/webmap/viewer.html?webmap=f82fe0f737174219a354f4209ea744
8a&extent=12.1518,45.3238,20.2487,49.1158.
5.1.11 UK
Andrews, J.N., Hussain, N., Ford, D.J. and Youngman, M.J. (1989). Geochemistry in relation to Hot Dry
Rock development in Cornwall, Volume 3. The use of natural radioelement and radiogenic noble
gas dissolution for modelling the surface area and fracture width of a Hot Dry Rock system. British
Geological Survey research report, SD/89/2. Volume 3, 109pp.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 27 / 30
Bromley, A.V. & Thomas. L.J. (1988). Structural controls on the circulation of thermal brines at South
Crofty Mine, Cornwall. In: Louwrier, K. and Garnish, J.K., (eds.) 1988.
Bromley, A. (1989). Water - rock interaction in southwest England: The evolution of the Cornubian
orefield. Field guide from the Sixth International Symposium on Water-Rock Interaction (WRI-6),
Malvern, UK, 3-13 August 1989, 111pp.
Bromley, A.V., Thomas, L.J., Shepherd, T.J. and Darbyshire, D.P.F. (1989). Geochemistry in relation to
Hot Dry Rock development in Cornwall, Volume 5. Mineralogy and geochemistry of the
Carnmenellis granite. British Geological Survey research report, SD/89/2. Volume 5, 109pp.
Edmunds, W.M., Andrews, J.N., Bromley, A.V., Richards, H.G., Savage, D. and Smedley, P.L. (1989).
Geochemistry in relation to Hot Dry Rock development in Cornwall, Volume 1. Applications of
geochemistry to Hot Dry Rock geothermal development: an overview. British Geological Survey
research report, SD/89/2. Volume 1, 109pp.
Richards, H.G., Wilkins, C., Kay, R.L.F. and Savage, D. (1989). Geochemistry in relation to Hot Dry Rock
development in Cornwall, Volume 2. Geochemical results from the Rosemanowes Hot Dry Rock
system 1986-88. British Geological Survey research report, SD/89/2. Volume 2, 240pp.
Richards, H.G., Savage, D. and Shepherd, T.J. (1989). Geochemistry in relation to Hot Dry Rock
development in Cornwall, Volume 7. Geochemical prognosis for a commercial-depth Hot Dry Rock
system in south-west England. British Geological Survey research report, SD/89/2. Volume 6, 80pp.
Richards, H.G., Willis-Richards, J., Pye J. (1991). A review of geological investigations associated with
the UK Hot Dry Rock programme. Annual Conference of the Ussher Society, January 1991
Savage, D., Bateman, K., Milodowski, A., Cave, M.R., Hughes, C.R., Green, K., Reeder, S. and Pearce, J.
(1989). Geochemistry in relation to Hot Dry Rock development in Cornwall, Volume 6. Experimental
investigation of granite-water interaction. British Geological Survey research report, SD/89/2.
Volume 6, 162pp.
Smedley, P.L., Bromley, A.V., Shepherd, T.J. and Edmunds, W.M. (1989). Geochemistry in relation to
Hot Dry Rock development in Cornwall, Volume 4. Fluid circulation in the Carnmenellis granite:
hydrogeological, hydrogeochemical and palaeofluid evidence. British Geological Survey research
report, SD/89/2. Volume 4, 117pp.
Tellus-project. (2013). GEOCHEM survey programme, magnetic and radiometric data,
http://www.tellusgb.ac.uk/Geophysics.html. Data managed by British Geological Survey.
Thomas, L.J. and Milodowski, A.E. (1988). Alteration mineralogy. In: Edmunds, W.M. et al. 1988, 57-
80.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 28 / 30
6 Appendix 1. LTPs contact list:
Country Expert Email Organization
Austria Gregor Götzl
Edith
Haslinger
Geologische Bundesanstalt für
Österreich
Austrian Institute of
Technology
Belgium Yves
Vanbrabant
Rindert
Janssens
Estelle
Petitclerc
Kris Piessens
Geological Survey of Belgium
Geological Survey of Belgium
Geological Survey of Belgium
Geological Survey of Belgium
Czech
Republic
Croatia Lilit Cota
Staša Borović
INA Industrija nafte d.d.
Croatian Geological Survey
Cyprus Christodoulos
Hadjigeorgiou
Costas
Constatinou
Geological Survey Department
Geological Survey Department
Finland Markku Iljina [email protected] YKL
Germany Benno Kolbe [email protected] BDG
Greece Koukouzas
Nikolaos
[email protected] Association of Greek
Geologists (A.G.G.)
Hungary Péter Scharek [email protected] Hungarian Geological Society
Ireland Ric Pasquali [email protected] Geothermal Association of
Ireland
Italy
Luxembourg Robert
Colbach
[email protected] Service Géologique du
Luxembourg
Netherlands Hein Raat [email protected]
TNO - Geological Survey of the
Netherlands
Poland Krzysztof
Galos
[email protected] Polish Association of Mineral
Asset Valuators
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 29 / 30
Country Expert Email Organization
Portugal Mónica Sousa [email protected] Portuguese Association of
Geologists
Slovak
republic
Branislav
Fričovský
branislav.fricovsky[a]geology.sk State geological institute of
Dionýz Štúr
Slovenia Andrej
Lapanje
[email protected] Geological Survey of Slovenia
Spain Manuel
Regueiro
[email protected] Ilustre Colegio Oficial de
Geólogos de España (Spanish
Official Professional
Association of Geologists)
Serbia Zoran
Stevanovic
[email protected] Serbian Geological Society
Sweden Gerhard
Schwarz
[email protected] Geological Survey of Sweden
Switzerland Jean-Bernard
Joye
[email protected] CHGeol
Ukraine
UK Christopher
Rochelle
[email protected] British Geological Survey
7 Appendix 2. Template for data collection by the EFG Linked third Parties in the frame of Task 1.2.5 - European data integration and evaluation CHPM2030, Work-package 1 - Methodology framework definition
7.1 Background
The objective of CHPM2030 WP1 is to prepare the conceptual framework for a novel EGS for the
production of energy and the extraction of metals from ore deposits located at great depths. First we
need to synthesise our knowledge on deep metal enrichments that could be converted into an
“orebody EGS”, and to investigate the characteristics of these bodies. We aim to discover and examine
the geological, tectonic, geochemical, and petrologic factors that define the boundary conditions of
such novel EGS both in terms of energy and potential for metal recovery.
The information will be obtained by reviewing past investigations in Europe that have resulted in
public access geological and geothermal datasets. In addition to these data, associated publications
and studies will also be reviewed. EFG Linked Third Parties will collect publicly available data at
national level on deep drilling programmes, geophysical and geochemical explorations and any kind of
geo-scientific data related to the potential deep metal enrichments. They will also collect data on the
national geothermal potential. The task provides a “European outlook” on data availability in order to
identify data gaps. A horizontal task is to connect two insofar unconnected communities: mining and
geothermal earth science professionals for a common goal on EU and national levels.
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 30 / 30
In the third year of the project implementation, within WP6 - Roadmapping and Preparation for Pilots,
the EFG Linked Third Parties will assess the geological data on suitable ore-bearing formations and
geothermal projects, which were collected in WP1, in relation with the potential application of the
CHPM technology.
In this template we use the term “metal enrichment”. For this term, please consider the geological
formations in which the metal content is at least five times higher than the average in the given
formation type. This term also includes the “real ore bodies” which have economic value on their own.
Please consider the following metals: Cu, Zn, Pb, Fe, As, Sb, Ag, Au, Co, Cr, Ni, U, Sn, W, Mo
On the last page of the data collection template please provide a list of references which were used
for filling the form. For the references in your national language, please provide an English translation.
7.2 Data on drilling programmes
As we want to apply an EGS system, in the data collection we are looking for the depths where the
temperature is above 100°C. Please take the average geothermal gradient in your country and during
the data collection consider only drillholes which reached at least this depth. It can be different in the
different areas of Europe, depending on the geothermal characteristics.
1. Are there any drillholes in your country which reached the depths where the temperature
exceeds 100°C?
2. If yes, please indicate the number of these drillholes:
3. Are the data from these drillholes publicly available:
a. yes, for each drillhole
b. yes, for a part of them
c. no publicly available data
4. If yes, please indicate the number of drillholes where there are publicly available data:
5. Is there any metal enrichment in your country identified below the depths where the
temperature exceeds 100°C?
a. yes
b. no
6. If yes, please indicate the number of the identified metal enrichments:
7.3 Data on deep metal enrichments
Below you can take multiplied questions, (Metal enrichment 1, 2, 3...) according to the number of
identified metal enrichments. Please answer the questions separately for each metal enrichment
which has been identified in your country.
Metal enrichment 1:
1. Geographical data of metal enrichment (locality, coordinates) :
2. Please indicate the depth in meters where the metal bearing formation was reached:
3. Is the extent of the metal enrichment known?
a. yes
b. no
4. If yes, please indicate the estimated size of this body:
a. width:
b. length:
c. height:
CHPM2030 DELIVERABLE D1.2 APPENDIX 1.2.5
(A1.2.5) 31 / 30
5. How many drillholes identified the given metal enrichment:
6. Geological data from the metal enrichment (please provide a few lines summary and the
most important publications/links which are relevant):
a. Stratigraphy
b. Lithology
c. Structure
7. Geochemical data (please provide a few lines summary and the most important
publications/links which are relevant):
a. rock chemistry, trace elements
b. fluid chemistry, trace elements
8. Geophysical data (please provide a few lines summary and the most important
publications/links which are relevant):
a. Normal resistivity logs
b. Fluid resistivity logs
c. Spontaneous-potential logs
d. Acoustic logs
e. Gamma logs
f. Other
9. Are there any surface or airborne geophysical surveys which provide additional data
related to the metal enrichment?
a. yes
b. no
10. If yes, please specify these geophysical methods:
Metal enrichment 2:
Metal enrichment 3:
7.4 Personal data
1. Your name:
2. Your organisation:
3. Your country:
Thank you for your cooperation!